NKK Switches Complete Catalog PDF
NKK Switches Complete Catalog PDF
NKK Switches Complete Catalog PDF
What is a SmartSwitch?
SmartSwitch products combine a pushbutton or rocker switch with a programmable OLED or LCD
display for a space saving, simplified, multi-function device.
Why SmartSwitch?
• Simplify complex, multi-decision operations
• Reduce panel space, installation time and cost
• Smallest off-the-shelf OLED and LCD devices
J JP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C58
Illuminated Pushbuttons Section D
K FP01 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D4 LP01 Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . D68
Tilt
KB Series Illum & Nonillum. . . . . . D22 YB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . D104
KP Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . D36 YB2 Series Illum & Nonillum . . . D118
LB Series Illum & Nonillum . . . . . . D48
Indicators
ii www.nkkswitches.com
Contents by Type
Keylocks Section F
Toggles
CK Series High Security . . . . . . . . F3 SK Series Process Sealed, PCB . . . F19
A
SK Series Low, Medium Security . . . F9 SK Series Antistatic, Snap-in . . . . . F25
SK Series Antistatic, PCB Mount . . F15
Rockers
B
Rotaries Section G
FR01 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G4 MRB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G28
Pushbuttons
FR02 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G12 ND Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G34 C
HS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46 ND3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G38
MR Series Logic Level . . . . . . . . G16 PS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46
Programmable Illuminated PB
MR Series Power Level . . . . . . . . G22 TS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . G46
D
Slides Section H
AS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .H4 MS Series Illuminated. . . . . . . . . H38
CS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H10 SM Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H42 E
FS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H14 SS Series. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H44
JS01 & JS03 Series . . . . . . . . . . H18 SS Series Illuminated. . . . . . . . . . H49
Keylocks
JS02 & JS04 Series . . . . . . . . . . H24 SS3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H53
F
MS Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . H30
Tactiles Section J
Rotaries
CB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J4 JB Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . J28 G
CB3 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J8 JF Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J34
HP02 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J12 JF Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . J40
Slides
HP03 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J16 JL Series Illuminated . . . . . . . . . . . J46 H
JB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J20
Tactiles
DSA Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K3 DSB Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . K3 J
Touch Screens & Membranes Section L
FT Series Touch Screens . . . . . . . . L3 FM Series Membranes . . . . . . . . . L15 K
Tilt
Indicators Section M
Matching Indicators for Series: A, G, HB, JF, KB, LB, P01 (MLW), UB, UB2, YB . . . M2
L Touch
Accessories & Hardware Section Y
Adaptors, Bezels, Boots, Caps, Hardware, Keys, Knobs, Lamps, Mounters, O-rings,
Indicators
CB 6mm/Process Seal Tactile/Through-Hole Mount J4 HB Subminiature/Illum & Nonillum PB/Panel Mount D12
CB3 6mm/Process Seal Tactile/SMT J8 HB Subminiature/Indicator/Panel Mount M6
CK 16 & 19mm Hi Security Keylock/Bushing Mount F3 HB2 Subminiature/Audio-Video Pushbutton/PC Mount D18
iv www.nkkswitches.com
Contents by Series
Series Description Section/Page Series Description Section/Page
MLW Miniature/Illuminated Rocker, Paddle/Power Rated B106 UB Low Profile/Illum, Nonillum PB/PC & Snap-in D80
UB Low Profile/Indicator/PC & Snap-in M21
MR Rotary/Logic Level/1/2” Diameter/Process Seal G16
MR Rotary/Power Level/1/2” Diameter/Enclosed G22 UB2 Low Profile/Illum, Nonillum PB/PC & Snap-in D92
MRB Rotary/Process Seal/Logic Level/PC Mount G28 UB2 Low Profile/Indicator/PC & Snap-in M26
www.nkkswitches.com v
Switch Selection Guide
TOGGLES - SECTION A
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G A34
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G Illum A38
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • G3T A42
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • A A4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • B A12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • B Illum A20
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • M A48
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2T A88
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • M2100 A80
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • TL A126
0.4VA @ 48V AC/DC miniature • • • D2 A24
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • M A48
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2T A88
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • M2100 A80
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • TL A126
10A @ 125V AC standard • • • • • P A96
10A @ 125V AC standard • • wire lead • WT A132
5A @ 125V AC standard • • S Low Cap A101
15~20A @ 125V AC standard • • • S Med Cap A103
15~25A @ 125V AC standard • • • • S Med/Hi A108
30~50A @ 125V AC standard • • S Hi Cap A119
30A @ 125V AC/DC standard • • S AC/DC A119
ROCKERS - SECTION B
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire-
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Screw SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • G B28
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GW B32
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GW Illum B36
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • A B4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • • M B62
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2T B98
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • M2100 B92
3A @ 250V AC miniature • • CWT B12
5A @ 125V AC miniature • • MLW B106
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • CWT B12
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • • M B62
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2T B98
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • M2100 B92
6A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • JWS B50
6A @ 250V AC miniature • • • • • CWS B12
9A @ 125V AC miniature • • • CWSB Illum B18
9A @ 125V AC miniature • • • CWSC Illum B22
10A @ 125V AC standard • • • • P B114
10A @ 125V AC standard • • LW B56
10A @ 125/250V AC miniature • • • JWS B50
10A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JWM B40
15A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • wire lead • WR B124
16A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JWL B40
20A @ 110V AC standard • • LW B56
15~20A @ 125V AC standard • • SW Med B120
30A @ 125V AC/DC standard • • SW Hi Cap B122
vi www.nkkswitches.com
Switch Selection Guide
PUSHBUTTONS - SECTION C
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • • GB C44
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • GB2 C48
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • G3B C52
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • AB C6
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • • BB C12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • DB C18
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • EB C24
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • turret FB C38
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • M2B C64
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • • MB2000 C72
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • • MB2400 C96
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • • MB2500 C116
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • SB4011 C38
500mA @ 125V AC submini • turret FB C38
1A @ 125V AC miniature • • • M2B C64
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • EB C24
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • MB2400 C96
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • MB2500 C116
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • SB4011 C38
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • • • • MB2000 C72
6A @ 125V AC standard • • wire lead • WB C134
10A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JPM C58
15A @ 125V AC standard • • • SB C128
15A @ 125V AC standard • • SCB C131
16A @ 125/250V AC standard • • • JPL C58
www.nkkswitches.com vii
Switch Selection Guide
SMARTSWITCH PROGRAMMABLE - SECTION E
MOUNTING TERMINALS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE LCD OLED RESOLUTION PC Snap- SERIES PAGE
PC
(PIXELS) Board in NO.
PUSHBUTTON
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 96 x 64 • • IS E4
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 64 x 48 • • IS E8
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 64 x 32 • • IS E22
100mA @ 12V DC compact • 64 x 32 • • IS E28
100mA @ 12V DC standard • 36 x 24 • *• • IS E35
100mA @ 12V DC compact • 36 x 24 • • IS E41
standard • 52 x 36 IS E8
DISPLAY standard • 64 x 32 IS E26
standard • 36 x 24 IS E39
ROCKER
3VA maximum DC • 96 x 64 • IS E15
* Mounting option with Panel Mount Housing
KEYLOCKS - SECTION F
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE MOUNTING INDEXING TERMINALS POSITIONS PROCESS SEAL SERIES PAGE NO.
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini PC Board 45° PC 3 • SK F15
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini PC Board 45° PC 5 • SK F15
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature PC Board 90° PC 2 • SK F19
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature PC Board 45° PC 3 • SK F19
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature Snap-in 45° Solder Lug 3 SK F25
3A @ 125V AC miniature Bushing 45° Solder Lug 3 SK F9
3A @ 125V AC miniature Bushing 90° Solder Lug 2 SK F9
3A @ 250V AC standard Bushing 90° Solder Lug 2 CK F3
3A @ 250V AC standard Bushing 45° Solder Lug 3 CK F3
ROTARIES - SECTION G
MOUNTING INDEXING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Solder SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
Step Size PC Screw SEAL
Board ing Lug Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • 30° • • MRF G16
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • 30° • • MRK G16
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • 45° & 90° • • MRB G28
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
100mA @ 5/50V DC ultra-mini • 22.5° & 36° • • ND G34
100mA @ 5/50V DC ultra-mini 22.5° & 36° • • ND3 G38
100mA @ 5/50V DC submini • • 22.5° & 36° • FR01 G4
100mA @ 5/50V DC submini 22.5° & 36° • FR02 G12
250mA @ 125V AC miniature • • 30° • • MRA G16
1A @ 30V DC miniature • 45° turret MRX G22
2A @ 30V DC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
2A @ 125V AC miniature • 45° turret MRX G22
3A @ 30V DC miniature • 60° • MRT23 G22
3A @ 125V AC miniature • 60° turret MRY G22
4A @ 30V DC miniature • 120° • MRT22 G22
5A @ 125V AC miniature • 60° • MRT23 G22
6A @ 125V AC standard • 45° • HS13 G46
6A @ 125/250V AC standard • 30° • TS G46
10A @ 125V AC miniature • 120° • MRT22 G22
12A @ 125V AC standard • 30° • HS16 G46
30A @ 125/250V AC standard • 30° • PS G46
viii www.nkkswitches.com
Switch Selection Guide
SLIDES - SECTION H
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • SS H44
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • SS3 H53
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC submini • • AS H4
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • FS H14
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC miniature • • • • MS H30
1.0mA @ 10mV AC/DC ultra-mini • • SM H42
25mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • JS01, JS03 H18
25mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • JS02, JS04 H24
0.1A @ 12V DC ultra-mini • SS3 H53
0.1A @ 30V DC ultra-mini • • SS H44
0.1A @ 30V DC ultra-mini • • SS Illum H49
0.1A @ 50V DC ultra-mini • • JS01, JS03 H18
0.1A @ 50V DC ultra-mini • JS02, JS04 H24
500mA @ 12V DC ultra-mini • • SM H42
3A @ 125V AC miniature • • CS H10
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • MS H30
6A @ 125V AC miniature • • • • MS Illum H38
TACTILES - SECTION J
MOUNTING TERMINALS
PROCESS
MAXIMUM RATING SIZE PC Bush- Snap- Two Solder Quick Wire- SMT SERIES PAGE NO.
PC Screw SEAL
Board ing in Screw Lug Connect Wrap Gull Wing
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • • HP02 J12
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC ultra-mini • HP03 J16
3VA @ 28V DC ultra-mini • • HP02 J12
3VA @ 28V DC ultra-mini • HP03 J16
50mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • • CB J4
50mA @ 24V DC ultra-mini • • CB3 J8
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JF J34
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • JF Illum J40
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB J20
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB Illum J28
50mA @ 24V DC submini • • JL J46
125mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB J20
125mA @ 24V DC submini • • • JB Illum J28
www.nkkswitches.com ix
Switch Selection Guide
TOUCH SCREENS - SECTION L
MAXIMUM RATING TECHNOLOGY INPUT METHOD *STANDARD SCREEN SIZES SERIES PAGE NO.
4 •
4 •
Nonilluminated
16 •
20mA @ 24V DC FM L15
16 •
x www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Toggles
Toggles
A
A Series...........................................A4
0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Rockers
PCB Mount
B Series.........................................A12
Pushbuttons
B Series Illuminated..........................A20
Subminiature Fully Illuminated; Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
PCB Mount
D2 Series.......................................A24
Keylocks
G Series ........................................A34
Ultra-Miniature; Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Slides
PCB Mount
G3T Series.....................................A42
Ultra-Miniature; Process Sealed SMT
0.4VA Logic Level
Touch
Gull-wing Terminals
Upright & Right Angle Mount
M Series........................................A48
Indicators
M Series........................................A52
Bushing Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Supplement
A2 www.nkkswitches.com
Toggles Contents
Toggles
M Series........................................A64 A
Straight PC with Bracket
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Rockers
PCB Mount
M Series........................................A70
Pushbuttons
Right Angle & Vertical PC
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
PCB Mount
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2100 Series Illuminated.................A80
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
LED Tipped Toggle
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & PC
Bushing, Flat Frame & Snap-in Mount
Keylocks
M2T Series ....................................A88
Process Sealed
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Rotaries
Straight, Right Angle, Vertical, & Extended PC
PCB Mount
P Series .........................................A96
Slides
Internationally Approved
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Quick Connect
Tactiles
Bushing Mount
S Series .......................................A100
Tilt
5A to 50A Low, Medium, & High Capacity
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & Screw Lug
Bushing Mount
Touch
WT Series....................................A132
Environmentally Sealed
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Screw Lug, & Wire Lead
Supplement
Bushing Mount
www.nkkswitches.com A3
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Toggle: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide for antistatic; nickel plated brass for all others
Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Movable Contact: Phosphor bronze with gold plating
Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
PCB Processing
Touch
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
A4 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.
Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering and
cleaning.
Keylocks
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement contents.)
Rotaries
welded terminals lock out flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.
Slides
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing.
Tactiles
Toggle option in antistatic material available for
dissipating electrostatic discharges.
Tilt
Matching indicators available.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A5
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles
A 1 2 J V
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Circuits
1 OFF NONE ON
PC Terminals Cap Paddle
Rotaries
2 ON NONE ON
P Straight Colors Colors
3 ON OFF ON A Black A
B Straight with Bracket
5 ON NONE (ON) B White B
Straight with Inline Bracket
B1
R (ON) NONE ON (Single Pole only) C Red C
Slides
V1
(Single Pole only)
*4 ON ON ON --- Gray H
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Tilt
* 3-ON circuits
Touch
Vertical PC Terminals
SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Supplement
A6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
not actually on the switch.
Pole Model Slot Slot
Pushbuttons
INTERNAL
SP A11 OFF NONE ON OPEN OPEN 3-1 SPST CONNECTION
1 3
A12 ON NONE ON
A13 ON OFF ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
A15 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM)
SP A1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
A18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
A22 ON NONE ON
A23 ON OFF ON
A25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP A2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
A28 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
Keylocks
A29 ON OFF (ON)
A2S (ON) OFF ON
Rotaries
Connected Terminals & Schematics External Connection
Pole Model Up Center Down
The SP3T model utilizes
A24 ON ON ON a double pole base.
SP A26 (ON) ON (ON)
Slides
A27 ON ON (ON) (out) (out)
External
Connection
External
Connection
External
Connection
External 1 4
Common
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 connections (in)
2 5
External
must be made
Tactiles
3 6 Conn
during field (out)
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)
installation.
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4
TOGGLES
Tilt
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Nickel Material & Finish for J2: Matte finish black glass fiber reinforced polyamide
A J J2
Touch
.394” (10.0mm) Bat .248” (6.3mm) Bat .248” (6.3mm) Antistatic Bat
26°
(2.6) Dia
.102
26° Dissipating 20Kv ESD: Straight PC 26°
(2.6) Dia (2.1) Dia
(10.0) .102 .083
Indicators
.063 .063
.394 (6.3) (5.0)
.248 .197
www.nkkswitches.com A7
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles
A PC TERMINALS
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers
(10.16)
Pushbuttons
.400 (10.16)
(5.08) .400
.200 (2.54) Typ (2.54)
(2.54) Typ (5.08) .100 .100 (2.54) Typ
.100 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.3) Typ .100
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ .024 .012 (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ .012 (0.7) Typ .024
.024 .028 (0.7) Typ
.028
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.8)
.031 (1.0)
.039
CL
(5.08)
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ
.024 (0.6) Dia Typ
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .024
.100 .100 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.5) Typ
.020 (0.5) Typ
.024 .020
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(5.08)
.200 (0.3) (5.08) (5.08)
Rotaries
AT4003 AT4064
G J
Tactiles
.394” (10.0mm) Bat Lever Cap .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap
26°
(3.0) Dia 26°
.118
(3.0) Dia
.118
Material: PVC (11.0) (10.0) Material: PVC (7.0)
Tilt
AT467 AT468
A Short Paddle
B Long Paddle
26° (4.4)
(4.6) (2.4) .173
26° .181 .094
(5.0)
Indicators
(2.4)
.094 .197
(15.1) (5.0) Dia (14.2)
Material: Polyamide (10.3) (9.4) Material: Polyamide .594 .197 .559
.406 .370
Colors Available: Colors Available:
A, B, C, E, F, G, H A, B, C, E, F, G, H
Accessories
Color Codes:
Supplement
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
A8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles Series A
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC
Rockers
(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
.197 (0.4) Typ .102 .024
.016 (1.0)
1 .039
1
(6.0) (9.8) 2
Pushbuttons
26° 2
(2.54) Typ
.236 .386 3
3 .100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(0.3) (4.5) (0.5) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.012 .177 .020 .100 .039
(5.84) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.230 .394 .516 .122 CL .200
Programmable Illuminated PB
A11 models do not have Terminal 2 A12AP
Keylocks
4 1
1 4
(6.0) (9.8) 5 2
26° 2 5
.386
.236 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (0.4) (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.016 .138 .031 .100 .031
(9.2) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.394 .516 .122 .200
Rotaries
.362
A22AP
Slides
(5.0) (2.6) Dia (0.3) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.7) Typ (1.0)
.197 .102 .012 .024 .028 .039 (1.0)
Tactiles
.039
1 1
1
(6.0) (10.16) (9.8) 2 (2.54) Typ 2
.236 26° .400
2 .100
.386 3 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) (4.5) (0.5) (2.54) Typ (1.0) .031
.012 .020 .100 (2.54) CL
.177 .039
.100
(5.84) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) CL
Tilt
.230 .394 .516 .122 CL .100
Touch
Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket
Indicators
A22AB
www.nkkswitches.com A9
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Toggles
Toggles
26°
.012 .031
(5.08) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .024
(9.8) (10.0) (4.5) (9.38) (2.54) Typ
.386 .394 .177 .369 .100
A12AH
3 2 1
(5.0) (10.0) 1 2 3 .100
.197 (5.2) 6 5 4
.394 4 5 6
.205 (5.08)
(3.5) .200
.138
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (2.54) (3.1) (0.8) Dia Typ
.012 .028 .100 .122 .031
(5.08) (5.08) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
Rotaries
A22AH
Slides
1 1
1 (2.54) Typ
(6.0) 26° 2 (10.2) 2 2
.100
.236 (5.3) .402 3 3
3
.208 (5.08)
(0.8) Dia Typ .200
Slot .031
(0.7) Typ (2.54) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ (2.54) (0.8) Dia Typ
.028 .100 .020 .024 .100 CL .031
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) CL
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039
Tilt
Slot
(3.5) (0.5)
.138 (0.8) Dia Typ
.020 .031
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (1.0) (3.1)
.012 .028 .039 .122
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .024
(9.5) (10.0) (18.95) (5.08)
.394
Supplement
A22AV
A10 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com A11
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bushing: Carbon blended polyamide; nickel plated zinc alloy for locking levers & threaded bushing
Gasket: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Case Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Support Bracket: Tin plated phosphor bronze
Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Touch
Mounting Torque: .30 ~ .45Nm (2.65 ~ 3.98 lb • in) for A1 actuator with threaded bushing only
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
A12 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.
Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.
Programmable Illuminated PB
bushing and the support bracket, prevents static discharge
to the contacts. Static electricity from an operator’s touch
travels from actuator through the bushing and bracket to
the PC board.
Keylocks
Optional threaded, 6mm diameter bushing for
panel seal mounting meets IP65 of IEC60529
specifications (similar to NEMA 4 and 13).
Rotaries
Totally sealed body construction prevents
contact contamination and allows time-
and money-saving soldering and cleaning.
Epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and
Slides
other contaminants.
Tactiles
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased contact
stability and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tilt
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A13
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles
B 1 2 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
2 DPDT .315” (8.0mm) Bat with J .248” (6.3mm) Bat Lever Cap
A1 Panel Seal Threaded Bushing
(Straight PC only)
J .248” (6.3mm) Bat
E .394” (10.0mm) Flatted
H .248” (6.3mm) Flatted
Locking Lever
L
(with Circuits 2 & 3 only)
Keylocks
8 (ON) OFF (ON) * Bracketed models are ESD protected --- Yellow E
Slides
B12AB
.394” (10.0mm)
Indicators
Bat Toggle
Accessories
SPDT
Straight PC Terminals ON-NONE-ON Circuit
with Bracket
Supplement
A14 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
Slot Slot
B12 ON NONE ON
B13 ON OFF ON
B15 ON NONE (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM)
SP B1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
3 1
B18 (ON) OFF (ON)
B19 ON OFF (ON)
B1S (ON) OFF ON
B22 ON NONE ON
B23 ON OFF ON
B25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP B2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
Keylocks
3 1 6 4
B28 (ON) OFF (ON)
B29 ON OFF (ON)
B2S (ON) OFF ON
Rotaries
TOGGLES
Slides
.394” (10.0mm) .315” (8.0mm) Bat with .248” (6.3mm)
A Bat
A1 Panel Seal Threaded Bushing
J Bat
Tactiles
26°
26°
(2.6) Dia 26°
.102 (2.6) Dia
.102 (2.6) Dia
Tilt
(10.0) .102
(8.0) (6.3)
.394 .315 .248
Touch
.394” (10.0mm)
E H L
Indicators
26°
(4.5) Dia
26° .177
Accessories
.232
www.nkkswitches.com A15
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles
A PC TERMINALS
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers
P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
(10.16)
.400
Pushbuttons
(2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ
(0.6) .100
.024 (0.4)
(0.6)
.016 .024
(0.5) Typ (0.4)
.020 .016
Rotaries
OPTIONAL CAPS
AT4003 AT4064
Slides
26°
(3.0) Dia 26°
Tactiles
.118
(3.0) Dia
Material: PVC (11.0) (10.0)
Material: PVC .118
.433 (7.0)
Colors Available: .394 Colors Available: .276 (6.3)
.248
A, B, C A, B, C
Tilt
Color Codes:
Touch
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
A16 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC
Rockers
(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
.236 .102 .024
(1.0)
1 .039
1
26° 2
(8.8) 2
.346 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100
Pushbuttons
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot (3.5) (0.8) (1.0) .031
(2.54) Typ CL
.138 .031 .100 .039
(6.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1)
.268 .394 .516 .122 CL
B12AP
Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole Straight PC
.346 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (3.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.138 .031 .100 .031
Keylocks
(8.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .394 .516 .122 .200
B22AP
Rotaries
(6.0) Dia (2.6) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Typ (1.0)
.236 .102 .016 .024 .024 .039
1
1
(10.16) (8.8) 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400
2
.346 .100
3
3
Slides
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(6.0) (2.7) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) (2.54)
.236 .106 .031 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (2.54) CL
.315 .394 .516 .122 CL .100
Tactiles
B12AB
Tilt
.200
1 4
(10.16) (8.8) 4 1
26° .400 2 5
(2.54) Typ
.346 5 2
3 6
6 3
.100
Slot
(6.0) (2.7) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Typ
Touch
.236 .106 .031 .100 .024 (0.8) Dia Typ
.031
(8.8) (10.0) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .394 .516 .122 .200
B22AB
Indicators
1 2 3
3 2 1
.236 .287 (5.08)
.200
Slot
(0.4) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.016 .122 .024 .031
(0.6) Typ (2.7) (5.08) (2.54) Typ
.024 .106 .200 .100
(5.08) (10.0) (13.9) (8.8)
Supplement
B12AH
www.nkkswitches.com A17
Series B Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles
Toggles
Slot (5.08)
(0.4) (2.54) (0.5) .200
(0.6) Typ
Pushbuttons
(6.0) (4.5) Dia (5.1) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (0.6) Typ (1.0)
.236 .177 .201 .016 .024 .024 .039
Tilt
1
1
(10.16) (8.8) 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400
2
.346 3
.100
3
(5.8) (0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .228 .031
(11.5) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) (2.54)
Touch
(6.0) Dia (4.5) Dia (5.1) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.236 .177 .201 .016 .024 .200
Accessories
4 1
1 4
(10.16) (8.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ
26° .400 2 5
.346 6 3
.100
3 6
(5.8)
Slot .228
(0.8) Dia Typ
(5.68) (11.5) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Typ .031
.224 .453 .217 .031 .100 .024
Supplement
B22LB
A18 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Toggles Series B
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Panel Seal • Single Pole Threaded Bushing • Straight PC
Rockers
(2.6) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ
M6 P0.75 .024
.102 (1.0)
1 1 .039
26°
2 (8.8) 2
Pushbuttons
3 .346 3 (2.54) Typ
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .031
(4.8) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.189 .217 .031 .100 .039
(6.8) (8.0) (15.1) (3.1)
.268 .315 .594 .122 CL
Programmable Illuminated PB
B12A1P
Keylocks
26° 2 5
(8.8) 5 2
.346 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slot (0.8) Dia Typ
(4.8) (5.5) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.189 .217 .031 .100 .100 .031
(8.8) (8.0) (15.1) (3.1)
.346 .315 .594 .122 CL
Rotaries
B22A1P
Slides
AT513M AT063
Metric Hex Nut Gasket
M6 P0.75
Tactiles
(8.0) (6.2) (8.6) (6.0)
.315 .244 .339 .236
Tilt
.272
(9.0) (1.5)
.354 .059 Maximum Panel Thickness
(1.3)
.051 with Standard Hardware:
.087” (2.2mm)
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A19
Series B Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.18N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Angle of Throw: 26°
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Tactiles
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch
Cleaning: Automated alcohol based cleaning recommended, 5 minutes maximum. Do not use high-purity
alcohol (50% alcohol or more) or organic solvent. High alcohol solution can damage clear plastic.
See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
A20 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles Series B
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
LED provides maximum illumination to bushing and actuator,
indicating actuator status in highly visible green, red, or
Pushbuttons
amber for single color or red/green for bicolor.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact
contamination and allows time- and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning. Molded-in,
epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and other
contaminants.
Keylocks
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability, and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Rotaries
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Slides
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing.
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A21
Series B Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles
B 1 2 J J P C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
& ON-OFF-ON
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
B12JJPC
Rotaries
SPDT
Slides
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight
PC Terminals
Tactiles
Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole
Model the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
Throw
requires an external power source.
Touch
Slot Slot
(4) Red
B12 ON NONE ON 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SPDT
Indicators
(6) Green
B13 ON OFF ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 3 1
Single Color Bicolor
J Clear Toggle
26°
(1.9) Dia
J Clear Bushing
.075
(6.3)
Supplement
.248
(3.5)
.138
A22 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Fully Illuminated Toggles Series B
Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS A
LEDs are an integral part Single Color Bicolor
of the switch and not
available separately. The C D F CF
Rockers
electrical specifications
shown are determined at Colors Red Amber Green Red/Green
a basic temperature of
25°C. If the source volt- Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30mA/25mA
Pushbuttons
age exceeds the rated Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA/20mA
voltage, a ballast resistor
Forward Voltage VF 1.95V 2.0V 3.3V 1.95V/3.3V
is required.
The resistor value can be Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V
Programmable Illuminated PB
calculated by using the
formula in the Supplement Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C/0.33mA/°C
section. Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +55°C
PC TERMINALS
P Straight
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
Keylocks
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC
(6.0) Dia (1.9) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.236 .075 .024 .200
Rotaries
(2.54) Typ
1 4
4 1 .100
26° 2 5
(8.8) 5 2
.346 6 3
3 6
Slides
(8.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.346 .248 .516 .122 .200
Tactiles
Right Angle PC
26°
3 2 1
(2.54) Typ
(6.0) Dia (8.8) .100 (2.54)
(3.1)
Tilt
.236 .346 1 2 3 .100
.122 6 5 4
(1.9) Dia 4 5 6
.075 (5.08)
Slot
.200
(0.6) Typ (0.4) (2.54) (0.5)
.024 .016 .100 .020 (0.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.200 .106 .200 .024
Touch
(8.8) (6.3) (16.42) (2.54) Typ
.346 .248 .646 .100
www.nkkswitches.com A23
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Tactiles
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: 1- & 2-pole: 3 seconds maximum @ 350°C maximum;
4-pole: 4 seconds maximum @ 410°C maximum
Touch
When used as intended in a logic level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
A24 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Base of heat resistant resin meets UL94V-0 flammability rating.
Pushbuttons
Maximized voltage capability of 48V allows use in medium source
applications and increases operating life.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits unavailable
in conventional mechanisms: smoother positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled reliability.
(Additional STC details under Terms and Acronyms in
the Supplement section.)
Keylocks
Round .031” (0.8mm) diameter PC terminals for easy
PCB assembly.
Rotaries
Terminal spacing conforms to standard .100” (2.54mm)
PC board grid spacing.
Slides
Molded-in terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents, and
other contaminants.
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A25
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
D220 1 2 P
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Poles Actuators
1 SPDT No .413” (10.5mm)
Code Bat Lever
2 DPDT
.200” (5.1mm) Diameter
*4 4PDT L
Locking Lever
* Combines with
Keylocks
ON-NONE-ON circuit
only & not available
with Right Angle
Rotaries
Circuits PC Terminals
2 ON NONE ON P Straight
3 ON OFF ON B Straight with Bracket
5 ON NONE (ON) H Right Angle w/Bracket
Slides
.413” (10.5mm)
Bat Lever
Indicators
SPDT
Accessories
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Supplement
A26 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Keyway Keyway
Note: Terminal numbers are not
actually on the switch.
Pole Model
D22012 ON NONE ON
Pushbuttons
D22013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP D22015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
D22018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
D22022 ON NONE ON
D22023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP D22025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
D22028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
2 5 (COM) 8 11
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
4P D22042 ON NONE ON OPEN 4PDT
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
Keylocks
ACTUATORS
24°
Rotaries
24°
(2.8) Dia (19.4) (8.0)
.110 .764 .315
Material: Material: (4.6) Dia
(17.9) .181
Chrome over brass (10.5) Chrome over brass .705
.413
Slides
(7.0) (6.1) M6 P0.75
.275 .240
PC TERMINALS
Tactiles
Straight with Right Angle Vertical
P Straight
B Bracket
H with Bracket
V with Bracket
Tilt
Touch
(4.8) Dia
Polyethylene .197 Polyethylene .189 Anodized (19.4) (8.0)
(12.0) (11.5) Aluminum .764 .315
.472 (4.6) Dia
(13.5) (13.1) .452 .181
(17.9)
.532 .516
Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available: .705
www.nkkswitches.com A27
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
.012
3
24° 2
(14.4)
(5.08) Typ .567
.200
1
Pushbuttons
Keyway M6 P0.75
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.08) Typ
2 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200 1
24° 5 2
(14.4)
(5.08) Typ .567
Rotaries
.200
4 1
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.3)
.031 .200 .012
(10.5) (7.2) (13.9) (3.6) (12.4)
.413 .283 .547 .142 .488
Slides
(5.08) Typ
2 5 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200
Tactiles
1 4
(14.4)
24° 11 8 5 2
.567
(5.08) Typ
.200 10 7 4 1
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ (0.3)
.200
Indicators
(5.08) Typ
2 5 8 11 .200
24°
(5.08) Typ
.200 1 4 7 10
A28 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
(5.08)
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ
.200
(0.7) Typ
Straight PC • Bracket
Keyway
Single Pole
Rockers
.244 .016 .028
3
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)
.200 .647
Pushbuttons
1
Programmable Illuminated PB
Keyway .100
.244 .016
3
Straight PC • Bracket
Keylocks
(5.08)
.200
(0.7) Typ (0.3)
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
(0.4) Typ
.016 .028 .012 Double Pole
6 3
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 5 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)
Rotaries
.200 .647
4 1
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.3)
.031 .200 .012
(7.0) (10.5) (6.8) (14.3) (3.6) (12.4)
.276 .413 .268 .563 .142 .488
Slides
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ
Keyway .244 .016 (2.54) Typ
.100
(15.24) 3 6
.600 (5.08) Typ
24° .200
(5.08) Typ 2 5
.200
Tactiles
1 4
(7.62) Typ
.300
Tilt
(5.08)
.200 Straight PC • Bracket
(6.2) Dia (0.4) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.3)
Keyway .244 .016 .028 .012 Four Pole
12 9 6 3
Touch
(15.24) (14.4)
.600 .567
24° 11 8 5 2
(5.08) Typ (16.44)
.200 .647
10 7 4 1
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ (0.3)
Indicators
(15.24) .200
.600 3 6 9 12
24°
(5.08) Typ (5.08) Typ
.200 2 5 8 11 .200
1 4 7 10
(7.62) Typ
.300
(5.1) Dia (17.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A29
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
(6.2) Dia
Keyway .244
(0.3) 1 2 3 (7.0)
.012 .276
Pushbuttons
D22012H
(6.2) Dia
.244
Keyway (5.08) Typ
.200
3 2 1
(0.3)
.012
.201 .600
(3.5) (0.4) (3.5)
.138 .016 .138
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.028 .035 .031 .100 .039
(5.08) (6.6) (15.24)
.200 .260 .600
Rotaries
4 5 6
Tactiles
(12.4)
(0.3) .488
1 2 3
.012
(2.8) Dia
.110
(0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) (3.5) (0.3) .012
.138 .016 .020 .138 .012
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ
.028
Tilt
D22022H
Touch
(2.54)
6 5 4 .100
3 2 1
(0.3)
.012
(5.1) Dia
.201 (15.24)
.600
Accessories
A30 www.nkkswitches.com
PCB Mount Miniature Toggles Series D2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Vertical PC • Single Pole
Rockers
(6.2) Dia (0.3) Typ
Keyway .244 .012
3
(14.4)
24° 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)
Pushbuttons
.012 .138 1
(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia (0.3)
(3.5) .110 .012
(0.4) (0.5)
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ
.028
Programmable Illuminated PB
.035 .031
(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (7.0)
.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .276
D22012V
Keylocks
(3.5) (5.1) Dia (0.4) (0.5)
.138 .201 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (17.9) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.028 .705 .035 .031 .100
(5.08) (19.4) (6.6) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .764 .260 .600 .100 .039
Rotaries
Actuator in Down Position D22012LV
Slides
(6.2) Dia (0.3)
Keyway .244 .012
6 3
Tactiles
(14.4)
24° 5 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
4 1
(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) .012
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08)
Tilt
.028 .035 .031 .200
(5.08) (10.5) (7.7) (15.24) (2.54) Typ (12.4)
.200 .413 .303 .600 .100 .488
D22022V
Touch
3 6 (2.54) Typ
2 5 .100
24° 1 4
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
(1.0)
.039 (15.24)
.600
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A31
Series D2 PCB Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
.244 .012
12 9 6 3
(14.4)
24° 11 8 5 2
.567
(0.3) (3.5)
.012 .138
10 7 4 1
Pushbuttons
(1.0)
.039
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.3)
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5) .012
.138 .016 .020
(0.7) Typ (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54)Typ
.028 .035 .031 .200 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB
D22042V
(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75 M6 P0.75
(5.5)
.217
.087” (2.2mm) for .154” (3.9mm) for .118” (3.0mm) for (5.6)
.185” (4.7mm) for
Standard Lever (6.5) Dia (6.5)
.256
Standard Lever Standard Lever .220 Standard Lever
.256 (6.5) Dia
.256 (0.6)
(2.2) Dia .024
.051” (1.3mm) for .087 .110” (2.8mm) for .083” (2.1mm) for .142” (3.6mm) for
Supplement
A32 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com A33
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Nominal Operating Force: 0.93N for momentary & 1.20N for maintained
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
PCB Processing
Touch
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
A34 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light weight
of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.
Pushbuttons
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering and
Programmable Illuminated PB
cleaning.
Keylocks
smooth, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability, and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
Slides
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.
Tactiles
Matching indicators available.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A35
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles
G 1 3 A H
Rockers
Pushbuttons
G13AH
SPDT
Rotaries
ON-OFF-ON Circuit
.150” (3.8mm)
Column Toggle Right Angle
PC Terminals
Slides
G12 ON NONE ON
Tilt
G22 ON NONE ON
G23 ON OFF ON 5 (COM) 2
DP G25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
4 6 1 3
G28 (ON) OFF (ON)
Indicators
ACTUATOR
Accessories
28°
(4.0) Dia
.157
A36 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G
Toggles
PC TERMINALS A
P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical
Rockers
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ .020
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016 (2.54) Typ
Pushbuttons
.016 (2.6) (2.54) Typ .100
.102 .100 (0.5) Typ
.020
(4.5)
(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.177 .100 .276 .177
Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Keylocks
.276
3 6 (2.54)
.100
4 1
Slot (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.063 .100 5 2 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) 6 3
.177 .150 .276 .102 .100
(0.6) Dia Typ
Rotaries
.024
On single pole models, locations 1 & 3 are for support pins. G19AP
Slides
28°
(2.54) Typ
.100 4 5 6
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) (0.6) Dia Typ
Slot .067 .157 (5.08)
.016 .024 .200
3 2 1
Tactiles
(4.9)
.193
(2.6) 6 5 4 (2.54) Typ
.102 .100 1 2 3
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ 4 5 6 .100
.016 .200 .020 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
Tilt
.024 .200
.200 .063 .100 .100
(7.8) (3.8) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .150 .402 .276
G19AH
6
1 4
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
2 5 (7.4) .024 .200
28° .292
3 6
(2.6) CL
.102
Accessories
Slot
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (1.0) (0.5) Typ (0.4) Dia Typ .100
.016 .039 .020 .016 4 1
(2.54) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
(1.6) (5.08) (2.54) Typ 5 2 .100
.100 .063 .200 .100 .100
6 3
(5.3) (3.8) (12.76) (4.5)
.209 .150 .502 .177 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Supplement
.024 .200
G22AV
www.nkkswitches.com A37
Series G Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
10,000 operations minimum @ 0.1A @ 28V AC/DC
Nominal Operating Force: 1.30N
Angle of Throw: 28°
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
PCB Processing
Touch
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
A38 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Fully illuminated toggle for highly visible status indication with LED in red,
Pushbuttons
green, or amber for single color and red/green for bicolor.
Programmable Illuminated PB
light weight makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.
Keylocks
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux,
solvents, and other contaminants.
Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mech-
anisms: smooth, positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled
Slides
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier through-
hole mounting on PC boards.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A39
Series G Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles
Toggles
G 1 2 J H C
Rockers
3 ON OFF ON
F Green
Combines with
ON-NONE-ON only
bicolor LED only
Bicolor
SPDT CF Red/Green
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ON-NONE-ON Circuit
ORDERING EXAMPLE ON-NONE-ON
Clear Toggle, Right Angle & ON-OFF-ON
G12JHC Red LED PC Terminals
Keylocks
Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
Throw Model Slot Slot
requires an external power source.
Slides
(4) Red
G12 ON NONE ON 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SPDT (6) Green
G13 ON OFF ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 3 1
Single Color Bicolor
ACTUATOR
Tactiles
28°
J Clear Toggle
(1.7) Dia
.067
(3.8)
.150
Tilt
(4.0) Dia
.157
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.0V 2.1V 2.0V/2.1V
The resistor value can be calculated by Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V
using the formula in the Supplement; 0 - No current Reduction Rate within
see Supplement Index. Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F
Supplement
A40 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Ultra-Miniature Toggles Series G
Toggles
PC TERMINALS A
P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical
Rockers
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ .100 .020
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016 (2.54) Typ
(2.6)
Pushbuttons
.016 (2.54) Typ .100
.102
.100 (0.5) Typ
.020
(4.5)
(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.177 .100 .276 .177
Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ
.067 .157 .016 (2.54)
.100
4 1
1 4 (2.54) Typ
2 5 (7.0) 5 2 .100
28° .276
6 3
3 6
Keylocks
(0.6) Dia Typ
(1.6) (2.54) Typ .024
Slot
.063 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .150 .276 .102 .100
Rotaries
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JPC
Right Angle PC
Slides
28°
Tactiles
(4.9) (2.54)
.193 4 5 6 .100
(2.6) 6 5 4 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.102 .024 .200
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ
.016 .200 .020 .016
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
.200 .063 .100 .100
Tilt
(7.8) (3.8) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .150 .402 .276
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JHD
Touch
Vertical PC
(1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.4)
.067 .157 .016 (2.54)
.100
Indicators
4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
2 5 (7.4) 5 2 .100
28° .292 6 3
3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.6) .024
.102 .200
Slot
Accessories
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. G12JVCF
www.nkkswitches.com A41
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles
Installation
Tilt
Mounting: It is recommended that the body of models for upright mounting without bracket be fastened to a
panel or similar support for protection of solder joints from mechanical stress.
Coplanarity: See specifications in Terms & Acronyms in Supplement section
Touch
Processing
Soldering: Reflow Soldering recommended. See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators
A42 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light
weight of 0.6 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.
Pushbuttons
Tape-reel and stick-tube packaging allow rapid automated
placement of surface mount devices. Tape-reel packaging
Programmable Illuminated PB
meets EIA-481-D Standard.
Keylocks
Combination of design features achieves total seal and
allows automated processing techniques, including flux
cleaning procedures: one-piece bushing and housing,
rubber seals surrounding actuator and base, epoxy at
Rotaries
joint of case and base, and molded-in, epoxy-sealed
terminals.
Slides
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother, positive
detent actuation, increased contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tactiles
Gull-wing terminals provide mechanical stability during soldering and simplified solder
joint inspection.
Tilt
Coplanarity: all considered surfaces must lie between two parallel planes that are a
maximum distance apart of .0059” (0.15mm). (Additional coplanarity details in Terms
and Acronyms in the Supplement section.) Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A43
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles
G3T 1 2 A H
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Stick-Tube for
S Upright Mount
50 Pieces/Stick
Circuits Terminals
Partitioned Tray for
2 ON NONE ON P Gull Wing for Upright Mount No
Upright & Right Angle
Code
3 ON OFF ON B Gull Wing for Upright with Bracket Mount Any Quantity
5 ON NONE (ON) H Gull Wing for Right Angle Mount Packaging details at
end of G3T Series
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Keylocks
9 ON OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
G3T12AH
Rotaries
SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
.150” (3.8mm)
Column Toggle Gull Wing Terminals for
Slides
Slot Slot
G3T12 ON NONE ON
G3T13 ON OFF ON 5 (COM)
SP G3T15 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT
Touch
G3T22 ON NONE ON
G3T23 ON OFF ON
Indicators
5 (COM) 2
DP G3T25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
G3T28 (ON) OFF (ON) 4 6 1 3
ACTUATOR
28°
A .150” (3.8mm) Column Toggle (1.7) Dia
Supplement
.067
(3.8)
.150 (4.0) Dia
.157
A44 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting
(0.6) Typ (1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.25) Typ
.024 .067 .157 .010
Rockers
Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (8.5) 2 (8.5)
28° .200 5 .335 5 .335
6 3 6
Pushbuttons
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5)
.059
(5.0) (3.8) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .150 .354 .004 .299 .299 G3T12AP
Programmable Illuminated PB
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting with Bracket
(0.6) Typ (1.7) Dia (4.0) Dia (0.25) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ
.024 .067 .157 .010 .150 .047 .150 .047
Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (11.0) 2 (11.0)
28° .200 5 .433 5 .433
6 3 6
Keylocks
(1.5) (0.9) Typ (0.9) Typ
.059 .035 .035
(5.0) (3.8) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .150 .354 .004 .299 .299 G3T22AB
(3.8) Typ
.150 Right Angle Mounting
Rotaries
(1.7) Dia (2.54) Typ (1.25) Typ
.067 .100 .049
28° (11.0)
.433
Slides
(0.5) Typ
(4.0) Dia .020
.157
(1.5)
.059
(0.9) Typ
.035 Single Pole Double Pole
(3.8) (9.0) (0.55)
Slot .150 .354 .022
Tactiles
(5.55) (5.55)
.219 .219
(0.25) Typ 6 5 4 6 3 5 2 4 1
(8.5) (0.25) (0.1) (0.1)
.010
.335 .010 .004 .004 G3T12AH
Tilt
Pad Layouts for Upright Mounting Upright Mounting with Bracket Right Angle Mounting
Surface Mount (3.8)
Terminals (1.7) Typ
.150
(1.1) Typ Support
(3.8)
.150
.067 .043 Pads (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ Support .043 .067
Touch
.067 Pads (2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ (9.75) .100
.100 4
4 .384 4
(9.75)
5 (2.54) Typ .384 5
5
Single Pole (2.54) Typ (0.635) 6
.100
(0.635) 6 (0.635)
(0.635) 6 .100
Double Throw .025
Indicators
(3.8)
.150 (3.8)
.150
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A45
Series G3T Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles
Toggles
A PACKAGING
Tape-Reel
R for Right Angle
Rockers
Stick-Tube
S for Upright Mount
Keylocks
No Partitioned Tray
Code for Upright & Right Angle
Tactiles
Any quantity
No code is required.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
A46 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature SMT Toggles Series G3T
Toggles
PACKAGING (CONTINUED) A
Tape-Reel Packaging for Right Angle Mount
Rockers
Each tape-reel of 550 pockets contains 500 switches.
Pushbuttons
Minimum Leader Length: 7.87” (200mm) Minimum Trailer Length: 1.97” (50mm)
(2.0) Typ (16.0) Typ (4.0) Typ (1.5) Dia Typ (6.0)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.079 .630 .157 .059 .236
(1.75) (0.4)
.069 .016
Terminal #1 (1.5) R
Overall Dia (330.0) .059
13.0 (2.0)
(21.0) Dia .079 (24.4) (2.1) Dia Typ (2.0)
.827 .961 .083 Direction of Feed .079
Keylocks
Reel Dimensions Tape Dimensions
Rotaries
Stick-Tube Packaging for Upright Mount
Slides
L = Length (7.7)
.303
Tactiles
G3T Upright (code P)
(15.3)
18.31” (465mm) .602
Tilt
(9.8)
21.26” (540mm) .386
L
Stick-Tube Dimensions
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A47
Series M Waterproof Miniature Toggles
General Specifications
Toggles
A
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
Programmable Illuminated PB
Manual Soldering for Gold, all circuits: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Note: Lever must be in OFF (center) position while soldering.
Slides
Distinctive Characteristics
Tactiles
Inner o-ring and external rubber washer seal the switch to achieve IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards (dust tight and water protected for temporary immersion).
environments.
Actual Size
Polished, chrome-plated actuator paired with the
waterproof boot not only delivers in terms of sleek
design, but also functionality and reliability.
Indicators
A48 www.nkkswitches.com
Waterproof Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE A
M20 1 2 WB G 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles
1 SPDT
Toggle with Large Contact Material & Ratings Terminals
2 DPDT Bushing
Programmable Illuminated PB
Silver; Rated 6A @ 125V AC 01 Solder Lug
W
.787” (20.0mm) Bat & 3A @ 250V AC
with Large .472”
Circuits WB Gold; Rated 0.4VA max @
(12.0mm) Threaded G
2 ON NONE ON Bushing with D Flat 28V AC/DC max
3 ON OFF ON
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Keylocks
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012WBG01
Rotaries
.787” (20.0mm) Bat Lever
with Waterproof Boot
Slides
Bushing with D Flat SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Gold Contacts with
0.4VA Rating Solder Lug Terminals
Tactiles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Tilt
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
www.nkkswitches.com A49
Series M Waterproof Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A STANDARD HARDWARE
(12.1)
M12 P1 .476
(12.1) Dia
Pushbuttons
(13.8) Dia
.543
Programmable Illuminated PB
No
Keylocks
(11.2)
Anti-rotation Maximum Effective Panel Thickness
.441 Anti-rotation .138” (3.5mm)
(12.5) Dia
(12.5) .492
.492
Rotaries
25° 2 (13.0)
.512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
M2012WBG01
Touch
6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 (13.0)
25° 5 2
.512
Accessories
(0.8)Typ 4 1
.031
M2022WBG01
A50 www.nkkswitches.com
Waterproof Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
APPLICATION CONSIDERATIONS A
The Dual Seal Waterproof M Toggle is designed as a panel seal switch, and not to be used under water.
Rockers
Material Properties Repeat opening and closing same as previous test.
The resulting insulation resistance and voltage capacity
The material for the waterproof boot is silicone rubber.
are both within the rated values, and water has not
While silicone rubber has excellent heat, cold and weather
entered inside the switch or installation panel.
Pushbuttons
resistant properties, it has less durability and oil resistance.
Programmable Illuminated PB
performance is less durable with lower weather and ozone For panel
resistant characteristics. installation, the
internal tooth
Boot
Evaluate the products in reguard to your application and lockwasher is
intended environment with these properties in mind. installed above
the panel. The O-ring Internal Tooth
Lockwasher
external o-ring
Waterproof Test Conditions mounts below
the panel.
Waterproofing is Water Surface Opening O-ring Panel
measured by sub-
Keylocks
mersing the switch 5
centimeters from the 5cm and 1m
water surface (see
illustration), and
opening and closing
Rotaries
50 times at a frequency
of 50 – 60 times per
minute. The switch is Container
then submersed 1
meter from the surface
Slides
and left in this position for 30 minutes.
Tactiles
Applications
• Construction Equipment • Medical Equipment
• Hospitality and Restaurant • Machine Tooling
• Transportation • Marine Equipment *
Tilt
* Salt spray tested as per Mil-STD-810G section 509.5.
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A51
Series M Miniature Toggles
General Specifications
Toggles
A
Rockers
Logic/Power Level (gold over silver): Combines silver & gold ratings
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bushing: Brass with nickel plating Support Bracket: Brass with tin plating
Case: Diallyl phthalate resin (UL94V–0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy (code W); copper with gold plating (code G); or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Rotaries
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; or copper or brass with gold plating
Environmental Data
Slides
Sealing: Splashproof bushing options B3, D3, D8, L3, & L8, which have o-rings inside & outside the
bushing, meet IP67 of IEC60529 Standards.
Installation
Mounting Torque: 3.0Nm (26.55 lb•in) double nut for large bushing;
Tilt
1.5Nm (13 lb•in) double nut & 0.7Nm (6 lb•in) single nut for all other bushings
Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version) for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch
Wave Soldering (PC version) for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Note: Lever must be in OFF (center) position while soldering.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V maximum.
Supplement
A52 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Toggles Series M
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
A
Rockers
Antirotation design, standard on noncylindrical levers, mates toggle
and bushing; bottom of toggle has two flatted sides which fit into
a complementary opening inside bushing.
Pushbuttons
Antijamming design protects contacts from damage due
to excessive downward force on actuator.
Programmable Illuminated PB
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation
or separation from frame during installation.
Keylocks
flammability rating of 94V-0.
Rotaries
Prominent external insulating barriers
increase insulation resistance and
dielectric strength.
Slides
Interlocked actuator block, lever, and interior guide
prevent switch failure due to biased lever movement.
Tactiles
Clinching of frame to case well above base and terminals
provides 1,500V dielectric strength.
Tilt
Actual Size
Touch
Bushing Mount Page A52
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com A53
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A TYPICAL SWITCH
M20 1 3 S S1
Rockers
Pushbuttons
D .840” (21.3mm) Color Capped Cone 6mm .350” (8.9mm) Threaded Splash-
Specify cap color for toggles C & D D8 proof with D Flat (combines only with
at the end of the part number. S, S2 & S3)
Circuits * Available on 1- and 2-pole only.
Slides
*1 ON NONE OFF
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON Large Toggles Large Bushings
Tactiles
5 ON NONE (ON) B .453” (11.5mm) Large Bat Large .472” (12mm) Threaded
B1
with Keyway
8 (ON) OFF (ON) B2 .689” (17.5mm) Large Bat
Large .472” (12mm) Threaded
9 ON OFF (ON) R .610” (15.5mm) Large Flatted B3
Splashproof with D Flat
** 4 ON ON ON
Tilt
** 6 (ON) ON (ON)
** 7 ON ON (ON)
Locking Lever Bushings For Locking Levers
( ) = Momentary
Touch
L .201” (5.1mm) Dia. Locking Lever .291” (7.4mm) Threaded with Keyway
* ON-NONE-OFF circuit avail- L1
for Lever Lock
able in 1- and 2-pole only.
6mm .291” (7.4mm) Threaded with
** 3-ON circuits L4
Keyway for Lever Lock
Indicators
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
A54 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A
W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Silver; Rated For Small Bat Toggles A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
B For S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated
G C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle C Red
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
For Large Bat Toggles E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ R For B Toggle F Green
28V AC/DC max V For B2 Toggle G Blue
Keylocks
Cap for Locking Lever
No Nickel Plated Supplied
Code with Switch
Rotaries
Terminals A Black
01 Solder Lug C Red
02 Quick Connect G Blue
03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
Slides
05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap
Tactiles
08 1.062” (27.0mm) Wirewrap
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Touch
M2013SS1W01 Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com A55
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
2 (COM)
Pushbuttons
M2012 ON NONE ON
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2022 ON NONE ON
M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
Keylocks
3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2049 ON OFF (ON)
The SP3T model utilizes a (out) The DP3T model utilizes a (out) (out)
double pole base. External 6 3
four pole base. External
Conn 12 9 6 3
Conn Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
11 8 5 2
(in)
Supplement
(in) (out)
External connection must be 4 1
External connection must be (out)
10 7 4 1
A56 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
SMALL TOGGLES A
.413” (10.5mm) .200” (5.08mm) .256” (6.5mm)
S Bat
S2 Bat
S3 Bat
Rockers
Important:
25°
Toggle length changes (2.8) Dia
25°
.110
based on bushing selected. (2.7) Dia
25° (2.7) Dia
.106
Pushbuttons
All illustrations are shown (10.5)
.413
.106
(6.5)
(5.08)
with .350” long bushing. .200
.256
Programmable Illuminated PB
increases .070”.
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Chrome
Contact factory for optional finishes.
Keylocks
Colors: A B C
Material: Polycarbonate
(5.0) 25°
.197 (2.5)
.098
25°
(3.0) Dia
Rotaries
(5.08) 25° .118
.200 (2.54)
.100 (4.2) 25° (21.3)
(2.5) (4.5)
.165 .840
.098 (14.5) .177
(11.4) .571
.450 (6.5)
.256
Slides
Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole
Tactiles
.550” (14.0mm) .640” (16.26mm) .840” (21.3mm) .840” (21.3mm)
Q Cone Q2 Cone Q4 Cone
D Color Capped Cone
Supplied with Cap AT460
Tilt
Colors: A B C E F G
Material: Polyethylene
25°
25°
Touch
(3.1) Dia (3.1) Dia
.122 .122
25°
25° (3.1) Dia
(3.1) Dia .122
.122
(21.3) (21.3) (16.4)
.646
Indicators
Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole Only Available in 1- & 2-Pole
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
www.nkkswitches.com A57
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A SMALL BUSHINGS
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
Keylocks
6mm/.350” (8.9mm)
D8 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat
Standard Hardware Supplied for Small Bushings
Hex Nut 2 2 2 1 2 1
(2.5)
.098
(1.5) Hardware Locking Ring 1 1 0 0 1 0
.059
(10.0) Dia (8.9) and
Indicators
.394 .350
Quantity Lockwasher 1 1 1 0 1 0
D8 combines only with S, S2 & S3 toggles.
Maximum Panel Thickness with O-ring 0 0 0 1 0 1
Standard Hardware: .193” (4.9mm)
Accessories
A58 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
LARGE TOGGLES A
Toggle & Bushing Combinations: These toggles combine with the 12mm bushings B1 & B3.
Rockers
.453” (11.5mm) .689” (17.5mm) .610” (15.5mm)
B Large Bat B2 Large Bat R Large Flatted
Pushbuttons
25°
(6.15) 25°
(6.0) Dia .242 (3.6)
25° .236 .140
(6.0) Dia
Programmable Illuminated PB
.236
(17.5) (15.5)
(11.5) .689 .610
.453
Keylocks
Standard Material & Finish: Brass with Bright Chrome
Optional Finishes: Contact factory for satin chrome or black.
LARGE BUSHINGS
Rotaries
Large .472” (12.0mm) Large .472” (12.0mm)
B1 Threaded with Keyway
B3 Threaded Splashproof with D Flat
Slides
(12.0)
M12 P1 .472
(1.85) (1.1)
.073 .043
Tactiles
(4.9)
.193 (10.9)
.429
(12.0) M12 P1
(18.0) Dia (2.0)
.472 .709 .079
Tilt
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .216” (5.5mm) Standard Hardware: .256” (6.5mm)
Touch
Standard Hardware for B1: Standard Hardware for B3:
1 hex face nut AT503M, 1 locking ring AT506M, 1 hex face nut AT503M
1 lockwasher AT508, and 1 hex backup nut AT527M and 1 o-ring AT401P
Indicators
Panel Cutouts
Accessories
(12.5) Dia
.492 (12.5) Dia
.492
For B1 Bushing (11.5) For B1 Bushing For B3 Bushing (11.1)
.453 .437
with Keyway with Locking Ring (9.0) with D Flat
.354
(12.5) Dia
Supplement
(1.5) .492
.060 (3.0) Dia
.118
www.nkkswitches.com A59
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
25° 25°
Slides
.591 .591
Locking
Indicators
Mechanism
2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
Accessories
No Code Supplied with Cap AT427 Lever Color Codes for Optional Anodized Aluminum Caps
Supplement
Cap Material:
Brass with Nickel Plating
A Black
C Red
G Blue
A60 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS A
W Silver over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
Rockers
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
Pushbuttons
A Gold over Silver Power Level 6A @ 125V AC
or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
TERMINALS
.062” (1.57mm) Wide
01 Solder Lug Epoxy Seal
(4.0)
.157
02 Quick Connect Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043
Keylocks
.062
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC
(4.8)
.189
(4.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.189 .189
Rotaries
3 3 6 3 6 9 3 6 9 12
Slides
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole
Tactiles
A Dimension A =
.750” (19.05mm) 1.062” (27.0mm) terminal lengths
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC
(1.27)
as shown beside
.050 the terminal codes
Thk = (0.8)
If using as extended PC terminal, refer to the above footprints. .031 at the left.
Tilt
OPTIONAL CAPS & CAP COLORS
* AT415 Lever Cap * AT444 Conical Cap AT434 Lever Cap AT406 Lever Cap
B C R V
for S Bat Toggle for S Bat Toggle for B Toggle for B2 Toggle Touch
Material: Material: Material: Material:
Polyethylene Polyethylene Polyvinyl Chloride Polyvinyl Chloride
Indicators
25°
25° 25° 25°
(5.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.197 (4.8) Dia (6.6) Dia .315
.189 .260
(12.0)
.472 (11.5)
.452 (13.5) (18.0)
(13.5) (13.1) (12.3) .531
.532 .484 (18.5) .709
Accessories
.516
.728
* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
www.nkkswitches.com A61
Series M Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
.512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.8) Dia (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.110 .035 .020
(7.9) (10.5) (8.9) (9.4) (4.5) (2.0)
.311 .413 .350 .371 .177 .079
Programmable Illuminated PB
25° 5 2
.512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia (0.9) (0.5) Typ (2.0) Typ
.110 .035 .020 .079
(12.7) (10.5) (8.9) (9.4) (4.5) (4.8)
.500 .413 .350 .371 .177 .189
Rotaries
1/4-40 Thd
9 6 3
(4.7) Typ
.185 8 5 2 (13.0)
25°
.512
(0.8) Typ 7 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.035 .020
Tilt
M2032SS1W01
Touch
(0.8) Typ 10 7 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (0.9) (0.5) Typ
.035 .020
(22.3) (10.5) (8.9) (11.5) (4.5) (4.8) Typ (2.0) Typ
.878 .413 .350 .453 .177 .189 .079
Supplement
M2042SS1W01
A62 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
STANDARD HARDWARE FOR SMALL & LARGE BUSHINGS A
AT513H for Inch AT507H for Inch AT509 AT516
AT513M for Metric AT507M for Metric Lockwasher O-ring for
Rockers
Hex Nut Locking Ring Steel with Zinc/Chromate Splashproof Models
Brass/Nickel Steel with Zinc/Chromate (not supplied with Nitrile Butadiene Rubber
(6.0) Dia or splashproof models)
1/4-40 Thd or .250
M6 P0.75
Pushbuttons
(8.0) (12.0) Dia (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (6.07) Dia
.315 .472 .239 (9.63) Dia
.252 .402 .379
(2.0)
.079
(5.5) or
Programmable Illuminated PB
.229
Keylocks
.476 M12 P1
(12.1) Dia
(14.3) (18.2) Dia (15.8) Dia (14.0) .476
.563 .717 .622 .551 (17.5) Dia
(2.8) .689
.110
Rotaries
(13.8) Dia
(11.5) .543
.453
(16.0) (2.4) (2.8) (9.5) (1.0) (1.0) (0.5) (16.0) (2.0) (1.5)
.630 .094 .110 .374 .039 .039 .020 .630 .079 .059
Slides
OPTIONAL SPLASHPROOF BOOTS
Various optional nuts and ON-OFF plates are available; dimensions are shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.
Tactiles
AT428 (M-metric H-Inch) AT402 AT402S
.445” (11.3mm) .760” (19.3mm) .567” (14.4mm)
Boot for S Toggle Boot for B2 Toggle Boot for B Toggle
Silicon Rubber Silicon Rubber (8.0) Dia Silicon Rubber
.315
(4.6) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315
Tilt
.181 (15.3)
(6.7) Dia .602 (12.4) Dia (10.4) (12.4) Dia
.264 (19.3) .488 .409 .488
(9.8) (10.8) .760 (18.0) Dia (14.4) (18.0) Dia
.386 .425 (23.8) .709 .567 .709
(11.3)
.445 .937 (18.9)
(14.3) .744
.563
Touch
(2.0) (2.5) (0.5) (3.0) ~ (3.5) (0.5) (3.0) ~ (3.5)
.079 ~ .098 .020 .118 .138 .020 .118 .138
(1.57) (1.57) (1.57)
.062 .062 .062
AT401A/H/S AT4181
Indicators
.630 .315
(17.0) Dia
.669
(17.5) Dia (14.8) (13.8) Dia
.689 .583 .543
(18.6) (21.5) Dia
(10.0) .732 .846
(11.7) .394 (24.3)
(13.2) .461 .957
.520
Supplement
(3.5) ~ (5.5)
.138 .217 (1.0) (4.57) ~ (6.3)
(1.57) .039 .180 .248
.062 (1.57)
.062
www.nkkswitches.com A63
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A TYPICAL SWITCH
M20 2 2 S S2
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON) Locking Lever Bushing For Locking Levers
Tactiles
( ) = Momentary L .201” (5.1mm) Dia. Locking Lever L2 Smooth with Keyway for Lever Lock
* 3-ON circuits
Tilt
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Supplement
A64 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A
G 13 B C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors
Silver; Rated B For S Bat Toggle A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated
G C Red
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ Cap for Locking Lever F Green
28V AC/DC max
Keylocks
No Nickel Plated Supplied G Blue
Code with Switch
A Black
C Red
Rotaries
G Blue
Terminals
With Bracket
Slides
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with
13
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with
15
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket
Tactiles
.964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with
17
1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket
With Reinforced Bracket
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with
23
Tilt
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with
25 DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket
M2022SS2G13-BC
Touch
.750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with
26
.953” (24.2mm) Bracket Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com A65
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
M2012 ON NONE ON
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2022 ON NONE ON
M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
Down Center Up
M2024 ON ON ON The SP3T model utilizes
SP M2026 (ON) ON (ON) a double pole base.
M2027 ON ON (ON)
Rotaries
(out)
External External External
Connection Connection Connection External 6 3
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 External Conn
Common
connection 5 2
(in)
4 1
must be made
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) (out) (out)
during field
Slides
SMALL TOGGLES
Tactiles
.200 (2.54)
(7.1mm) long bushing, toggle length (2.8) Dia 25° .100
.110 25°
increases .070” (1.78mm). (2.7) Dia (2.7) Dia
.106
.106 (11.4)
(10.5)
Standard Material & Finish: .413 (5.08) (6.5)
.256
.450
.200
Brass with Bright Chrome
Touch
.256” (6.5mm) .840” (21.3mm) .550” (14.0mm) .640” (16.26mm) .840” (21.3mm)
Indicators
E2 Flatted
E4 Flatted Q Cone Q2 Cone Q4 Cone
.256
A66 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
SMALL BUSHINGS A
.280” (7.1mm) .350” (8.9mm)
A2 Smooth with Keyway S2 Smooth with Keyway
Rockers
(0.8) (0.9) (0.8) (0.9)
.031 .035 .031 .035
(6.2) Dia (6.2) Dia
.244 .244
(8.0) Dia
Pushbuttons
(8.0) Dia
.315 .315
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
(0.5) (0.5)
.020 .020
(7.1) (8.9)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.280 .350
Keylocks
.315 .315
(2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098
(0.5) (0.5)
.020 .020
(7.1) (8.9)
.280 .350
Rotaries
When using this bushing, toggle length is increased
by .070” (1.78mm). Maximum Panel Thickness Maximum Panel Thickness with
with Standard Hardware: .031” (0.8mm) Standard Hardware: .102” (2.6mm)
Panel Cutouts
Slides
Standard Hardware:
2 Hex Nuts (AT513H)
For A2, S2, A1, (5.6)
For A1 or 1 Lockwasher (AT509)
.220
or S1 Bushing (6.5) Dia S1 Bushing (6.5) Dia (6.5) 1 Locking Ring (AT507H)
.256
Tactiles
.256 (0.6) .256
with Keyway .024 with Locking Ring (2.2) Dia For dimensions, see Accessories
.087
& Hardware section.
Tilt
Smooth Locking Mechanism
LL2 with Keyway on-off-(on) on-off-on (on)-off-(on)
(2.5) on-none-on on-none-(on) on-on-(on) on-on-on (on)-on-(on)
.098
Touch
(0.8)
.031
(8.0) Dia
.315
Indicators
2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
25°
(5.1) Dia
.201
No Code Cap for Locking Lever Color Codes for Optional
Accessories
(16.5) (8.0)
.650 .315 (4.6) Dia Anodized Aluminum Caps
(15.0) .181 Supplied with Cap AT427
.591
Material & Finish:
(9.3) (7.0)
(6.2) Dia
.244 Brass with Nickel Plating A Black
C Red
.366 .275
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A67
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
TERMINALS
13 15 17 23 25 26
.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
Rotaries
.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Slides
Tactiles
* AT415 * AT444
B for S Bat Toggle C Conical Cap for
(5.0) Dia
25°
S Bat Toggle 25°
Indicators
* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
A68 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Straight PC • Bracket
Rockers
(6.86)
.270
Keyway
Single Double (7.1)
.280
Pole Pole
Pushbuttons
(0.9)
BRACKET BRACKET .035
LENGTH LENGTH
Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (0.5) Typ
.046 .046 .046 .020 (4.7) Typ
(1.17) (3.2) (0.8) Typ .185
.046 .126 .031
(3.2) (4.8) (15.8)
.126 .189 .622
(8.0) (12.7)
.315 .500
M2012S2A2G13
(1.6) Typ
.063 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length:
Keylocks
.063 .095
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311
.311
2 2 5 13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)
Rotaries
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
.059 .059
CL
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm)
Slides
Straight PC • Reinforced Bracket
Tactiles
(6.86)
.270
Keyway
Single Double (7.1)
.280
Pole Pole
(0.9)
BRACKET BRACKET .035
LENGTH LENGTH
Tilt
(4.5) (4.5) TERMINAL
(4.8) (4.8) LENGTH
.189 .177 .189 .177
(1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ (0.5) Typ
.046 .046 .046 .020 (4.7) Typ
(1.17)
Touch
(4.8) (0.8) Typ .185
.046 .189 .031
(6.35) (6.35) (19.05)
.250 .250 .750
(9.1) (12.7) M2012S2A2G23
.358 .500
Indicators
(2.4) Typ
(3.18) Typ
.095 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(3.18) Typ
.125
.125 Code: Length: Length:
(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6
Accessories
.375 .375
2 2 5 23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4
www.nkkswitches.com A69
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A TYPICAL SWITCH
M20 1 2 S2 A2
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 ON OFF ON
5 ON NONE (ON)
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Tactiles
9 ON OFF (ON)
*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
Tilt
IMPORTANT:
Accessories
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Supplement
A70 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE A
G 40
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Materials & Ratings Optional Caps Cap Colors
Silver; Rated B For S Bat Toggle A Black
W
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle B White
Gold; Rated C Red
G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
E Yellow
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @ F Green
Cap for Locking Lever
28V AC/DC max
Keylocks
G Blue
No Nickel Plated Supplied
Code with Switch
A Black
C Red
Rotaries
G Blue
Terminals
.150” (3.81mm)
Slides
30
Right Angle PC (1-3 Pole)
Right Angle PCB
32
(1 Pole & 0.4VA Rating Only)
Tactiles
.150” (3.81mm)
40
Vertical PC (1-4 Pole)
.100” (2.54mm)
45
Vertical PC (1-4 Pole)
Tilt
Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012S2A2G40
Indicators
Gold Contacts
.280” (7.1mm) with 0.4VA Rating
Smooth Bushing with Keyway
Vertical PC Terminals with
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A71
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
the switch.
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
* Reverse circuits available for vertical
mount SP & DP upon request.
Pushbuttons
M2012 ON NONE ON
*
M2013 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
* M2018
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 1
(ON) OFF (ON)
M2019 ON OFF (ON)
M2022 ON NONE ON
* M2023 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
* M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
3 1 6 4
M2032 ON NONE ON
Keylocks
M2042 ON NONE ON
M2043 ON OFF ON 2 5 (COM) 8 11
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
4P M2045 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 4PDT
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
M2048 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2049 ON OFF (ON)
Slides
M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)
M2047 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)
(out)
External connection must be (out) (out) External connection must be (out) (out)
made during field installation. made during field installation.
A72 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
SMALL TOGGLES A
Important: .413” (10.5mm) .200” (5.08mm)
Toggle length changes based on S Bat S2 Bat
25°
Rockers
bushing selected. All illustrations are (2.8) Dia
.110
shown with .350” (8.9mm) long (2.7) Dia
25°
Pushbuttons
.070” (1.78mm).
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.08) 25°
.200 (2.54)
25° .100 (4.2) 25°
(2.7) Dia .165 (2.5)
.106 .098
(11.4)
(6.5) .450 (6.5)
.256 .256
Keylocks
SMALL BUSHINGS
Rotaries
Smooth with Keyway Smooth with Keyway
(2.5) (2.5)
Slides
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
(8.0) Dia (7.1) (8.0) Dia (8.9)
.315 .280 .315 .350
Tactiles
is increased by .070” (1.78mm).
Tilt
(0.8) (0.8)
.031 1/4-40 Thd .031 1/4-40 Thd
(2.5) (2.5)
Touch
.098 .098
(0.9) (0.9)
.035 .035
(8.0) Dia (7.1) (8.0) Dia (8.9)
.315 .280 .315 .350
Indicators
Panel Cutouts
Accessories
Standard Hardware:
For A2, S2, A1 or For A1 or 2 Hex Nuts (AT513H)
S1 Bushing (5.6) S1 Bushing 1 Lockwasher (AT509)
.220
with Keyway with Locking Ring (6.5) Dia (6.5) 1 Locking Ring (AT507H)
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A73
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
.315
(2.5)
.098
2 positions lock 1 position locks 2 positions lock 3 positions lock 1 position locks
Programmable Illuminated PB
25°
(5.1) Dia
.201
(16.5) (8.0)
No Code Cap for Locking Lever Color Codes for Optional
.650 .315
(15.0)
(4.6) Dia Anodized Aluminum Caps
.591
.181 Supplied with Cap AT427
Material & Finish:
(6.2) Dia
(9.3) (7.0)
.366 .275
.244
Brass with Nickel Plating A Black
C Red
(0.9)
Lever Material & Finish:
.035
Brass with Chrome Plating
G Blue
Keylocks
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Slides
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within
the same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
TERMINALS
Tilt
(4.7) Typ
9 8
.185
(4.7) Typ 7
3 2 1 2 (3.96) Typ
3 1 .150 3 2 1
1 2 3 .156
(12.7) (12.7) (14.35)
.500 .500 (9.27)
.565 .365
Terminal dimensions are shown on the Typical Switch Dimensions pages which follow.
A74 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
TERMINALS (Continued) A
.150” (3.81mm)
40 Vertical PC (1-4 Pole) (2.4) Typ
(4.8) Typ
.189
(4.8) Typ
.189
.094 3 6 9 3 6 9 12
Rockers
3 3 6 (3.81) Typ (3.81) Typ
(3.81) Typ (3.81) Typ 2 5 8 .150 2 5 8 11
.150
2
.150 2 5 .150
1 4 7 1 4 7 10
1 1 4
Pushbuttons
.500 .500 .565 .565
Programmable Illuminated PB
Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole
.100” (2.54mm)
45 Vertical PC (1-4 Pole) (2.54) Typ (4.8) Typ (2.54) Typ (4.8) Typ
(4.8) .189
(2.54) Typ .189 .100 .189 .100 3
(2.54) Typ 3 6 9 6 9 12
.100 3 .100 3 6
2 5 8 2 5 8 11
2 2 5
1 4 7 1 4 7 10
1 1 4
Keylocks
(2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.100 .073 .100 .073 .100 .073 .100 .073
Rotaries
Terminal dimensions are shown on the Typical Switch Dimensions pages which follow.
Slides
* AT415 * AT444 Colors Available
B for S Bat Toggle
C Conical Cap for S Bat Toggle
25°
A Black
E Yellow
25°
Tactiles
(5.0) Dia
Material: .197 Material: (4.8) Dia
.189
Polyethylene Polyethylene
(13.5)
(12.0)
.472
(13.1)
(11.5)
.452 B White
F Green
.532 .516
C G
Tilt
Red Blue
* AT415 and AT444 for use with S toggles only, not S2 or S3 toggles.
STANDARD HARDWARE
Touch
AT513H for Inch AT507H for Inch AT509
AT513M for Metric AT507M for Metric Lockwasher (1 per switch, none
Hex Nut (2 per switch) Locking Ring (1 per switch) with splashproof)
Indicators
(5.5) or
.229
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A75
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
(6.2) Dia
Keyway .244
Pushbuttons
1 2 3
(7.9)
.311
(4.3)
.169
(2.9)
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2012S2A2G30
Keylocks
(6.2) Dia
Rotaries
Keyway
.244
4 5 6
(12.7)
1 2 3 .500
(4.3)
Slides
.169
(2.9) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ
.114 .016 .050 .031
(1.4) Typ (1.09) (4.7) Typ
.055 .043 .185
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (3.81) (13.0)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .150 .512
Tactiles
M2022S2A2G30
Tilt
7 8 9
Indicators
4 5 6 (17.5)
.689
1 2 3
(4.3)
.169
Accessories
M2032S2A2G30
A76 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole • Reverse Circuit Right Angle PCB
Rockers
25°
Pushbuttons
(2.7) Dia (6.2) Dia
Keyway .106 .244
(7.9) (8.5)
.311 (4.55) 3 2 1 .335
.179
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.9) (2.7) (1.4) Typ
.035 .106 .055
(1.4) Typ (6.2) (0.4) (0.8) (3.96) Typ
.055 .245 .016 .031 .156
(5.08) (6.86) (8.9) (9.3) (13.0)
.200 .270 .350 .365 .512
M2012S2A2G32
Keylocks
Single Pole .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC
Rotaries
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
25° 2
(13.0)
.512
1
Slides
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7)
.016 .106
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.055 .043 .031 .050
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (7.9)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .150 .311
Tactiles
M2012S2A2G40
Tilt
Double Pole .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC
Touch
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
6 3
Indicators
5 2 (13.0)
25° .512
4 1
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
Accessories
M2022S2A2G40
www.nkkswitches.com A77
Series M Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles
Toggles
25°
8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
7 4 1
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2032S2A2G40
25°
11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1
(2.7) Dia
Slides
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.055 .071 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (22.3)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .150 .878
Tactiles
M2042S2A2G40
Tilt
(13.0)
Indicators
25° 2
.512
1
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7)
.016 .106
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
Accessories
M2012S2A2G45
A78 www.nkkswitches.com
Angle PC Mount Miniature Toggles Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC
Rockers
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
Pushbuttons
6 3
25°
5 2 (13.0)
.512
4 1
(2.7) Dia
.106
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.1) (0.8) Typ (4.8)
.055 .043 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (7.32) (12.7) (2.54) Typ (12.7)
.200 .270 .288 .500 .100 .500
M2022S2A2G45
Keylocks
(6.2) Dia (0.9)
Rotaries
Keyway
.244 .035
9 6 3
25°
8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
7 4 1
(2.7) Dia
Slides
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.055 .071 .031 .189
(5.08) (6.86) (8.0) (14.35) (2.54) Typ (17.5)
.200 .270 .315 .565 .100 .689
Tactiles
M2032S2A2G45
Tilt
Four Pole .100” (2.54mm) Vertical PC
11 8 5 2 (13.0)
Indicators
25° .512
10 7 4 1
(2.7) Dia
.106
(0.4) (2.7) (1.27) Typ
.016 .106 .050
(1.4) Typ (1.8) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
Accessories
M2042S2A2G45
www.nkkswitches.com A79
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: On-to-On Position Off-to-On Position
Single Pole 3.19N 3.92N
Double Pole 4.41N 7.06N
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for double nut; .67Nm (6 lb•in) for single nut
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch
Single pole with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs & solder lug or PC recognized at
6A @ 125V AC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
All single pole with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs certified at 6A @ 125V AC.
A80 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Industry’s first LED illumination at tip of toggle switches.
Pushbuttons
Single color LEDs of red, yellow, and green, plus bicolor red/green,
to meet varied design requirements.
Programmable Illuminated PB
LEDs can operate independently from or synchronously with
switching operation.
Keylocks
or separating from the metal frame during installation.
Rotaries
Silver contacts are of specially composed alloy for
hardness.
Slides
High insulating barriers protect against crossover
in double pole devices.
Tactiles
out flux, dust, and other contaminants.
Tilt
away from the terminals.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A81
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles
M21 1 2 T C W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
W
T Synchronous 6A @ 125V AC 6mm Thread
* Available only with /M
Gold; Rated 0.4VA max (Metric)
Terminals 01, 02, 03 G
@ 28V AC/DC max
CF Red/Green
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
Tactiles
UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the
General Specifications page.
Tilt
Red LED
Synchronous LED Circuit
Indicators
in Actuator
SPDT 1/4–40 Threaded Bushing
ON-NONE-ON
Switch Circuit
Accessories
A82 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS & LED ILLUMINATION A
Toggle Position &
Schematics
Terminal Numbers
Rockers
Model Pole & Throw Down Center Up
Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on the
switch.
Pushbuttons
Keyway
LEDs require an external power source.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 NONE 2-1 2 (COM)
Isolated
Single Color L(+) L(-)
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON NONE ON LED 3 1 4 6
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 NONE 4-6
LED Circuit
Keylocks
M2113 SPDT ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Synchronous
Single Color L(+) L(-)
LED 3 1 4 6
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON
Rotaries
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 4-6 4-6
LED Circuit
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red OFF Green Bicolor LED 3 1 6 5 COM (+) 4
Slides
Connected LED Terminals 5-6 OPEN 5-4 External Connection
Tactiles
Single Color
L(+) L(-)
LED 3 1 6 4 7 9
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON NONE ON
Connected LED Terminals 7-9 NONE 7-9
LED Circuit
Tilt
Green
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green Bicolor LED (+) Red
3 1 6 4 9 COM 7 ( ) Green
Connected LED Terminals 8-9 NONE 8-7
Touch
M2123 DPDT ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
Synchronous
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED 3 1 6 4 7
L(+)
9
L(-)
Indicators
2 (COM) 5
Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON Red
Bicolor LED
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A83
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles
C E F CF
Bicolor LED is translucent white when unlit.
Color Red Yellow Green Red/Green Units
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.33/0.33 mA/°C
L Toggle with Isolated LED Circuit 20° 20° Max. Panel Max. Panel
(5.0) Dia (5.0) Dia
.197
Thickness with Thickness without
.197
Standard Hardware Locking Ring
T Toggle with Synchronous LED Circuit .102” (2.6mm) .134” (3.4mm)
(14.7) (14.7)
Slides
.579 .579
.189 .031
6 3
5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(4.7) Typ
.185 4 1
(2.5) Dia
.098
Accessories
A84 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Toggles Series M2100
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole Solder Lug
Rockers
(6.35) Keyway (4.8) (0.8) Typ
1/4-40 Thd
Pushbuttons
.250 .189 .031
9 6 3
8 5 2 (13.0)
20° (4.7) Typ .512
.185 7 4 1
(2.5) Dia
Programmable Illuminated PB
.098
(5.0) Dia (0.9) (6.35) (1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
.197 .035 .250 .046 .079
(17.5) (14.7) (8.0) (20.3) (4.8) Typ
.689 .579 .315 .799 .189
Keylocks
Single Pole Only Right Angle PC
Rotaries
Keyway (2.5) Dia (6.2) Dia
.098 .244
4 5 6
Slides
(4.3)
(2.9) .169
.114
(1.4) (0.4)
.055 .016
(5.1) (1.1) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ
Tactiles
.201 .043 .050 .031
(13.0) (14.7) (7.6) (16.4) (3.81) (4.7) Typ
.512 .579 .299 .646 .150 .185
Tilt
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5. Gold contact material only M2112TCFG30
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A85
Series M2100 LED Tipped Toggles
Toggles
A TERMINALS
.043 .189
(4.8)
.189 Thk = (0.8) Typ
Thk = (0.8) Typ .031
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB
Straight PC with
03 Turret LED Terminal Single Pole Double Pole
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189
3 6
Single color LED 3 6 9
.189 Single color LED
(6.35) (4.8)
.250 .189 Epoxy Seal (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor
2 5 .185 2 5 8 .185
(1.17) Typ LED switches do not LED switches do not
.046
(4.8) 1 4
have terminal 5. 1 4 7
have terminal 8.
.189
Thk = (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.031 .073 .073
Keylocks
Single Pole
(4.7) Typ
.185
Rotaries
30 Right Angle PC 6 5 4
(3.81)
.150
3 2 1 Single color LED
& isolated bicolor
LED terminals LED switches do not
(16.4)
only available .646 have terminal 5.
Slides
in brass with
silver plating (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
(2.54) Typ
.100
Tactiles
(6.35) Dia
.250
1/4-40 Thd
Indicators
(5.8)
.229
Accessories
Optional Hardware: Knurled nuts, dress nuts, and ON-OFF plates are available;
Supplement
A86 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com A87
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning in
Tilt
PCB Processing
Touch
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC.
Supplement
A88 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Antijamming actuator design protects against mechanism damage from
downward force on the toggle.
Pushbuttons
Single unit construction of the bushing and top of the housing
Programmable Illuminated PB
gives protection from cleaning fluids or other liquids.
Keylocks
Ultrasonic welding of upper and lower housing
seals out contaminants and allows automated
soldering and cleaning.
Rotaries
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of
flux, solvents, and other contaminants.
Slides
Bracketed models have crimped legs to ensure
Tactiles
secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging
during automated soldering.
Tilt
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit
varying applications.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A89
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles
M2T 1 2 S A5 G 03
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Actuators
.500” (12.7mm) Bat Lever (standard combination
Slides
S
with code 03 straight terminals)
.300” (7.62mm) Bat Lever (standard combinations
S4
with codes 13, 30 & 40 bracketed terminals)
Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tilt
Specific models, ratings & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Touch
.500” (12.7mm)
Bat Lever
Accessories
Straight PC Terminals
A90 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS A
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
M2T12 ON NONE ON
M2T13 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2T15 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2T18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T19 ON OFF (ON)
M2T22 ON NONE ON
M2T23 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2T25 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
M2T28 (ON) OFF (ON)
M2T29 ON OFF (ON)
ACTUATORS
Keylocks
.500” (12.7mm) .300” (7.62mm)
S Bat Lever (2.8) Dia
26°
S4 Bat Lever
.110 26°
(2.7) Dia
.106
(12.7)
Rotaries
Material: .500 Material: (7.62)
.300
Nickel over Brass Nickel over Brass
Standard Combinations: S Bat Lever with straight terminals Standard Combinations: S4 Bat Lever with bracketed terminals
Slides
(code 03) with silver or gold contacts. (codes 13, 30, 40) with silver or gold contacts.
BUSHING
Tactiles
A5 .250” (6.35mm) Double Flatted (6.8) (6.2)
.268 .244
Tilt
(5.2) (6.35)
.205 .250
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Accessories
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
www.nkkswitches.com A91
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles
A PC TERMINALS
03 Straight
(4.8)
.189
3
Rockers
3 6
.046 .073
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.7) Typ
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle
(4.7) Typ 6 5 4
.185
.185 (3.81)
3 2 1 2
3 1 .150
Rotaries
(12.7) (12.7)
.500 .500
(12.7) (12.7)
Tilt
.500 .500
(3.81)
.150 (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
Touch
.390” (9.9mm)
05
Indicators
Extended PC (4.8)
.189
3 3 6
Epoxy Seal
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.728” (18.5mm) A 2 .185 2 5 .185
06 Extended PC
Accessories
1 1 4
Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal codes at the left.
A92 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Pole Straight PC
Rockers
NKK P/N This Side
Pushbuttons
3
(4.7) Typ
(6.2) .185 2 (12.7)
.244 26° .500
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (6.35) (9.4) (4.8) (1.17)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.250 .370 .189 .046
(5.2) (12.7) (21.6) (6.6)
.205 .500 .850 .260
Keylocks
NKK P/N This Side (4.8)
.189
6 3
(4.7) Typ
Rotaries
(6.2) .185 5 2 (12.7)
26°
.244 .500
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.8) Dia
.110 (6.35) (9.4) (4.8) (1.17) Typ
.250 .370 .189 .046
(5.2) (12.7) (21.6) (11.5)
.205 .500 .850 .453
Slides
Actuator in Down Position M2T22SA5G03
Tactiles
Single & Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket
Tilt
26°
(2.7) Dia
.106
(7.62) (6.2)
.300 .244
(5.8) Touch
.228
www.nkkswitches.com A93
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Toggles
Toggles
(5.2) (6.6)
.205 .260
(3.2)
.126
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.2) (11.5)
.205 .453
(0.5)
.020 (3.7)
Slides
.146
1 2 3
(7.2)
.283 NKK P/N This Side
(6.2) (12.7)
Indicators
2
.244 26° (1.0)
.039 .500
(0.5) 1
.020
(4.2)
(2.7) Dia .165
.106
(1.3) Typ (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.051 .016 .031 .050
Accessories
A94 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Toggles Series M2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Double Pole Vertical PC
Rockers
(7.2) (4.8)
.283 NKK P/N This Side .189
Pushbuttons
6 3
(6.2) 5 2 (12.7)
.244 26° (1.0) .500
.039
(0.5) 4 1
.020 (4.2)
(2.7) Dia .165
.106
Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.3) Typ (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.051 .016 .031 .050
(5.08) (7.62) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (11.5)
.200 .300 .242 .500 .150 .453
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Keylocks
When an application employs M2T model with silver contacts, 5 to 6A @ 125V AC, and the switch will be actuated 100 or more
times per day, note these instructions:
Peel off the film seal on the switch body situated over the part number after cleaning.
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A95
Series P Internationally Approved Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Motor Load: 400W @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons
Lamp Load: 2A @ 125V AC for On-Off-On circuit & 3A @ 125V AC for other circuits
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Slides
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering Recommended (Straight PC): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
A96 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Toggles Series P
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Meets EN 61058-1 standard.
Pushbuttons
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or separation
from frame during installation.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion and increases
environmental safety.
Keylocks
guarantee stable electrical contact and long life.
Rotaries
circuits in double pole devices and provide
added protection to contact points.
Slides
Prominent external insulating barriers
increase insulation resistance and dielectric
strength.
Tactiles
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.
Tilt
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base and
terminals provides 4,000V dielectric strength.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A97
Series P Internationally Approved Toggles
Toggles
P20 22 B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
.689” (17.5mm) Large Bat VDE is marked on all models. Switches are supplied
without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
with 12mm Bushing
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on the switch.
DPDT Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are
ON-NONE-ON Circuit noted on the General Specifications page.
Slides
1 (COM)
SP P2011 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b
Indicators
1 (COM)
P2012 ON NONE ON
SP 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
P2013 ON OFF ON 1a 1b
Accessories
1 (COM) 2
DP P2021 ON NONE OFF 1-1b 2-2b OPEN OPEN DPST
1b 2b
1 (COM) 2
P2022 ON NONE ON
Supplement
A98 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Toggles Series P
Toggles
TOGGLES & BUSHINGS A
.512” (13.0mm) .450” (11.4mm) .689” (17.5mm) .748” (19.0mm)
No Code White Cap with
E Flatted with
B Large Bat with
D White Capped Column
Rockers
6mm Bushing 6mm Bushing 12mm Bushing with 12mm Bushing
25° 25°
(6.0) Dia (4.4) Dia
25° (5.08) .173
(4.2) Dia 25° .200 .236
.165 (2.54)
Pushbuttons
.100
(17.5) (19.0)
(13.0) (11.4) .689 .748
.512 .450
Panel Cutouts
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.5) Dia
.492
Panel Thickness Panel Thickness Panel Thickness Panel Thickness (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.6) (11.5)
with Keyway .220 with Locking Ring (6.5)
with Keyway .453 with Locking Ring
(6.35) Dia
.134” (3.4mm) (6.35) Dia
.250
(0.6)
.024
.102” (2.6mm) .250 .256 .256” (6.5mm) .217” (5.5mm) (9.0)
(1.5) .354
maximum maximum (2.2) Dia maximum .060 maximum
.087 (3.0) Dia
.118
Standard Hardware
For 6mm Bushing: 1 Locking Ring AT507M, 1 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT509, 2 Hex Nuts AT513M
For 12mm Bushing: 1 Hex Face Nut AT503M, 1 Locking Ring AT506M, 1 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT508, 1 Hex Mounting Nut AT527M
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (for code B): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring; see Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks
TERMINALS
Rotaries
Solder Lug (2.6)
(4.5) .079
.177
Quick Connect .250
.102 (1.3) Dia (4.75)
(1.25)
.049 .051 .187
Thk = (1.0) Thk = (0.8)
.039 .031
Epoxy Seal 1b 1b 2b 1b 2b 1b
(7.6)
P
Slides
.299 (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ (7.62) Typ
Straight PC SPST 1 .300 SPDT 1 .300 DPST 2 1 .300 DPDT 2 1 .300
(4.8)
.189 (1.17)
.046 (1.8) Dia Typ 1a
(10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ 2a 1a
.071 .400 .071
Thk = (1.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.039 (10.16) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071 .400 .071
Tactiles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
P2011, P2012, P2013 6mm Bushing
(1.25) x (2.0) Typ (1.0) Typ
Keyway M6 P0.75
.049 x .079 .039
Tilt
1b
(0.8)
.031 (20.5)
25° .807
(7.62) 1
.300
(4.2) Dia 1a
.165 (0.5)
Touch
.020
(0.9) (5.0)
.035 .197
(11.0) (13.0) (8.0) (22.0) (2.6)
.433 .512 .315 .866 .102
(0.8)
.031 (20.5)
25°
(7.62) 2 1 .807
.300
2a 1a
(0.5)
(6.0) Dia .020
.236 (5.0) (2.6) Typ
Supplement
.197 .102
(20.0) (17.5) (12.0) (21.1) (10.16)
.787 .689 .472 .831 .400
www.nkkswitches.com A99
Series S
Toggles
A
Contents for Standard Size Toggles
Rockers
5A Power Level
Solder Lug Terminals
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bushing Mount
Double Pole
A100 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S100s A
Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)
Power Level: Shown in the following table
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Keylocks
Case Cover: Steel with zinc plating
Movable Contactor Plate: Copper with silver plating
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy plus copper with silver plating
Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles
Standards & Certifications
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Certified at 5A @ 125V AC & 2A @ 250V AC.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A101
Series S Low Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
––
S116 –– DPDT ON 2-1 5-4 NONE ON 2-3 5-6 5A 2A 5A 3A 25°
S116R –– –– DPDT ON 2-1 5-4 NONE ON 2-3 5-6 5A 2A 5A 3A 25°
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 4 1 3 4 6
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (only for bat lever models): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut and o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
.157 4 1
(6.0) Dia (2.3) Dia (1.5)
.236 .090 .060
(5.5) (3.8) Typ (0.8) Typ
.217 .150 .031
(17.6) (18.0) (10.0) (22.9) (4.0) (29.0) (0.3) Typ
.693 .709 .394 .902 .157 1.142 .012
Maximum
Slides
Panel Thickness:
S116 S114 does not have terminals 3 & 6 .158” (4.0mm)
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
A102 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S1 ~ S29 A
Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum for S5AW, S8AW, S9AW, S25AW, S28AW, S29AW
Programmable Illuminated PB
50,000 operations minimum for all other models
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown in tables on following pages
Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +70°C (–22°F through +158°F) for Splashproof models;
–10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F) for all other models
Slides
Sealing: Splashproof & lever lock panel seal models meet IP67 standard
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for single nut on AW & AL models
Tactiles
2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut on other models
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
Standards & Certifications
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details. Touch
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com A103
Series S Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
R C US
1 3 3 1
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
1 (1.5)
.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(5.7)
.224
(18.0) (17.5) (10.0) (23.7)
.709 .689 .394 .933 Maximum
Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S2A S1A does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm)
R C US
S21A –– –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 21°
S6A DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 21°
S7A –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°
2 (COM) 5
Tilt
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(12.5) Dia
6 3 .492
5 2
4 1 (1.5)
.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(5.7)
.224
(18.6) (17.5) (10.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 .031
.689 .394 1.012
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S6A S21A does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm)
A104 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH QUICK CONNECT A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
Pushbuttons
S2F SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S3F –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM)
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: SPST CONNECTION SPDT
actually on the switch
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3 3 1
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway (7.9)
M12 P1 .311
Keylocks
1 (1.5)
(1.5) Dia Typ
.060 .060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(11.7)
.461
(18.0) (17.5) (10.0) (29.7)
.709 .689 .394 1.169
Maximum
Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S1F does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm) S2F
Slides
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
Tactiles
R
S21F –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 21°
S6F –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 21°
S7F –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°
Tilt
2 (COM) 5
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: DPST CONNECTION DPDT actually on the switch
1 3 4 6 3 1 6 4
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(7.9)
Keyway .311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
Indicators
.060
(7.5) Typ (12.5) Dia
.295 6 3 .492
.060
(6.0) Dia
.236
(11.8) Note: S21F
.465 (11.7)
(18.6) (17.5) (10.0) (31.8) .461 (0.8) Typ
.732 .689 .394 1.253 .031
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S21F does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm) S6F
www.nkkswitches.com A105
Series S Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V of Throw
S1AW –– –– SPST ON 1-3 NONE OFF — 15A 6A 20A 24°
S2AW –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 24°
Pushbuttons
2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
CONNECTION actually on the switch
Schematics: 1 3 3 1
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
For .250” Quick Connect terminals, add “F” to end of part number. See Quick Connect terminal dimensions on previous page.
For further information, contact factory.
(17.0) Dia (2.4) Dia Typ
.669 .094
(11.1)
Keylocks
1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224
(7.5) (5.7)
.295 .224
(18.0) (17.5) (12.5) (23.7) Maximum
Rotaries
S21AW –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 22°
S6AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 22°
S7AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 28°
S25AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 20°
Tilt
S28AW –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 22°
S29AW –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 22°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 actually on the switch
Touch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
For .250” Quick Connect terminals, add “F” to end of part number. See Quick Connect terminal dimensions on previous page.
For further information, contact factory.
Indicators
5 2
4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224
(7.5) (5.7)
.295 .224
(18.6) (17.5) (12.5) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 .689 .492 1.012 .031
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S6AW S21AW does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm)
A106 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
SINGLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH LOCKING LEVER & PANEL SEAL A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
Rockers
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R
R C US
Pushbuttons
S3AL –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 28°
2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: CONNECTION actually on the switch
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3 3 1
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks
1 (12.2) Dia
(10.7) Dia .480
.421 (7.5)
M12 P1 .295
(23.5) (12.0) (5.7)
.925 .472 .224
(18.0) (26.4) (17.0) (23.7)
.709 1.039 .669 .933
Maximum
Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S1AL does not have terminal 2 .158” (4.0mm) S2AL
DOUBLE POLE SOLDER LUG WITH LOCKING LEVER & PANEL SEAL
Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Keyway α=
Pole & AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Tactiles
R
C US
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R
S21AL –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 8A 22°
S6AL DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 22°
S7AL –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 8A 28°
Tilt
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT537 O-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
4 1
(10.7) Dia .480
.421 (7.5)
M12 P1
.295
(23.5) (12.0) (5.7)
.925 .472 .224
(18.6) (26.4) (17.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.732 1.039 .669 1.012 .031
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S21AL does not have terminals 2 & 5 .158” (4.0mm) S6AL
www.nkkswitches.com A107
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut; 1.47Nm (13 lb•in) for single nut
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Touch
A108 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw
R
C US
125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R
Pushbuttons
S303 SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S305 –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
S308 –– –– SPDT (ON) 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
Programmable Illuminated PB
S309 –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
2 (COM)
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: SPST CONNECTION SPDT actually on the switch
1 3 3 1
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks
.492
32° (6.0) Typ (28.5)
2
.236 1.122
(9.0)
.354
Rotaries
(16.0) (17.5) (12.0) (17.4) (9.6) Max Maximum
.630 .689 .472 .685 .378
S301 does not Panel Thickness:
have terminal 2 .185” (4.7mm) S301
Slides
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Tactiles
Model Throw of Throw
R
S331 DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
S335 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt
S338 –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339 –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & INTERNAL Note: Terminal numbers are
Touch
Schematics: DPST 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION DPDT 3 1 6 4
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Indicators
6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
Accessories
(19.0)
.748
(17.5) (12.0) (25.1) Maximum
.689 .472 .988
S331 does not have Panel Thickness:
terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm) S331
www.nkkswitches.com A109
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
S331R –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
Programmable Illuminated PB
S338R –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339R –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks
6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.2)
.189 1.307
Rotaries
5 2 (9.0)
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(4.0) (8.15)
.157 .321
(5.7)
.224
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (25.1) (19.0)
.354 1.063 .472 .988 .748
Slides
Maximum
S331R does not have Panel Thickness:
S331R terminals 2 & 5 .220” (5.6mm)
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
A110 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
with marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Rockers
α=
Pole & Keyway AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
R
R C US
Pushbuttons
S302T SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S303T SPDT ON 2-3 OFF ON 2-1 15A 6A 20A 10A 32°
S305T –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 NONE (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
S308T –– –– SPDT (ON) 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
Programmable Illuminated PB
S309T –– –– SPDT ON 2-3 OFF (ON) 2-1 15A 6A 20A 8A 32°
2 (COM)
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
CONNECTION
Schematics: 1 3 3 1 actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 M3.5 P0.5
(12.5) Dia
.492
Keylocks
32° (6.0) Typ (28.5)
.236 1.122
(9.0)
.354
(5.0) Typ
.197 (3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
Rotaries
.630 .689 .472 .685 .378 Maximum
S301T does not have Panel Thickness:
terminal 2 .185” (4.7mm) S301T
Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with Toggle Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity
marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Tactiles
of Throw
R
Model R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
S331T –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 15A 15A 15A 10A 25°
S332T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 10A 25°
S333T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 10A 30°
S335T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt
S338T –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S339T –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Touch
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Indicators
6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
(6.6) (33.2)
Accessories
25°
.260 1.307
(9.0)
5 2
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(6.6)
.260
(19.0) (1.0) Typ
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A111
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
α=
R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(9.42) (6.35) Typ
.371 .250
(16.0) (17.5) (12.0) (17.4) (11.0) (7.5) Typ
.630 .689 .472 .685 .433 .295
Maximum
Panel Thickness:
Rotaries
S331F –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 10A 25°
S332F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 25°
S333F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 15A 25A 10A 30°
S335F –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4
actually on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway (7.9)
Indicators
.311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
.060
(7.5) Typ
.295 6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (6.35) Typ (33.2)
.250 1.307
5 2
(9.0)
Accessories
.354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(11.7)
.461
(19.0) (17.5) (12.0) (30.3) (0.8) Typ
.748 .689 .472 1.193 .031
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S332F S331F does not have terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm)
A112 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S31 ~ S49 A
Electrical Capacity (Resistive & Inductive Load)
Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown on following tables
Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Tactiles
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Touch
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com A113
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
Model R C US
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
S31 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S32 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
Pushbuttons
S33 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
S35 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S38 3PDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 15A 8A 25°
S39 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 15A 6A 15A 8A 25°
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST INTERNAL 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 1 3 4 6 7 9
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 9 7 are on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(2.4) Dia Typ
Keyway .094
M12 P1
6
(0.8) Typ
.031 9 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.8)
Keylocks
.189 5
1.331
8 2 (9.0)
.354
7 1
4
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(5.0) Maximum
.197
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (27.3) S31 does not have Panel Thickness:
Rotaries
S42/S42R 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S43/S43R 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
S45 – –– 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S48/S48R –– 4PDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
S49/S49R –– 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 15A 6A 20A 8A 25°
Tilt
Notes: Standard Hardware for Bat Lever: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut;
Touch
for Flatted Lever (R): AT504M Knurled Face Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies (only for bat lever models): AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut and o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
(12.5) Dia
.492
Indicators
α
.189 1.346
11 5 2
10 7 4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492
(4.0) (8.15)
.157 .321 (9.0)
(5.8) .354
.228
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (27.1) (36.5) (3.0) Dia
Supplement
A114 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered
with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
Rockers
α=
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V AC 250V Angle
Model Throw
R
S31T 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
Pushbuttons
S32T 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S33T 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 30°
Programmable Illuminated PB
Schematics: 1 3 4 6 7 9
CONNECTION
are on the switch
3 1 6 4 9 7
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 M3.5 x 5
6
9 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
25° (33.8)
1.331
8 5 2 (9.0)
Keylocks
.354
7 1
4 (3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(7.5)
.295
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (29.8) Maximum
Rotaries
1.181 .689 .472 1.173
Panel Thickness:
S31T does not have terminals 2, 5, & 8 .181” (4.6mm) S32T
Slides
ordered with marking on switch (see Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
General Specs)
Tactiles
125V 250V of Throw
Model 125V 250V 30V
R
C US Throw
PF 0.6 PF 0.6
R
S41T 4PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 10-12 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S42T 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 25°
S43T 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 5A 30°
Tilt
4PST 4PDT
Note:
Throw & 2 5 (COM) 8 11
Terminal numbers
Schematics: INTERNAL
CONNECTION are on the switch
1 3 4 6 7 9 10 12 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
Touch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway
M12 P1 M3.5 x 5
Indicators
12 9 6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
8
25° (34.2)
1.346
11 5 2 (9.0)
Accessories
.354
10 7 4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(8.3)
.327
www.nkkswitches.com A115
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
α=
R
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model R C US Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
S31F 3PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
Pushbuttons
S32F 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S33F 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST INTERNAL
3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway (7.9)
.311
M12 P1 (1.5) Dia Typ
.060
6
(7.5) Typ
.295 9 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
25° (6.35) Typ (33.8)
.250 1.331
Keylocks
5 (9.0)
8 2 .354
7 1
4 (3.0) Dia
(0.8) Typ .118
(6.1) Dia .031
.240
(11.0)
.433
(30.0) (17.5) (12.0) (33.3)
1.181 .689 .472 1.311 Maximum
Rotaries
Panel Thickness:
S32F S31F does not have terminals 2, 5, & 8 .181” (4.6mm)
S41F 4PST ON 1-3 4-6 7-9 10-12 NONE OFF — 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S42F 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 25°
S43F 4PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 11-12 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 11-10 25A 9A 20A 10A 30°
Tilt
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway (7.9)
.311
Indicators
11 2 .354
10 7 4 1
(3.0) Dia
(6.0) Dia (0.8) Typ .118
.236 .031
(11.8)
.465
(36.5) (17.5) (12.0) (33.1)
1.437 .689 .472 1.303
Maximum
Supplement
Panel Thickness:
S42F S41F does not have terminals 2, 5, 8, & 11 .181” (4.6mm)
A116 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S421 ~ S429 A
Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 15,000 operations minimum
Angle of Throw (α): Shown in tables on following pages
Keylocks
Movable Contactor: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Slides
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Tactiles
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A117
Series S Medium/High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
Resistive Inductive
Load α=
Keyway
Pole & AC AC PF 0.75 - 0.8 AC Angle
Model R
Throw 125V 250V AC 125V AC 250V 125V of Throw
S421 –– –– DPST ON 1-3 4-6 NONE OFF — 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 24°
Pushbuttons
S422 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 24°
S423 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 25A 25A 25A 25A 750W 28°
S425 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S428 –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
Programmable Illuminated PB
S429 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST INTERNAL DPDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 1 3 4 6
CONNECTION
3 1 6 4 are on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assemblies: AT401 & AT4181 boots plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1 (2.4) Dia Typ
.094
Keylocks
6 3 (12.5) Dia
.492
α (4.8) Typ (33.2)
.189 1.307 (9.0)
5 2 .354
4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
Rotaries
.240 (5.7)
(19.0) (17.5) (12.0) (25.1)
.224
(0.8) Typ Maximum
.748 .689 .472 .988 .031 Panel Thickness:
S422 S421 does not have terminals 2 & 5 .185” (4.7mm)
S425T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S428T –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
S429T –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 15A 15A 15A 400W 24°
2 (COM) 5
Throw &
Touch
Keyway M4 X 5
M12 P1
3 (12.5) Dia
.492
Accessories
α (33.2)
1.307
2
(9.0)
.354
4
(3.0) Dia
1 .118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(11.0)
Supplement
A118 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR S800s ~ S732 A
Rockers
Power Level: Shown in the following tables
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum for S800s & S800Ds
Programmable Illuminated PB
3,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum for S732
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum for S800Ds
25,000 operations minimum for S800s & S732
Keylocks
Brass with chrome plating for S800s & S800Ds
Bushing: Brass with chrome plating
Case: Phenolic resin for S732; melamine phenol for S800s
Case Cover: Steel with chromate plating over zinc plating
Movable Contactor Plate: Copper with silver plating
Rotaries
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy capped on copper with silver plating
Common Terminals: Brass
Contact Terminals: Brass with silver or nickel plating
Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 2.94Nm (26 lb•in) for double nut
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown beneath panel cutout in switch dimension drawings
Tilt
Standards & Certifications
Touch
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Indicators
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A119
Series S High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
R C US
Pushbuttons
S821 DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A 750W
S822 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A —
S823 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A —
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw &
Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Optional Splashproof Boot Assembly: AT401 boot plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M4.5x6
M12 P1
6 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
(42.0)
28° 1.654
Keylocks
(9.0)
(12.0) Typ 5 2 .354
.472 4 1
(3.0) Dia
.118
(6.1) Dia
.240
(12.0)
Rotaries
.472
(22.0)
.866
(12.0)
.472
(34.0)
1.339
(24.0)
.945
Maximum
Panel Thickness:
S822 S821 does not have terminals 1 & 4 .177” (4.5mm)
Model R C US
Throw
S831 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
S832 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
S833 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
Tilt
2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: 3 6 9 3 1 6 4 9 7 are on the switch
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
Optional Splashproof Boot Assembly: AT401 boot plus hex nut & o-ring. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M4.5x6
M12 P1
Indicators
6
9 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
28° (42.0)
1.654
5 (9.0)
(12.0) Typ .354
8 2
.472
Accessories
7 1
4
(3.0) Dia
(6.1) Dia .118
.240
(14.5) Typ
.571
Maximum
Supplement
A120 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG & FLATTED LEVER A
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only
when ordered with marking on Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
switch (see General Specs)
Rockers
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive L/R = 3ms
Pole & Keyway DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC DC
Model Throw
R
S821D DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A (10A) 15A 10A 6A 3A
Pushbuttons
S822D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A 15A 10A 6A 3A
S823D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 15A 7.5A — 15A 10A 6A 3A
( ) capacity is due to wiring. Refer to instructions below.
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers
Schematics: are on the switch
3 6 3 1 6 4
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Double Pole
Keyway M4.5x6
M12 P1
6 3
(12.5) Dia
.492
Keylocks
(42.0)
28° 1.654
(12.0) Typ 5 2
.472 4 1 (9.0)
.354
(4.0) (8.15) (3.0) Dia
.157 .321
.118
(12.0)
.472
Rotaries
(24.0)
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (34.0) .945
.354 1.063 .472 1.339
Maximum
S821D does not Panel Thickness:
have terminals 1 & 4 .177” (4.5mm) S822D
Slides
400V DC WIRING INSTRUCTIONS
Tactiles
• Middle terminal shall be the minus pole when using DC circuit. Inductive loads produce an arc caused by counter-electromotive force
Switch case is marked with (+) and (–). when opening the circuit. Recommend inserting spark elimination
• Do not store near (5cm) highly magnetic items. circuit. Contact factory for details.
• If actuation is interrupted when switching from ON to OFF,
arcing may continue and switch could be burned. Contact Point
Tilt
R D
L
+
C
2. Wiring for DC400V 10A (Patent Pending)
Touch
(2)
(5)
(3) (6)
4. Compressed Terminal Connection
Contact Connection Position
When connecting screw terminal with compressed terminal, select
Indicators
1 4
2 5
Minus Pole
compressed terminal using drawing below.
Connection
3 6
Accessories
Plus Pole
Connection 1 4
External
Connection
(9.8)
2 5 .386
Supplement
3 6
www.nkkswitches.com A121
Series S High Capacity Standard Size Toggles
Toggles
R C US
S831D 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A
Pushbuttons
S832D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A
S833D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 15A 7.5A 15A 10A 6A 3A
2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & Note: Terminal numbers
Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Three Pole
Keyway M4.5x6
M12 P1
6
Keylocks
9 3
28° (42.0)
1.654
(12.0) Typ 5
.472 8 2
7 1
4
(4.0) (8.15)
Rotaries
.157 .321
(14.5) Typ
.571
(9.0) (27.0) (12.0) (34.0) (43.0)
.354 1.063 .472 1.339 1.693
Slides
(12.5) Dia
.492
(9.0)
Touch
.354
(3.0) Dia
.118
Maximum
Indicators
Panel Thickness:
.177” (4.5mm)
Accessories
S832D
Supplement
A122 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Standard Size Toggles Series S
Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG A
Toggle Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
Rockers
Pole & Keyway
AC AC DC AC 125V
Model R
Throw 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
S732 –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 50A 30A 50A 25A
Pushbuttons
2 (COM) 5
Throw &
DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are on the switch
Schematics: 3 1 6 4
Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT503M Face Hex Nut, AT506M Locking Ring, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Backup Hex Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M4 x 10 M6 x 8
6 3
M12 P1
Keylocks
(17.0) Typ
.669
(50.0) (60.0)
1.969 32° 5 2 2.362
Rotaries
4 1
(10.0) Dia
.394
Slides
Cap of phenolic resin is black
Tactiles
Panel Mount with Mounting Screws
Tilt
(25.0) Typ
.984
Maximum
Panel Thickness:
Touch
.158” (4.0mm)
(12.5) Dia
(12.5) Dia .492
.492
(11.5)
.453
(9.0)
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com A123
Notes
A124 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com A125
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Static Capability: Withstands 20 kilovolts ESD minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.9N for .689” (17.5mm) toggle; 2.5N for .433” (11.0mm) toggle
Keylocks
Toggle: Polycarbonate
Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Sealing Ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Base: Diallyl phthalate (UL94V-0)
Movable Contactor: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Slides
Environmental Data
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Indicators
A126 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL
Toggles
A
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Choice of long or short toggles in translucent colors combine with
bright LEDs available in red, amber, and green, plus super bright
Pushbuttons
LEDs available in white, green, and blue.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Black face nut enhances front panel appearance.
Keylocks
exterior o-ring, conforms to IP65 of IEC60529
Standards.
Rotaries
Interior o-ring protects contacts from oil, dust,
water, and other contaminants.
Slides
UL94V-0 flammability rated for base.
Tactiles
High insulating barriers protect against crossover.
Tilt
dust, and other contaminants.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A127
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles
TL 2 2 D N A W01 6G
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C Red 5C Red
D Amber 5D Amber
F Green 5F Green
Circuit
For Super Bright Super Bright
2 ON NONE ON
N No Color 6B White
6F Green
6G Blue
Keylocks
Toggle Lengths
.689” (17.5mm) (combines Terminals, Contacts
D & Ratings
with silver contacts only)
Rotaries
material)
Blue, Super Bright LED
DPDT Black Housing
Accessories
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Silver Contacts
with 6-amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement
A128 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL
Toggles
POLE & CIRCUIT A
Toggle Position Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and
Keyway Keyway
requires an external power source.
Pushbuttons
DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 2
DP TL22 ON NONE ON 1-1b 2-2b OPEN 1-1a 2-2a (+) (-)
1a 1b 2a 2b
Keylocks
Combines with Combines with
Silver Contacts only Gold Contacts only C Red
D Amber F Green
Rotaries
Material: (17.5)
.689
Material: Color Available for Super Bright LED
(11.0)
Polycarbonate Polycarbonate .433
Slides
finish of clear material)
HOUSING
Tactiles
A Black The housing consists of the one-piece bushing/case of The diallyl phthalate material used for the base is UL
glass fiber reinforced polyamide in black color only. flammability rated 94V-0; housing material is not.
Tilt
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS
Touch
W Silver Contacts Power Level
01 Solder Lug Terminals
6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
Indicators
& 6A @ 12V DC
(2.0)
.079
G Gold Contacts Logic Level (5.4)
(3.0) (3.5)
.118 .138
.213
Accessories
(2.0) Typ
0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC (1.17) .079
Exopy Seal .046 (1.1) Typ
.043
(5.0)
.197
Turret LED Solder Lug
See Supplement Index for complete explanation of operating range. Thk = (0.6) Thk = (0.8) Typ
.024 .031
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A129
Series TL Fully Illuminated Toggles
Toggles
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in Supplement section.
ELECTROSTATIC
Electrostatic Sensitive SENSITIVE DEVICES
5 Bright 6 Super Bright
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.32mA/°C 0.32mA/°C 0.50mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
Keylocks
17.5mm Toggle
I
(4.7) Typ (13.5)
.185 .531
25°
(0.8) Typ
Tactiles
.031
L ( ) vI
2a 1a
TL22DNAW016G
Touch
11.0mm Toggle
.024
2b 1b
v
L( )I
I
2a 1a
(2.5)
.098 (0.5) Typ
.020
(6.0) (5.4) (2.0) Typ
.236 .213 .079
(18.0) Sq (11.0) (10.0) (21.0) (5.0) Typ
.709 .433 .394 .827 .197
Supplement
TL22SCAG015C
A130 www.nkkswitches.com
Fully Illuminated Toggles Series TL
Toggles
STANDARD HARDWARE OPTIONAL HARDWARE A
AT527MA Black Hex Nut AT527M Hex Nut AT508 Lockwasher AT401P O-ring
Rockers
Use as Face Nut Use as Backup Nut Not to use with Panel Seal Use for Panel Seal
Chrome/Steel Nickel/Steel Steel with Chromate/Zinc Nitrile butadiene rubber
Pushbuttons
(12.1)
M12 P1 M12 P1 .476
(12.1) Dia
Programmable Illuminated PB
(14.0) (14.0) (15.8) Dia .476
.551 .551 .622 (17.5) Dia
.689
(13.8) Dia
.543
Keylocks
Panel Cutouts
(12.5) Dia
.492
Maximum Panel Thickness
Rotaries
Maximum Panel Thickness (11.5) with Standard Hardware
.453
with Standard Hardware: & AT401P O-ring:
(12.5) Dia
.492 (1.5)
.157” (4.0mm) .060 .236” (6.0mm)
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A131
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles
A
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug & screw terminal models;
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +70°C (–22°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
Tactiles
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13 lb • in)
Indicators
A132 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics A
Rockers
Sealing for wire lead models meets IP67 of IEC60529 Standards
at front and back panel.
Pushbuttons
Sealing for solder lug or screw lug models meets IP67
at front panel and IP60 at back panel.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Single unit construction of bushing and case gives
added protection from environmental elements.
Keylocks
Epoxy sealed base covered by outer case doubles
protection from dust and water (not operable under
water or oil).
Rotaries
Specially designed contact mechanism that breaks
light contact welds for circuits 11, 12, 21 and 22.
Slides
Interlocked movable contact mechanism provides
highly reliable switching by minimizing contact
Tactiles
bounce over center contact.
Actual Size
Tilt
Heat resistant resin used for outer housing meets UL94V-0
flammability standard and provides high arc and tracking
resistance.
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com A133
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles
WT 2 2 S
Rockers
Pushbuttons
WT22S
Rotaries
DPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Slides
Toggle Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
1a (COM)
SP WT11 ON NONE OFF 1a-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
Touch
1b
WT12 ON NONE ON
WT13 ON OFF ON 1 (COM)
SP WT15 ON NONE (ON) 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
Indicators
2a-2b 1b 2b
WT22 ON NONE ON
WT23 ON OFF ON 1 (COM) 2
1-1b 1-1a
DP WT25 ON NONE (ON) OPEN DPDT
Supplement
2-2b 2-2a
WT28 (ON) OFF (ON) 1a 1b 2a 2b
A134 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS A
Single Throw • Solder Lug
Rockers
(2.4) Dia Typ
.094
Flatted
2b 1b
(0.8) Typ
Pushbuttons
.031 1b
(28.8) (28.8)
24° 1
1.134 1.134
(11.2) Typ 2 1
1a
.441
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
Programmable Illuminated PB
.224
(1.0) (4.8) (4.8) (4.8)
.039 .189 .189 .189
(17.5) (9.6) (27.1) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.067 .764 .764
WT11S
Keylocks
Double Throw • Solder Lug
Rotaries
(0.8) Typ
.031
Flatted
2b 1b
Slides
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1
.224
(1.0) (4.8) (4.8) (4.8)
.039 .189 .189 .189
(17.5) (9.6) (27.1) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.067 .764 .764
Tactiles
Single Pole Double Pole
WT22S
Tilt
Single Throw • Screw Lug
Touch
M3.5 x 5
Flatted
2b 1b
1b
Indicators
24° 1
(28.8) (28.8)
1.134 1.134
2 1
1a
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia (1.0)
M12 P1 .039
.224
(1.0) (8.3) (6.6) (6.6)
Accessories
WT21T
www.nkkswitches.com A135
Series WT Environmentally Sealed Toggles
Toggles
M3.5 x 5
Pushbuttons
Flatted
2b 1b
1b
2a 1a
(5.7) Dia M12 P1 (1.0)
.224 .039
(1.0) (8.3)
.039 .327
(17.5) (9.6) (30.6) (19.4) (19.4)
.689 .378 1.205 .764 .764
WT22T
Flatted
1b 1b 2b
Slides
1a 1a 2a
.039 .394
(17.5) (9.6) (32.1) (200.0) +- (20.0) (20.8) (20.8)
.689 .378 1.264 7.874 .819 .819
WT22L
Touch
A136 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Toggles Series WT
Toggles
PANEL CUTOUT & THICKNESS A
(11.2)
Maximum Effective Panel Thickness With Standard Hardware: .157” (4.0mm)
.441 With optional Boot Assembly AT401A/H/S: .063” (1.6mm)
Rockers
(12.5) Dia With optional Boot Assembly AT4181: .083” (2.1mm)
.492
STANDARD HARDWARE
Pushbuttons
AT503M Hex Face Nut AT508 Internal Tooth Lockwasher AT401P O-ring
Material: Brass with Chrome Plating Material: Steel with Zinc/Chromate Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber
1 supplied with each switch 1 supplied with each switch 1 supplied with each switch
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.1)
M12 P1 .476
(12.1) Dia
(14.3) (15.8) Dia .476
.563 .622 (17.5) Dia
.689
(13.8) Dia
.543
Keylocks
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Boot Assemblies for High Particulate Contamination Applications
AT401A for Oil Resistance AT401H for Dust & Ozone Resistance AT401S for Retention of Flexibility,
Rotaries
Boot Material: Boot Material: Resilience & Tensile Strength
Black nitrile butadiene rubber Gray ethylene propylene rubber Over Wide Temperature Range
Hex Nut Material & Finish: Hex Nut Material & Finish: Boot Material: Black silicone rubber
Nickel plated brass Nickel plated brass Hex Nut Material & Finish:
Nickel plated brass
Slides
O-ring Material: Nitrile O-ring Material: Nitrile
butadiene rubber butadiene rubber O-ring Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber
(17.5) Dia (16.0) Dia
.689 .630
(17.0) Dia
.669
Tactiles
(16.0) Dia
.630 Boot
M12 P1
(10.0)
.394 Hex Nut
(11.7) (17.0)
(10.0) Boot .461 .669
(11.7) .394
Hex Nut
Tilt
(13.2) .461 (1.5)
.520 O-ring .059
Panel
O-ring
(3.5) ~ (5.5) (12.1) Dia
.138 .217 O-ring
.476 (17.5) Dia
(1.6) Max .689
.063
Touch
AT4181 Splashproof Boot Assembly (8.0) Dia
.315 (8.0) Dia
.315
Boot Material: (14.8)
Indicators
(13.8) Dia
.583 .543
Black Silicon rubber (18.6) (21.5) Dia (14.8)
.732 .846 .583 M12 P1
Nut Material & Finish: (24.3)
.957
(18.6) Boot
.732
Nickel plated brass Boot & Nut
Accessories
O-ring (24.3)
.957 (21.5) Dia
.846
Panel
O-ring Material: Nitrile butadiene rubber (1.0) (2.1) O-ring (1.0)
.039 .083 .039
O-ring
Note: When using boot assemblies (12.1) Dia
Supplement
.476
AT401A/H/S or AT4181, also use o-ring AT401P from the standard hardware supplied. (17.5) Dia
.689
Hex face nut AT503M and lockwasher AT508 are not used with these boot assemblies.
www.nkkswitches.com A137
Notes
A138 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Rockers
A Series................................................. B4
Toggles
Process Sealed
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Rockers
B
CW Series........................................... B12
6A Power Level
Pushbuttons
Straight PC
Ultra-Thin
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Tactiles
Toggles
Snap-in Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, Straight PC, & Wirewrap
Rockers
B
M Series.............................................. B72
Pushbuttons
Bracketed PC Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC with Bracket
Programmable Illuminated PB
M Series.............................................. B83
Flat Frame Mount
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC
Keylocks
Solder Lug, Quick Connect, & PC
Flat Frame & Snap-in Mount
Rotaries
Process Sealed
6A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Slides
MLW Series Illuminated ........................ B106
5A Power Level
Tactiles
Incandescent, Neon, & LED Lamps
Solder Lug; Snap-in Mount
Tilt
Internationally Approved
10A Power Level
Solder Lug, Straight PC, & Quick Connect; Flat Frame Mount
Touch
www.nkkswitches.com B3
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum for On-None-On & On-Off-On
50,000 operations minimum for other circuits
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.73N (momentary); 1.84N (maintained)
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.23N (8.82 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
B4 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Subminiature size saves space on PC boards.
Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level
applications.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction
prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-
saving automated soldering
and cleaning.
Keylocks
mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional
mechanisms: smoother, positive
detent actuation, increased contact
Rotaries
stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in
Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)
Slides
Molded-in, epoxy sealed or ultrasonically
welded terminals lock out flux, solvents,
Tactiles
and other contaminants.
Tilt
board grid spacing.
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B5
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles
A 2 2 K1 H D A
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Poles PC Terminals
1 SPDT P Straight
Programmable Illuminated PB
R (ON) NONE ON
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
Actuators Rockers
Snap Top for Rocker C .260” (6.6mm) Wide (K only)
9 ON OFF (ON) K
Rotaries
Code C
D .250” (6.35mm) Wide (K1 only)
S (ON) OFF ON
Snap Top for Rockers
* K1 E .300” (7.6mm) Wide (K1 only)
*4 ON ON ON Codes D & E
*6 (ON) ON (ON) *Available in Americas only
Slides
*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary Colors
* 3-ON circuits Rocker C Rockers D & E
A Black A
Tactiles
B White B
C Red C
E Yellow ––
Tilt
F Green ––
G Blue ––
H Gray ––
Touch
B6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
B
Up Center Down Up Center Down
Pushbuttons
not actually on the switch.
Slot Slot
A12 ON NONE ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
A13 ON OFF ON
A15 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM)
SP A1R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
A18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
A22 ON NONE ON
A23 ON OFF ON
A25 ON NONE (ON) 2 (COM) 5
Keylocks
DP A2R (ON) NONE ON 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
A28 (ON) OFF (ON)
A29 ON OFF (ON)
A2S (ON) OFF ON
Rotaries
For 3 Throw (3-On)
Slides
Pole Model Up Center Down The SP3T
model
utilizes a
Tactiles
A24 ON ON ON
double
SP A26 (ON) ON (ON) (out) (out)
pole base.
A27 ON ON (ON) 1 4
Common 2 5
(in)
External
External External External
Connection Connection Connection External 3 6 Conn
Tilt
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 connections (out)
must be made
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) during field
installation.
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4 Touch
ACTUATORS
Indicators
K Snap Top
K1 Snap Top
Accessories
.167
www.nkkswitches.com B7
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles
PC TERMINALS
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Rockers
B P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
B1 Straight with Inline Bracket
Single Pole only
(10.16)
.400 (10.16)
Pushbuttons
.400
(5.08) (2.54)
.200 (2.54) Typ
.100 .100 (2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ (5.08)
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.3) Typ .100
.100 .024 .012 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ
.200 .012 (0.7) Typ .024
(0.6) Dia Typ (0.7) Typ
.024 .028
.028
(0.8)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.031 (1.0)
.039
CL
(5.08)
(9.0) (8.8) (9.0) (8.8) (9.0) .200
.354 .346 .354 .346 .354
(9.0) (8.8)
.346 .354 .354 .346 .354
AT469 (19.0)
C .260” (6.6mm) Wide Rocker
.748
(13.4) (6.6) (20.1)
.528 .260 .790
26°
Antirotational (7.9)
Material: Polyamide (12.9)
.310
Tactiles
(14.73)
AT062
D
Tilt
.580
(11.4) (6.35)
.250” (6.35mm) Wide Rocker .448 .250 (15.24)
26° .600 +.020
-.000
Antirotational
(7.1)
Material: Polyamide (11.5) .280 +.020
-.000
(7.0) (8.8)
Colors Available: .452
Touch
(15.2)
AT066
E .300” (7.6mm) Wide Rocker
.600
(11.4) (7.6) (15.75)
.448 .300 .620 +.020
-.000
26°
Antirotational (8.9)
Material: Polyamide (11.5) .350
Accessories
(7.0) (8.8)
Colors Available: .452
(4.5) .276 .346
.177
A, B, C
Supplement
Color Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
B8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers Series A
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
P/N This Side
B
.346 .012 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ
(11.4) .024 (1.0)
(14.73) .448 1 .039
1
.580 (9.8) 2
26° 2
.386 3 (2.54) Typ
3 .100
Pushbuttons
(0.8) Dia Typ
.031
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.276 .031 .100 .039
(6.35) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.84)
.250 .452 .339 .122 CL .230
A12K1P-DA
Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole Straight PC
(6.35) (8.8) P/N This Side (0.4) (0.4) Typ
.250 .346 .016 .016
(0.6) Dia Typ
(11.4) .024 (5.08)
(14.73) .448 4 1 .200
1 4
(6.0) .580 (9.8) 5 2
.236 26° 2 5
.386 6 3
3 6
(2.54) Typ
.100
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .031 .100 .031
Keylocks
(9.2) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.08)
.362 .452 .339 .122 .200
A22K1P-DA
Rotaries
(8.8) (2.54)
.346 P/N This Side .100
(0.3) Typ (0.3) (0.7) Typ
.012 .012 .028 (1.0)
(0.6) Dia Typ .039 (1.0)
.024 .039
(11.4)
1 1
(14.73) .448 1
(9.8) (2.54) Typ
Slides
.580 (10.16) 2
2 2
26° .400 .386 3
.100 3 (2.54) Typ
3
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.031 .031
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL
.039 (2.54)
.276 .031 .100 .100
(6.35) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.84) CL
.452 CL .230
.250 .339 .122
Tactiles
B Terminals B1 Terminals A12K1B-DA
Tilt
.346 This Side .012 .016 (5.08)
(0.6) Dia Typ .200
(11.4) .024
(14.73) .448 1 4
4 1
(6.0) .580 (10.16) (9.8) 5 2 (2.54) Typ
2 5
.236 26° .400 .386 6 3
.100
3 6
Touch
(7.0) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .031 .100 .028 .031
(9.5) (11.5) (8.6) (3.1) (5.08)
.374 .452 .339 .122 .200
A22K1B-DA
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B9
Series A Process Sealed Subminiature Rockers
Toggles
B
(6.0) (0.8) (9.8) (0.4) (2.54) Typ
.236 P/N This Side
.031 .386 .016 .100
(2.54)
3 2 1
1 2 3 .100
(6.35) (10.0) 4 5 6
.250 (5.2) .394 (5.08)
6 5 4
.205 .200
Pushbuttons
(4.5)
.177 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.7) (2.54) (3.1) .031
.028 .100 .122
(0.3) Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.012 .200 .020 .024
(5.08) (11.5) (11.9) (2.54) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.08)
(0.8) Dia Typ .200
(0.7) Typ (7.0) (2.54) (0.5) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.028 .276 .100 .020 .024 (2.54) (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) .100 CL .031
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039 CL
(2.54) (2.54) Typ (5.84)
.100 .100 .230
(6.35) (11.5) (14.46)
Rotaries
.250 CL
.452 .569
A12K1V-DA V Terminals V1 Terminals
2 5
(5.3) .402 6 3
3 6
.208 (5.08)
.200
(7.0) (0.5) (0.8) Dia Typ
.276 .020 .031
(0.3) Typ (0.7) (1.0) (3.1)
.012 .028 .039 .122
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .024
Tilt
Rocker switches with vertical and right angle terminals must be mounted so that extension of the PC board beyond the top of the switch
housing does not interrupt rocker movement, in turn causing incomplete switching operation.
Indicators
The MAXIMUM limit of the PC board extension is .051” (1.3mm), as illustrated below.
This precaution does not apply to the double pole switch with right angle terminals due to the extra width of the switch allowing the
rocker to clear the PC board.
Accessories
Double Pole
Interruption (1.3) Interruption (1.3)
by end of PCB .051 PCB by end of PCB .051 PCB
B10 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B11
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers
General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum with Resistive Load & 6,000 operations with Inductive Load
Nominal Operating Force: 2.50N
Angle of Throw: 30° Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Materials & Finishes
Rocker: Polycarbonate Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy
Housing: Polyamide Base: Laminated thermosetting sheets
Movable Contactor: Brass with silver alloy plating Contact Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy Common Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Keylocks
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum with Resistive Load & 6,000 operations with Inductive Load
Nominal Operating Force: 6.50N for single pole models; 10.0N for double pole models
Angle of Throw: 30° Operating Temperature Range: –10°C ~ +70°C (+14°F ~ +158°F)
Materials & Finishes
Tactiles
B12 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
CWSA
B
Low cost molded rocker.
Pushbuttons
See-saw contact mechanism
Programmable Illuminated PB
Easily installed with snap-in mounting.
Keylocks
CWSB
Low cost molded rocker.
Rotaries
Snap-acting contact mechanism gives smooth actuation and audible
feedback.
Slides
Front panel, snap-in mounting for labor-saving installation.
Tactiles
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Tilt
CWT
Low cost molded rocker in compact, slim design.
www.nkkswitches.com B13
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
B CWSA
Pushbuttons
Specific CWSA models listed below are qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Programmable Illuminated PB
CWSB
Rotaries
Specific CWSB models listed below are qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Slides
CWT
Indicators
Specific CWT model listed below is qualified for Underwriters Laboratories Inc.
recognition and Canadian Standards Association certification. cULus marking on
case is standard as noted in following table.
Accessories
B14 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLES
CWSA 1 1 A A N S
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Pole Circuits Cap Color Inscription Terminals
SPST & 1 ON NONE OFF A Black For SPST & SPDT S Solder Lug
1
SPDT
2 ON NONE ON No
None Right Angle
Programmable Illuminated PB
Code H
PC
Housing For SPST
A Black 1 Horizontal
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE 2 Vertical
CWSA11AANS 3 Dot Marking
Keylocks
CWSB 2 1 A A 2 F
Rotaries
Poles Cap Color Housing Inscription Terminals
1 SPST A Black A Black No None Quick
Code
F
Circuit (SPST only) Connect
2 DPST
Slides
1 ON NONE OFF 1 Horizontal Right
H
Angle PC
2 Vertical
Dot Marking
3
(SPST only)
Tactiles
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
CWSB21AA2F
Tilt
CWT 1 2 A A S1 Touch
www.nkkswitches.com B15
Series CW Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
INSCRIPTIONS
No
Code None
1 Horizontal Orientation
2 Vertical Orientation
3 Dot Marking
Rockers
B Not available in
Only On-None-Off models Only On-None-Off models Only Single Pole On-None-
are available with the are available with the Off models are available
double pole.
horizontal inscription. vertical inscription. with the dot inscription.
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
The IEC symbols for On-Off are supplied with Single Throw models only. Orientation of inscription must be selected.
Inscription color is white ink on black.
(5.5) (12.3)
.217 NKK P/N This Side .484
(1.7) x (2.5) Typ
.067 x .098
1b
1b
(0.8)
(20.8) .031
.819 (17.0)
.669
1 (18.5) (19.2)
30°
Slides
.728
1
(0.5) Typ
.020
(10.2) (3.0) (12.9)
(2.0) (0.2) .508
.402 .079 .008 .118
Tactiles
(14.8) (12.9) 1b 1 1a
.583 .508
(10.2)
.402 (12.3)
.484 (1.8) Dia Typ
(12.0) (14.0) .071
.472 .551
1a 1 1b
Accessories
B16 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Power Rockers Series CW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR CWSB
Rockers
NKK P/N This Side (2.3) Dia Typ
(2.5) Typ
.098
B
(5.7) .091 (4.0) Typ
.224 (1.6) Dia Typ .157
.063 (4.75) Typ
.187
Pushbuttons
2 1
(4.0) (18.6)
(21.1) (15.8) .157 .732 (19.2)
.831 .622 30° .756
(12.9) (5.0) (17.4)
.508 .197 .685
2a 1a
Programmable Illuminated PB
0
(12.9)
(2.65) (0.8) Typ .508
.104 .031
(10.6) (2.0) (1.0) (12.6)
.417 .079 .039 .496
(15.1) (16.2) (8.1) (12.9)
.594 .638 .319 .508
Panel Thickness
Terminal numbers are .030” ~ .079”
on bottom of switch (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm) CWSB21AA2F
Keylocks
1 1a
(4.9)
.193 (5.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071
.197
Rotaries
2a 2
.157
(10.6)
(12.9) SPST
2
0 .508
.417 (12.6)
(15.1)
1
.594 .496
(2.5) Typ
1a
(4.0) .098
1a 1
.157
Slides
(2.0) (14.2) (1.0) (1.3) Typ 2 2a
.079 .559 .039 .051 (4.7)
(15.8) (17.8) (0.8) (4.9)
.622 .193
1 1a .185
.701 .031
(21.1) (5.7) (22.5) (5.0) (4.9)
.831 .224 .886 .197 .193 (5.0) (1.8) Dia Typ
.071
.197
Tactiles
Footprint
Terminal numbers are DPST
on bottom of switch CWSB11AA3H
Tilt
Single Pole • No Inscription Solder Lug
Touch
NKK P/N This Side
(5.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (5.0)
.217 .043 x .079 .197
(0.8) Typ
.031
3
Indicators
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com B17
Series CWSB Neon Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 9A @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –20°C through +85°C (–4°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 0.75mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch
B18 www.nkkswitches.com
Neon Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Full face, Neon illumination in choice of red, amber, or green.
Pushbuttons
Neon lamp suited to 125V AC applications.
Programmable Illuminated PB
9-amp electrical capacity in compact body.
Keylocks
Front panel, snap-in mounting assures
labor-saving installation.
Rotaries
Single-break, snap-acting contact mechanism
gives smooth actuation and audible feedback.
Slides
Quick-make, quick-break characteristic limits arcing
and prolongs electrical life.
Tactiles
Stable stationary contact construction for high reliability.
Tilt
Offset terminal alignment gives outstanding insulation resistance and
dielectric strength.
www.nkkswitches.com B19
Series CWSB Neon Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
CWSB 2 1 C A C F
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
C Red D Amber
D Amber F Green
F Green
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied with UL & CSA markings on the case. Specific
Rotaries
DPST
Black Housing
Tilt
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit
Solder Lug/
Quick Connect Terminals
Touch
2 2a
Supplement
B20 www.nkkswitches.com
Neon Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSB
Toggles
NEON LAMP COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
Neon Lamp Colors
The Neon lamp is factory assembled
Rockers
and not available separately. The
lamp circuit is synchronous to switch- L B
ing circuit.
o
a
2 2a Source C D F
d 1 1a
The electrical specifications shown are Red Amber Green
Pushbuttons
determined at a basic temperature of
25°C. Voltage V 125V AC 125V AC 125V AC
Internal Series Resistance 33K ohms 33K ohms 68K ohms
Values for the built-in resistors are
Programmable Illuminated PB
given in the accompanying table. Current I 1.4mA 1.4mA 0.6mA
Endurance Hours 15,000 15,000 8,000
HOUSING TERMINALS
Keylocks
On Off (I O) symbols (1.15)R (8.1)
.319
.045
are molded on the bezel. (0.8)R
.031 (4.75) (2.65)
.187 .104
Rotaries
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Slides
Cap Colors Available
Caps are factory assembled and
C D Amber
F are not available separately.
Tactiles
Red Green
Tilt
Double Pole Neon Illuminated
Touch
.091 .098
(5.7) (1.6) Dia Typ (4.0) Typ
.224 .063 .157
.187 .732
.622 .157 (19.2)
30°
(21.1) (12.9) (17.4) (5.0) .756
.831 .508 .685 .197
2a 1a
CWSB21CACF
www.nkkswitches.com B21
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 9A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Rocker: Polycarbonate
Housing: Polyamide
Movable Contactor: Beryllium copper with silver plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Rotaries
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles
Installation
Tilt
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
B22 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSC
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Full face, bright LED illumination in choice of red, amber, or green
for visible status indication.
Pushbuttons
9-amp or 6-amp electrical capacity in
compact body.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Interior shield prevents contamination of
the rocker by carbon from arcing.
Keylocks
Single-break, snap-acting contact mechanism
gives smooth actuation and audible feedback.
Rotaries
Quick-make, quick-break characteristic limits
arcing and prolongs electrical life.
Slides
Stable stationary contact construction for high
reliability.
Tactiles
Offset terminal alignment gives outstanding insulation
resistance and dielectric strength.
Tilt
Solder lug/.110” quick connect terminals can be used with connectors.
www.nkkswitches.com B23
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
B CWSC 2 1 JC A C S
Pushbuttons
JF Clear/Green F Green
Rotaries
IMPORTANT:
DPST
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit Black Housing
Indicators
Solder Lug/
Quick Connect Terminals
Accessories
Supplement
B24 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Miniature Power Rockers Series CWSC
Toggles
POLE & CIRCUITS
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Pole Model
Notes: Terminal numbers and polarity are B
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP CWSC11 ON NONE OFF 1-1a OPEN OPEN SPST (+) (-)
1a
1 (COM) 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
DP CWSC21 ON NONE OFF 1-1a 2-2a OPEN OPEN DPST (+) (-)
1a 2a
Keylocks
Caps are factory assembled and
are not available separately. JD Clear/Amber
JF Clear/Green
Rotaries
HOUSING TERMINALS
Slides
Black Housing Solder Lug/
A with Snap-in Mounting
S .110” (2.79mm) Quick Connect
On Off (I O) symbols
Tactiles
(7.1)
.280
are molded on the bezel.
(3.2)
.126 (2.79)
.110
(1.6)
.063
Thk = (0.5)
.020
Tilt
LED SPECIFICATIONS & COLORS
25°C.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
If the source voltage exceeds the rated
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Current Reduction Rate
∆I F 0.41mA/°C 0.29mA/°C 0.39mA/°C
The resistor value can be calculated by above 25°C
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B25
Series CWSC LED Miniature Power Rockers
Toggles
.508
2a 1a
B26 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B27
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Tactiles
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.1N (8.8 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
The G Series rockers have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
B28 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers Series G
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely
B
light weight of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for
handheld equipment.
Pushbuttons
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact
Programmable Illuminated PB
contamination and allows time-and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning.
Keylocks
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)
Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm)
terminal spacing conforms to standard
PC board grid spacing. Round terminals
Slides
facilitate easier through-hole mounting on
PC boards.
Tactiles
Matching indicators available.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B29
Series G Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers
Toggles
G 2 2 K P Y A
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Poles A Black
1 SPDT Actuator PC Terminals Rocker Cap B White
2 DPDT K Snap Top P Straight Y Rocker C Red
Circuits
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Keylocks
5 ON NONE (ON)
G22KP-YA
8 (ON) OFF (ON)
9 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries
DPDT
Slides
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Tactiles
G12 ON NONE ON
G13 ON OFF ON 5 (COM)
Indicators
G22 ON NONE ON
G23 ON OFF ON 5 (COM) 2
DP G25 ON NONE (ON) 5-6 2-3 OPEN 5-4 2-1 DPDT
G28 (ON) OFF (ON) 4 6 1 3
Supplement
B30 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Rockers Series G
Toggles
ACTUATOR
28°
Rockers
Snap Top for Rocker .090
(3.8)
.150 (4.0) B
.157
Pushbuttons
PC TERMINALS
Programmable Illuminated PB
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) Typ .100
Straight .100
(0.4) Dia Typ
.016 (2.6)
.102
(7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177
Keylocks
(13.4) (6.2)
Y AT4062 Rocker
.528
(10.0)
.244
.394
28°
Rotaries
(11.25)
.443
Material: Polyamide (14.0)
Finish: Matte .551 (11.5)
.453
Colors Available:
A, B, C Actual Size
Slides
A B C
Tactiles
Color Codes: Black White Red
Tilt
Single & Double Pole Straight PC
(11.5) (2.54)
.452 P/N This Side .100 4
Touch
(4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ
.156 .016 5 .100
6
2 5 (7.0)
28° .276
3 6
(2.54)
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 4 1
(1.6) (2.54) Typ
Accessories
.063 5 2 .100
(3.8) (7.0) (2.54) 6 3
.150 .276 .100
(6.2) (14.0) (2.6) (4.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.244 .551 .102 .177 .024
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B31
Series GW Ultra-Thin Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Logic Level: 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: For Rockers 1.70N; for Paddles 1.30N
Angle of Throw: 28°
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section..
Touch
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
The GW Series rockers have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
Accessories
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
B32 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Rockers Series GW
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Various colored rockers and paddles.
Pushbuttons
Combination of dust cover and closely fit housing, actuator,
and interior pivot provides protection for contacts.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Detent mechanism design of coil spring, plunger, and
plastic detent results incrisp and positive actuation.
Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
Rotaries
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)
Slides
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and
other contaminants.
Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms
to standard PC board grid spacing for straight and angle mounting.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B33
Series GW Ultra-Thin Rockers
Toggles
GW 1 2 R C P
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
SPDT
Keylocks
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
5 (COM)
SP GW12 ON NONE ON 5-6 OPEN 5-4 SPDT
4 6
5 (COM) 2
Tactiles
3 6 (2.54) Typ
5 .100
(2.54) Typ
(0.25) Typ .100 6
.010
(4.5) (2.3) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) (0.6) Dia Typ
.177 .091 .276 .102 .100 .024
Indicators
(2.6) 6 3
.102
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .177 .150 .276 .102 .100 .024
GW22LCP
B34 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Rockers Series GW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Right Angle PC
Rockers
28°
B
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
.010 (2.54) Typ
Pushbuttons
.100 4 5 6
(5.15) (3.0) (4.5)
.203 (2.9) .118 .177
.114 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024 .200
.108 6 5 4
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.5) Typ (0.25)
.020 .010
(5.08) (5.08) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .016
(7.5) (2.3) (7.68) (2.54) Typ
.295 .091 .302 .100
GW12RCH
28°
Keylocks
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
.010 3 2 1 (2.54) Typ
.100 1 2 3
(5.15) (3.0) (2.6) (4.5)
.203 (2.9) .118 .102 .177 (2.54)
.114 4 5 6 .100
(2.75)
Rotaries
.108 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
6 5 4 .024 .200
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.5)
.020 .010 .020
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .016
(7.5) (3.8) (10.22) (2.54) Typ
.295 .150 .402 .100 GW22LCH
Slides
Single Pole Vertical PC
Tactiles
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (1.35)
.010 .177 .053 P/N This Side
(2.54)
.100 4
4
(2.54) Typ
(7.65) 5 5 .100
28° (0.55)
.301 (4.15) .022 6
.163 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024 .200
Tilt
.108
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.7) (0.85)
.020 .010 .028 .033 CL
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (0.4) Dia
.100 .200 .100 .016
(5.0) (2.3) (12.76) (1.27)
.197 .091 .502 .050
Touch
GW12RCV
.163 3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.75) .024
.108 .200
www.nkkswitches.com B35
Series GW Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning in
Tactiles
PCB Processing
Tilt
The GW Series illuminated paddles have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Accessories
Supplement
B36 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles Series GW
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
World’s smallest fully illuminated paddles for highly visible status
indication; LEDs available in red, green, or amber for single
Pushbuttons
color and red/green for bicolor.
Programmable Illuminated PB
actuation feedback to positively indicate circuit transfer.
Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability,
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
Rotaries
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
section.)
Slides
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing for straight
and angle mounting.
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Actual Size
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B37
Series GW Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles
Toggles
GW 1 2 L J P D
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Clear Paddle
Amber LED
Keylocks
SPDT
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Rotaries
Up Center Down Up Center Down Note: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model the switch. LED circuit is isolated and
requires an external power source.
(4) Red
Tactiles
2 (COM)
(5) (6) (5)
SP GW12 ON NONE ON 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT (6) Green
3 1
Single Color Bicolor
C D F CF
LEDs are an integral
Touch
part of the the switch and Colors Red Amber Green Red/Green
not available separately.
The electrical specifications Maximum Forward Current I FM 30mA 30mA 25mA 30mA/25mA
Indicators
resistor is required.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V 5V/5V
The resistor value can be
calculated by using the No Current Reduction Rate within
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F
formula in the Supplement Ambient Temperature Range
Supplement
section.
Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +55°C
B38 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Fully Illuminated Paddles Series GW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC
Rockers
B
(0.25) Typ (3.0) P/N This Side
.010 .118 (2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ .100
.016
Pushbuttons
4 1
1 4
(7.0) 2 5 5 2
28°
.276 (2.54) Typ
6 3
3 6 .100
(2.54) Typ (0.6) Dia Typ
.100 .024
(2.6)
.102
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.25) Typ (4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.010 .177 .150 .276 .102 .100
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJPC
Right Angle PC
Keylocks
28°
(3.8)
.150
Rotaries
(7.0)
(0.25) .276 P/N This Side
(2.54) Typ
.010 3 2 1 .100
(2.54)
(5.15) (2.6) (4.5) 1 2 3 .100
.203 (2.9) .102 .177 4 5 6
.114
(2.75)
Slides
(3.0) (5.08)
.118 .108
6 5 4 .200
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.5)
.020 .010 .020 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) .024
(5.08) (2.54) (0.4) Dia Typ
.200 .200 .100 .016
(7.5) (10.22) (2.54) Typ
Tactiles
.295 .402 .100
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJHD
Tilt
Vertical PC
Touch
(0.25) Typ (4.5) P/N This Side
.010 .177
(2.54)
1 4 .100
Indicators
(7.65) 2 5 4 1
28° (0.55)
.301 (4.15) .022 5 2
.163 3 6
(2.54) Typ
6 3
(2.75) .100
.108
(5.08)
(0.5) Typ (0.25) (0.7) (0.85) .200
.020 .010 .028 .033
Accessories
5 & 6 are LED terminals; 4 is a support pin on single color models & an LED terminal on bicolor models. GW12LJVCF
www.nkkswitches.com B39
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
General Specifications
Toggles
Power Level: 10A @ 125/250V AC for JWM & JWMW models; 10A @ 30V DC for JWMW;
B 16A @ 125/250V AC for JWL & JWLW models; 5A @ 72V DC for telecommunication applications
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for JWM & JWMW; 20 milliohms maximum for JWL & JWLW
Pushbuttons
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for JWM & JWL;
–25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F) for panel seal JWMW & JWLW models
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Rotaries
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: IP67 of IEC60529 standard for panel seal JWMW & JWLW models; dust resistant inner seal for others
Installation
Slides
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Standards & Certifications
Flammability Standards: UL94V-0 for rocker, housing, seal & case/base of JWL, JWM, JWMW & JWLW models
Tactiles
TV Ratings for UL & CSA: JWM (TV-5) Overload Test @ 120V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 7.5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 111A.
JWM (TV-5) Endurance Test @ 120V AC for 25,000 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 78A.
JWL (TV-8) Overload Test @ 120V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 12A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 163A.
Tilt
JWMW: add “/U” to end of part number to order UL mark on switch; add “/CUL” to end of part
number to order cULus mark on switch.
JWL: add “/U-DC” to end of part number to request UL rating on DC rated switch.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000
Accessories
JWM & JWMW models certified at 10A @ 250V AC; JWL models certified at 16A @ 250V AC
VDE: License No. 115674
JWM models approved at steady state 5A, inrush 80A, resistive 10A, & motor load 6A all at
250V AC; JWL models approved at steady state inrush 128A, resistive 16A, & motor load 8A
Supplement
B40 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
Industry’s first molded rocker with TV rating. Designed to handle large inrush current, B
with high electrical capacity of 10 and 16 Amps. JWM models certified for TV-5 rating
and JWL models for TV-8 rating.
Pushbuttons
JWMW and JWLW panel seal versions meet IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards (similar to NEMA 4 and 6).
Programmable Illuminated PB
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.
Keylocks
Increased electrical life with specially
designed plate to minimize contact bounce.
Rotaries
cover between actuator and contact area.
Slides
lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.
Tactiles
with connector.
Tilt
Actual Size JWM
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B41
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles
JW LW 2 1 R A 1 A
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
1 B Ivory B Ivory
SPDT
C Red H Gray
DPST
2 H Gray
DPDT
Notes: Note: JWMW & JWLW avail-
Rotaries
DPST must have international able with black or red caps only.
ON-OFF symbols for VDE
approval.
JWLW available in DPST &
DPDT only. Inscription
Slides
Orientation
No No Inscription IMPORTANT:
Code
Circuits Standard markings for JWM & JWL:
Tactiles
JWLW21RA1A
Black Housing
DPST
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit 16A @ 125/250V AC
Supplement
B42 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW
Toggles
RATINGS
Rockers
L Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC
LW Panel Seal Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC
B
Pushbuttons
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
Pole Model on the switch. Actuator positions oriented
Programmable Illuminated PB
with switch part number facing front.
JWM11 1 (COM)
SP JWMW11 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
JWL11 1b
JWM12 1 (COM)
SP JWMW12 ON NONE ON 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
1a
JWL12 1b
JWM21
JWMW21 1-1b 1 (COM) 2
Keylocks
DP ON NONE OFF OPEN OPEN DPST
JWL21 2-2b 1b 2b
JWLW21
JWM22
1 (COM) 2
JWMW22 1-1b 1-1a
DP ON NONE ON OPEN DPDT
Rotaries
JWL22 2-2b 2-2a 1a 1b 2a 2b
JWLW22
Slides
R No Barrier
B With Barrier
Tactiles
JWM JWL JWM JWL
Tilt
Barrier type designates that either AT217 (for JWM) or
No-barrier type has a flat flange AT218 (for JWL) is factory assembled.
which is an integral part of the switch. Dimensions for barriers are shown in the Accessories section.
Touch
JWMW and JWLW panel seal devices have exterior seal Barrier Colors
of acrylonitrile butadiene rubber covering the flange. Available:
A Black
B Ivory
H Gray
Indicators
Flange/Housing Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte Barrier Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte
CAP COLORS
Accessories
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B Ivory
C Red
H Gray
Cap Material: Polyphenelene Oxide Rocker cap is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Supplement
Finish: Matte JWMW and JWLW available with black or red caps only.
www.nkkswitches.com B43
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles
INSCRIPTIONS
B
Pushbuttons
The IEC symbols for On-Off are supplied with Single Throw models only.
DPST models without inscriptions Orientation of inscription must be selected.
Programmable Illuminated PB
do not have VDE approval. Inscription Colors: Black ink on Ivory or Gray cap. White ink on Black or Red cap.
Contact factory for other inscriptions.
HOUSING
Colors
Available:
A Black
B Ivory
H Gray
Material: Polyamide
Keylocks
Finish: Matte JWMW and JWLW panel seal models available with black housing only.
TERMINALS
Rotaries
Solder Lug/Quick Connect .110” (2.8mm) Solder Lug/Quick Connect .187” (4.75mm)
(3.2)
Epoxy Seal .126 (7.5) Epoxy Seal (7.5)
.295 .295
Slides
(1.5) R
JWM & JWMW (0.6) R JWL & JWLW .059
.024 (2.8) (0.65) R
(1.6) .110 .026 (4.75)
.063 .187
Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.8)
.020 .031
Tactiles
PANEL CUTOUTS
(29.5) (30.7)
1.161 1.209
(20.5) (20.5)
.807 .807
B44 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR JWM & JWMW
Rockers
B
(6.0) (15.0)
Part No. .591
.236
Pushbuttons
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b
(16.4) 2a 1a
Programmable Illuminated PB
.646
JWM11RC1A
Keylocks
(15.0)
Part No. .591
Rotaries
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b
.303 2 1
(19.6) (25.0) (22.6) (30.0)
.772 .984 .890 COM COM
1.181
2a 1a
Slides
(0.5) Typ
(13.6) .020 (2.8) Typ
.535 (18.0) (6.2) .110
.709 .244
(22.2) (7.2) (18.9) (7.5) (15.4)
.874 .283 .744 .295 .606
Tactiles
JWM11BCA-H
Tilt
Part No. (7.0) (15.0)
.276 .591
Touch
(7.7) Typ 2b 1b
.303 2 1
(29.6)
(19.6) (22.6)
26° .890 1.165
.772 COM COM
Indicators
(16.4) 2a 1a
.646
(0.5) Typ
.020 (2.8) Typ
.110
(13.6) (3.0) (6.2)
.244
Accessories
.535 .118
(21.0) (21.5) (7.5) (15.4)
.827 .846 .295 .606
JWMW22RCA
Supplement
Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.
www.nkkswitches.com B45
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles
(9.8) Typ 2b 1b
.386 2 1
(20.2) 2a 1a
.795
Programmable Illuminated PB
JWL21RC2A Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.
Keylocks
(9.8) Typ 2b 1b
.386 2 1
2a 1a
Slides
JWL11BCA-H Single pole double throw models do not have terminals 2a, 2, & 2b; single throw models do not have 1a & 2a.
Tilt
2b 1b
(9.8)
.386 2 1
(24.4) (28.0) (37.3)
26° 1.102 1.469
.961
COM COM
(20.2)
2a 1a
.795
Accessories
(17.6) (9.0)
.693 .354
Supplement
JWLW21RA1A
B46 www.nkkswitches.com
High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers Series JW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS FOR JWLW
Rockers
Part No.
(7.9)
.311
(0.8) Typ
(4.75) Typ
.187 B
.031
Pushbuttons
2b 1b
(9.8) Typ
.386 2 1
(24.4) (28.0) (37.3)
26° 1.102 1.469
.961
COM COM
(20.2)
Programmable Illuminated PB
2a 1a
.795
(17.6) (9.0)
.693 .354
(27.0) (2.7) (21.3) (7.5) (20.0)
1.063 .106 .839 .295 .787
JWLW22RAA
Keylocks
AT4126
Dust Cover for JWL Rocker
When installed, the Dust Cover protects the switch from an environment containing
Rotaries
small particles and dust. The switch is operable with the Dust Cover in place.
Slides
Base: Black Polyamide Loses pliability below 0°C (+32°F)
Tactiles
Assembly Instructions:
Tilt
1. Insert bottom of switch through the base until
(42.0)
the tabs lock into place.
1.654
2. Snap the switch into the panel.
3. Seat the lid into the grooves of the base. Touch
Indicators
(2.6)
(22.2) (8.6)
.102
(33.0)
Groove
.874 .339 1.299
2. The dust cover cannot be used with the barrier option. Groove
www.nkkswitches.com B47
Series JW High Inrush 10 & 16 Amp Rockers
Toggles
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE FOR JWMW/LW (PANEL SEAL TYPES)
Operating Environment
Rockers
B • Do not install switch where heavy dust collection occurs. Dust build-up under rocker may affect switch actuation.
• Do not actuate switch if submerged in water or oil.
30°
• Installation is not recommended on horizontal surface in an environment where frequent splashing of
Pushbuttons
water may occur. In such an environment, a minimum 30° angle installation is advisable. If there is
a possibility of freezing, install vertically so no moisture will be retained within switch housing.
Panel Mounting
Programmable Illuminated PB
Incorrect Correct
• Before snapping a switch into the panel, align the gasket evenly under bezel of the switch.
• When mounting into a panel, apply equal pressure to sides of bezel and insert parallel to panel.
• After mounting a switch, be sure there are no gaps between switch and panel.
Lightly push into panel.
• Behind the panel, cut area should be squared. If front of panel is painted, do not allow any paint to collect in
corners of cutout to prevent level mounting.
• Avoid reinstalling a switch once it has been mounted in a panel. This may cause deterioration of panel sealability.
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
B48 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B49
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 10A @ 125/250V AC
Pushbuttons
6A @ 125/250V AC (UL/CSA)
5A (3A) @ 125/250V AC (VDE)
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for nonilluminated models;
–25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for illuminated models
Tactiles
Installation
Soldering: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand cleaning locally using alcohol based solution.
Touch
B50 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Rocker caps and housing available in a variety of colors.
Pushbuttons
Protective barrier available to prevent accidental
actuation.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Constructed for dust resistance with interior cover
of polyamide between actuator and contact area.
Keylocks
Small size well suited for telecommunication,
measuring, automation, and consumer
Rotaries
applications.
Slides
other contaminants.
Tactiles
Outer case of heat resistant resin meets UL94V-0 flammability standard.
Tilt
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B51
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles
B JW S 2 1 R A A
Pushbuttons
1 ON NONE OFF
*B Ivory
* For Nonilluminated only
IMPORTANT:
Tactiles
JWS21RAA
Indicators
ON-NONE-OFF Circuit
Supplement
B52 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS
Toggles
RATING
Rockers
B
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Pushbuttons
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are actually
Pole Model
on the switch.
Programmable Illuminated PB
INTERNAL
SP JWS11 ON NONE OFF 2-3 OPEN OPEN SPST CONNECTION
2 3
INTERNAL
DP JWS21 ON NONE OFF 1-3 4-6 OPEN OPEN DPST CONNECTION
1 3 4 6
Keylocks
R No Barrier B With Barrier
Barrier Material: Polyamide
No-barrier type has
Finish: Matte
Rotaries
a flat flange which
is an integral part
Barrier AT219 is factory assembled.
of the switch.
Dimensions for barrier are
shown in the Accessories section.
Slides
Barrier Color Available:
A Black
CAP COLORS
Tactiles
Cap Material: Rocker cap is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Polyamide * Ivory for nonilluminated models only.
Tilt
Available: Black * Ivory Red
HOUSING
Touch
Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Colors Available:
A Black
B Ivory (for nonilluminated models only)
Indicators
TERMINALS
Switch Lamp
(spot illuminated models only)
www.nkkswitches.com B53
Series JWS Internationally Approved Rockers
Toggles
Without Barrier:
Keylocks
(19.2)
.756
.030” ~ .079” (0.75mm ~ 2.0mm)
With Barrier:
(12.9)
.508 .024” ~ .059” (0.6mm ~ 1.5mm)
Rotaries
3
Tactiles
(6.5)
(15.0) .256 (21.0)
.591 30° 2 .827
(19.0)
(12.3) .748
.484
JWS11RCA
Touch
(19.0) 6
(5.5) .748 3
(15.0) .217 (21.0)
30° (4.5)
.591 .827
(12.3) (4.75) Typ .177 4
.187 1
Accessories
.484
JWS21RAA DPST models have IEC symbols for On-Off on the flange.
B54 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers Series JWS
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
Part No.
B
(0.5) Typ .187
.020
3
(6.5) (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .256 (19.0) .945
.591 .768 .748
2 (21.0)
Pushbuttons
.827
(10.2) (12.4)
.402 .488
(15.0) (12.8)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.591 .504
(16.5) (7.0) (13.5) (6.4) (20.5)
.650 .276 .531 .252 .807
JWS11BBA-A
(19.0)
6
(5.5) 3 (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .217 .748 .945
Keylocks
.591 .768 (4.5) (21.0)
(4.75) Typ .177 4 .827
.187 1
(10.2) (12.4)
.402 .488
(15.0) (5.6) (12.8)
Rotaries
.591 .220 .504
(16.5) (7.0) (13.5) (6.4) (20.5)
.650 .276 .531 .252 .807
DPST models have IEC symbols for On-Off on the flange. JWS21BAA-A
Slides
Single Pole Spot Illuminated • No Barrier
(6.4) (12.4)
.252 .488
(5.3) (0.5) Typ (4.75)
Part No. .209 .020 .187
Tactiles
3
(6.5) Typ
(15.0) .256 (21.0)
30° (19.0) 2
.591 .827
(12.3) .748
.484 (1.5)
.059
(2.1) (1.8) Typ
.083 (6.0) (0.25) .071 (4.0)
Tilt
.236 0.01 .157
(10.2) (2.0) (5.0) (12.0)
.402 .079 .197 .472
(15.0) (16.0) (9.2) (12.8)
.591 .630 .362 .504
JWS11RCAF
Touch
Single Pole Spot Illuminated • With Barrier
(10.2) (6.4) (12.4)
.402 .252 .488
Indicators
3
(6.5) Typ (24.0)
(15.0) (19.5) .256 .945
.591 .768 (19.0) 2 (21.0)
Accessories
.748 .827
(1.5)
.059
(2.1)
.083 (1.8) Typ
(6.0) (0.25) .071 (4.0)
.236 0.01 .157
(15.0) (5.0) (12.8)
.591 .197 .504
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B55
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC, 6A @ 250V AC, or 6A @ 30V DC
Inductive Load: 5A @ 125V AC (P. F. @ .60)
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –20°C through +50°C (–4°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
Tactiles
Installation
Tilt
B56 www.nkkswitches.com
Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers Series LW
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Each half of the rocker face is distinctly illuminated due to partitioned
rocker construction and dual lamps.
Pushbuttons
Numerous lighting effects achievable by using white
or clear rocker with colored filters or lamp covers,
Programmable Illuminated PB
plus using different colors on each side of rocker.
Keylocks
mounting over a wide range of panel
thicknesses.
Rotaries
Dual incandescent or neon lamps operate
independently of each other.
Slides
Front panel relamping.
Tactiles
Stationary lamp sockets are independent of rocker actuation,
protecting lamps from damage due to shock and vibration.
Tilt
Switch contacts are rated at 10 amps 125V AC which makes these
devices well-suited for various power switching applications.
www.nkkswitches.com B57
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles
LW31 2 2 H 4 C F A
Rockers
D Amber
Incandescent
F Green
E 6-volt
Filter
F 12-volt Bezel
B White
Slides
H 18-volt No
C Red No Bezel
K 24-volt Code
D Amber A Black
L 28-volt
E Yellow B White
Neon
Tactiles
F Green C Red
N 110-volt
G Blue D Amber
Not suitable with green & blue
Nonilluminated E Yellow
IMPORTANT: F Green
Tilt
0 No Lamp
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless specified. G Blue
UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on General H Gray
Specifications page.
Touch
LW3122-H4CF-A
Incandescent Lamp
B58 www.nkkswitches.com
Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers Series LW
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics
Rockers
Up Center Down Up Center Down Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and B
requires an external power source.
LW3122 ON NONE ON
Pushbuttons
DPDT
LW3123 ON OFF ON
2 (COM) 5
DP LW3125 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 L1 L2
LW3128 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4 L3 L4
LW3129 ON OFF (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB
LAMP CODES & SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.
For dimension drawing of lamps see Accessories & Hardware section.
For neon, if the source voltage is greater than rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The ballast resistor calculation and more
lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section. Neon not for use with green lamp cover or blue and green filters.
Keylocks
E F H K L N
AT602 AT602N
Incandescent Neon Voltage V 6V AC 12V AC 18V AC 24V AC 28V AC 110V AC
Current I 80mA 50mA 35mA 25mA 22mA 1.5mA
Rotaries
MSCP .159 .215 .398 .215 .247 NA
Endurance Hours 2,000 Average 15,000 Average
Ambient Temperature Range –20°C ~ +50°C –20°C ~ +50°C
Slides
Recommended Resistor for Neon: 33K ohms for 110V AC; 100K ohms for 220V AC
T-11⁄2 Pilot Slide Base 0 No Lamp Code 0 indicates that no lamp is used.
Tactiles
ROCKER CAPS, LAMP COVER & FILTER
Tilt
without Filters with Filters with Lamp Covers with Filters
or Lamp Covers
Touch
Indicate the lamp cover or filter color desired in both the up and down positions.
www.nkkswitches.com B59
Series LW Power-Rated Snap-in Rockers
Toggles
B D F H
Rockers
No Code
(2.6)
B
.102
No Bezel White Amber Green Gray
A Black
C Red
E Yellow
G Blue
(24.0)
.945
(41.0)
1.614
Pushbuttons
Material: Polycarbonate
L1
(0.68) Typ
.027
(2.0) x (2.6) Typ 1 4
(27.6) .079 x .102
1.087 L2
(36.0) (0.4) Typ (30.0) (32.0)
1.417 34° 2 5
1.260
.016 1.181
L3
(9.4) Typ 3 6
.370
L4
Keylocks
(4.5) (19.8)
.177 .780
(19.0) (0.6) (6.7)
.748 .024 .264
(19.7) (8.4) (28.7) (3.0)
.774 .331 1.130 .118 Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
Rotaries
L1
(0.68) Typ
.027
(2.0) x (2.6) Typ
(27.6) .079 x .102
1 4
1.087 L2
(28.8) 34° (0.4) Typ (30.0) 2 5
(41.0) (32.0)
1.134 .016 1.181 1.614 1.260
Tactiles
L3
(9.4) Typ 3 6
.370
L4
(4.5) (19.8)
.177 .780
(19.0) (2.6) (6.7) (3.0)
Tilt
OPTIONAL ACCESSORY
AT107 Lamp Extractor (5.0) Dia
.197
Indicators
Lamps can be changed without removing the switch from the panel.
AT107 assists in removing lamps from the switch. (3.8) Dia
.150
(20.0)
.787
Accessories
LEGENDS
Inscriptions can be placed on the rocker or filter.
Supplement
B60 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Screw Mount Rockers Series LW
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Rockers
Contact Resistance:
Insulation Resistance:
10 milliohms maximum
1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
B
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 operations minimum
Pushbuttons
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Nominal Operating Force: 1,250 grams
Angle of Throw: 22°
Materials & Finishes
Slides
Rocker: Polycarbonate resin
Mounting Frame: Steel with chrome plating
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy
Stationary Contacts: Copper with silver plating
Tactiles
Base: Melamine
Common & End Terminals: Brass with tin plating
Rotaries
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics
Up Center Down Up Center Down Notes:
Terminal numbers are on switch.
Model Pole
Keylocks
Lamp circuit is synchronous to
switching circuit.
4 6
Programmable
Current I 0.8mA load should be connected
between terminals 1 and 4.
Endurance 10,000 hours minimum
(27.0) 1 4
(38.0) 1.063 (28.0)
1.496 2 5
1.102
22° (31.2)
1.228 (38.0)
(45.0) 1.496
1.772 (0.86) Typ
Accessories
3 6
.034
(4.8) Typ
.189
www.nkkswitches.com B61
Series M Miniature Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold;
50,000 operations minimum for silver at 3A @ 125V AC
Angle of Throw: 25°
Keylocks
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; or copper or brass with gold plating
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles
Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version) for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Gold: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Wave Soldering (PC version) for Silver: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V maximum.
Supplement
B62 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Three methods of panel mounting: flat frame for flush with face or subpanel,
snap-in, and PCB.
Pushbuttons
High insulating barriers increase isolation of circuits in multipole devices
and provide added protection to contact points.
Programmable Illuminated PB
The molded diallyl phthalate case has a UL 94V-0
flammability rating.
Keylocks
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.
Rotaries
internal guide does not allow transmission of
diagonal force on rocker to reach contact
mechanism.
Slides
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base
and terminals provides 1,500V dielectric strength.
Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size
Snap-in Mount Page B64 Touch
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B63
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
M20 1 2 TJ W 01 F C
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Wirewrap
5 ON NONE (ON) B White
.964” (24.5mm)
8 (ON) OFF (ON) 07 C Red
Wirewrap
9 ON OFF (ON) E Yellow
1.062” (27.0mm)
08
Rotaries
*4 ON ON ON Wirewrap F Green
*6 (ON) ON (ON) G Blue
*7 ON ON (ON) H Gray
( ) = Momentary
Slides
G
0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Tilt
Touch
SPDT
Snap-in Frame
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
B64 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
1 A
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Optional Bezels Bezel Colors LED Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
B White
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Keylocks
2 Bezel with 1 Round LED A Black 1 LED
C Red
F Green
Rotaries
3 Bezel with 2 Round LEDs A Black 2 LEDs
Bezel with 2 Rectangular Top LED Bottom LED
4
LEDs
C Red C Red
Slides
E Yellow E Yellow
F Green F Green
Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012TJW01-FC-3A-CF
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B65
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are not
actually on the switch.
MOUNTING FRAME
Tactiles
(18.0)
Tilt
W
Indicators
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within the
same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
B66 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TERMINALS
Rockers
(4.0)
B
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062
Thk = (0.8)
Pushbuttons
Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
(4.8)
.250” (6.35mm) .189
03 Straight PC
3 3 6
(4.7) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.7) Typ
Epoxy Seal (6.35) .185 2 5 .185
(4.8) .250 2
.189
1 1 4
.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Keylocks
Epoxy Seal
Wirewrap or Extended PC the above footprints.
A
.964” (24.5mm) Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown
07 Wirewrap or Extended PC (1.27) beside the terminal codes
.050
at the left.
Rotaries
Thk = (0.8)
1.062” (27.0mm)
08
.031
Wirewrap or Extended PC
Slides
AT4150 AT4151
F .450” (11.43mm)
G .450” (11.43mm)
Wide Rocker Wide Paddle (2.36)
.093
Tactiles
(9.19) (11.43)
.362 .450
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide (16.36)
.644
Finish: Matte (7.11) Finish: Matte
(5.84) R
(6.3) .280 .230
.248
Colors Available: Colors Available:
A, B, C, E, F, G, H A, B, C, E, F, G, H
Tilt
(11.43) (1.8)
(1.8) .450 .071
.071 (11.8) (11.8)
.465 .465
Touch
AT466 .453” (11.5mm)
S False Illuminated Rocker
(8.6) (11.3)
Indicators
.339 .445
Rocker False Illuminator
Material: Polycarbonate Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene (7.7)
.303
Finish: Glossy
Colors: Black White and Red (11.5)
(1.8)
.071
Accessories
.453
(11.8)
.465
When a bezel is selected with AT466, glossy polycarbonate AT207 is supplied.
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
www.nkkswitches.com B67
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
1 AT2107 Bezel
A F
Rockers
(15.9)
B Material: Polyamide
(11.8)
.465
Black Green .626
Finish: Matte
(2.2)
.087 B White
G Blue
A
Pushbuttons
(12.0)
(15.6) .472
.614 Single Pole Double Pole
(21.5)
.846 E Yellow
H Gray (12.5)mm (13.1)mm
A
.492” .516”
Programmable Illuminated PB
AT208 Bezel
2 for AT070 LED
A Black B (8.8) Dia
.346
(11.8) (2.2) LED colors & specifications
Material: .465 .087
(19.0)
(13.5) on next page.
Polycarbonate .748
.531 (13.8)
.543
(30.2)
.614
for matte finish. 1.19
(6.25)mm (6.55)mm A
(5.4) Dia B
.213 .246” .258”
AT212 Bezel
Rotaries
3 A Black
for AT617 LED (15.9)
(12.0) .626
(10.0) .472
.394
Material:
Polycarbonate (2.2) LED colors &
.087
specifications
Slides
(7.8) A
.307
Finish: (11.8)
on next page.
Semi-glossy (8.0)
.465 (21.5) Sq Single Pole Double Pole
.846
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ
.118 (18.4)mm (18.7)mm
A
.724” .736”
Tactiles
AT213 Bezel
4 A Black
for AT618 LED (10.0) (12.0) (15.9)
.394 .472 .626
Material:
Tilt
(2.0) Typ
.079 (2.2)
Polycarbonate .087 LED colors &
(7.8)
.307
specifications A
(8.0) (21.5) Sq
.315 (5.0) Typ .846 (18.4)mm (18.7)mm
.197 A
.724” .736”
Bezel Assembly
Indicators
1. Pry out tab on bezel to 2. Insert switch frame under 3. Push tab back into place. 4. Snap assembled bezel
a 45° angle. tab and snap on bezel. and switch into panel.
Accessories
Tab 45°
Tab
Supplement
B68 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
Bezel Orientation on Switch
Rockers
For Bezel AT208 For Bezel AT212 For Bezel AT213 B
with 1 LED (5.08) Dia with 2 Round LEDs (3.0) Dia with 2 Rectangular LEDs (5.0)
.200 .118 .197
Pushbuttons
(7.7) (5.0) (7.0)
.303 .197 .276
Programmable Illuminated PB
(-) Bottom LED
Bottom LED (+) (-)
(+)
(-)
(+)
Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).
Keylocks
(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Rotaries
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V
Slides
Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
Above 25°C ∆IF mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range
–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +70°C
(when used with a bezel)
Tactiles
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is independent of switch operation. LED is colored in OFF state.
If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the lamp.
Tilt
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.
LEGENDS
Touch
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators
(0.38) Typ
.015
ON (4.5) Typ
Accessories
.177
OF
F
Epoxy based ink is recommended. AT4150 Shaded areas are printable areas.
www.nkkswitches.com B69
Series M Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
3
Pushbuttons
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2012TJW01-FC
6 3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 5 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
Rotaries
M2022TJW01-FC
Slides
3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 2 (13.0)
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 1
.031
(2.36)
Tilt
.093
(11.43) (3.18) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ
.450 .125 .020 .020 .079
(12.2) (13.7) (7.1) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.480 .539 .279 .371 .177 .311
M2012TJW01-GC
Touch
6 3
(4.7) Typ
(18.0) .185 (13.0)
Accessories
5 2
.709 25° .512
(0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
(2.36)
.093
(11.43) (3.18) (0.5) (0.5) (2.0) Typ
.450 .125 .020 .020 .079
(12.7)
Supplement
M2022TJW01-GC
B70 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-In Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Snap-in Frame • AT2107 Bezel • Solder Lug
(5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ (4.8)
Rockers
.221 .043 x .079 .189
Circuit Mark
This Side B
3 6 3
(12.0) (4.7) Typ (13.0) (13.0)
.472 .185 2 .512 5 2 .512
25°
Pushbuttons
(21.5) (14.0) (14.0)
.846 1 .551 1 .551
(0.8) Typ 4
.031
(11.43) (4.3)
.450 .169
Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (2.0) (2.0) Typ
.465 .087 .020 .079 .079
(15.6) (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9) (12.7)
.614 .158 .252 .371 .177 .311 .500
M2012TJW01-FC-1A
Keylocks
This Side .043 x .079
(13.5)
(30.2) .531 6 3
1.190 (4.7) Typ (13.0)
(12.0) .185 5 2 .512
25° (14.0)
.472
(0.8) Typ 4 1 .551
.031
Rotaries
(4.3)
(11.43) .169 (2.0) Typ
.450 .079
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (4.8)
.465 .087 .020 .189
(15.6) (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.614 .158 .252 .371 .177 .500 M2022TJW01-FC-2A-C
Slides
Single Pole Snap-in Frame • AT212 Bezel • Solder Lug
(10.0) (7.8) (5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.394 .307 .221 .043 x .079
Circuit Mark
This Side
Tactiles
3
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) .185 2 .512
25° (14.0)
.315 .472
(0.8) Typ 1 .551
.031
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118
Tilt
(11.43) (4.3)
.450 .169
(11.8) (2.2) (0.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .020 .079
(21.5) Sq (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (7.9)
.846 .158 .252 .371 .177 .311
M2012TJW01-FC-3A-CF
Touch
Double Pole Snap-in Frame • AT213 Bezel • Solder Lug
(10.0) (7.8) (5.6) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Indicators
.465 .189
(21.5) Sq (4.01) (6.4) (9.4) (4.5) (12.7)
.846 .158 .252 .371 .177 .500
M2022TJW01-FC-4A-CF
www.nkkswitches.com B71
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
M20 1 3 TX G
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
*7 ON ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
* 3-ON circuits
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
SPDT
ON-OFF-ON Circuit
Gold Contacts with
Accessories
0.4VA Rating
TX Frame with .365” (9.27mm)
Wide Red Rocker .150” (3.81mm)
Vertical PC Terminals with Support
Supplement
B72 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
41 D C
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Terminals For Rockers Rocker & Paddle
TX & TZ Frames & Paddles Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Straight PC with Bracket Small Actuators A Black
(1-2 Pole only) (TX Frame)
B White
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .365” (9.27mm)
13 D C Red
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket Wide Rocker
E Yellow
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .365” (9.27mm)
15 E
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket Wide Paddle F Green
.964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with .450” (11.43mm) G Blue
17 F
1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket Wide Rocker H Gray
Straight PC with Reinforced Bracket .450” (11.43mm)
Keylocks
(1-2 Pole only) G
Wide Paddle
.250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with Large Actuators
23
.465” (11.8mm) Bracket (TZ Frame)
.425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .595” (15.11mm)
Rotaries
25 J
.630” (16.0mm) Bracket Wide Rocker
.750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with .595” (15.11mm)
26 H
.953” (24.2mm) Bracket Wide Paddle
Slides
Terminals For
TX Frame Only
Right Angle PC with Support IMPORTANT:
Tactiles
(1-3 Pole only)
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the
Vertical PC with Support General Specifications page.
(1-4 Pole)
Tilt
41 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical PC
M2022TZG23-JC
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B73
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B Down Center Up Down Center Up Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
on the switch.
Pole Model
* Reverse circuits available for vertical
mount SP & DP upon request.
Pushbuttons
M2022 ON NONE ON
Keylocks
3PDT
M2023 ON OFF ON
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4
3P *M2025 ON NONE (ON) OPEN 2 5 (COM) 8
8-9 8-7
M2028 (ON) OFF (ON)
3 1 6 4 9 7
*M2029 ON OFF (ON)
Rotaries
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)
M2047 ON ON (ON)
2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4
8-9 11-12 8-9 11-10 8-7 11-10
Accessories
B74 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
MOUNTING FRAMES
Narrow Mounting Frame for Small Actuators
TX with Straight PC Terminals (codes 13, 15, 17, 23, 25, & 26)
Rockers
or with Angle PC Terminals (codes 30 & 41)
B
Straight PC Mounting Right Angle PC Mounting Vertical PC Mounting
Pushbuttons
(5.08) 25°
25° .200 25°
Programmable Illuminated PB
(8.0) (4.37) (0.4) Typ
(3.5) .172
.315 .138 .016 (2.75) (1.27)
(5.08) .108 (6.0) .050
.200 .235
Small Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TX Frame (actuator details on the following pages)
Direction of Actuation
Direction of Actuation
Keylocks
(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500
(12.4)
(10.1) .490
Rotaries
.398
Wide Mounting Frame Large Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TZ Frame
TZ for Large Actuators (actuator details on the following pages)
with Straight PC Terminals
Slides
(codes 13, 15, 17, 23, 25, & 26)
AT4156 AT4157
Direction of Actuation
Tactiles
(28.5)
25° 1.122
(2.54) Dia
.100
(3.5)
Tilt
.138
(16.0)
.630
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: See Supplement section to find complete explanation of operating range.
Accessories
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits within the
same application. See Supplement section to find complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
www.nkkswitches.com B75
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
TERMINALS
For TX and TZ 1-2 Pole For TX and TZ 1-2 Pole
Straight PC Mount with Bracket Straight PC Mount with Reinforced Bracket
Rockers
B
13 15 17 23 25 26
.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Pushbuttons
Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Programmable Illuminated PB
Keylocks
For TX 1-3 Pole Right Angle PC Mount For TX 1-4 Pole Vertical PC Mount
(9.27) (2.13)
.365 .084
Material: Polyamide (9.27)
Material: Polyamide
(16.87)
Finish: Matte .365 .664 Finish: Matte (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740 (8.43) R
.332
Tilt
(8.8)
(7.9) (6.15) .346
.311 .242
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (16.8) .138
.661
Touch
.450 .093
Material: Polyamide (11.43) (11.8) Material: Polyamide
.450 (3.18)
Finish: Matte .465
(9.19)
Finish: Matte .125
.362 (16.36)
.644 (5.84) R
(7.7) .230
(8.1) (6.3) .303
Accessories
.319 .248
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 .138
(11.8)
.465
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
B76 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
ROCKERS & PADDLES FOR TZ MOUNTING FRAMES
Rockers
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide B
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
(14.33) (2.36)
.093
Pushbuttons
.564
(4.75)
(15.11) .187
.595
(29.82)
Programmable Illuminated PB
(26.78)
1.054 (23.01) 1.174
.906 (13.5) R
.531
(11.0)
.433 (7.3)
(8.4) (6.5) .287
.331 .256
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8) .138
.595 1.055
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Keylocks
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN PANEL FRAMES
Used with AT4148 Rocker and AT4149 Paddle
Rotaries
AT064-1 AT064-2 (9.9) (2.3)
.390 .090
Accommodates .047” ~ .090” Accommodates .062” ~ .125” (17.9)
.705
(1.2 ~ 2.3mm) panel thickness (1.57 ~ 3.18mm) panel thickness
Slides
Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte (15.62)
.615
(25.04)
.986
Color: Black
(6.68)
.263
Mounted separately from switches
Tactiles
A
Cutout Tolerances:
Dimension A:
.797” ~ .803” (20.24 ~ 20.4mm) B
Dimension B:
Tilt
.495” ~ .505” (12.57 ~ 12.83mm)
AT064–1 Enlarged Detail
Cutout Tolerances:
Dimension A:
B
.595” ~ .605” (15.11 ~ 15.37mm)
Supplement
Dimension B:
.495” ~ .500” (12.57 ~ 12.7mm) AT065–1 Enlarged Detail AT065–2 Enlarged Detail
www.nkkswitches.com B77
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B (6.15)
(8.8) Single Double
.242
.346
Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
Pushbuttons
TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2012TXG13-DC
(1.6) Typ
Terminal Terminal Bracket .063
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length: .063 .095
Keylocks
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 .311
13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm) 2 2 5
15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
Rotaries
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .059 .059
CL
25°
(6.15)
(8.8) Single Double
Tactiles
.346
.242 Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
(3.5) This Side
.138
BRACKET
LENGTH
TERMINAL
Tilt
(2.4) Typ
Terminal Terminal Bracket (3.18) Typ
.095
(3.18) Typ
Code: Length: Length: .125
.125
.375 .375
23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm) 2 2 5
.059 .059
B78 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle PC
Rockers
B
Shown in
Down Position Pivot
(4.7) Typ
Pushbuttons
1 2 3 .185
(9.27) (7.9) 3 2 1
.365 .311
(5.41)
.213 (4.3) (12.7)
.169 .500
(0.4)
(2.85) .016 (5.5) (0.8) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
.112 .217 .031 (1.8) Dia Typ
(1.4) Typ (6.15) (4.0) (1.27) (4.7) Typ .073
.055 .242 .157 .050 .185 (2.54) Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (12.7) (13.0) .100
.200 .346 .500 .512
M2012TXG30-DC
Keylocks
Shown in
Down Position Pivot
Rotaries
(4.7) Typ
6 5 4
.185
4 5 6
(9.27) (12.7) (3.81)
2
.365 1 2 3 .500 3 1 .150
(6.4)
.252
(4.3) (12.7)
.169 .500
Slides
(2.85) (6.15) (0.4) Typ (0.8) Typ
.112 .242 .016 .031
(1.4) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
(4.0) (1.27) Typ .100
.055 .157 .050 .185 (1.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (12.7) (3.81) (13.0) .073
.200 .346 .500 .150 .512
Tactiles
M2022TXG30-DC
Tilt
Shown in
Touch
Down Position Pivot
(4.7) Typ
7 8 9 9 8 7
.185
(3.81) Typ
(9.27) 4 5 6 (17.5) 6 5 4 .150
.365 .689
Indicators
3 2 1
(8.8)
1 2 3
.346
(4.3) (14.35)
.169 .565
(1.4) Typ (6.15) (4.5) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
.055 .242 .177 .050 .185 .100
(1.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (8.8) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (13.0) .073
.200 .346 .565 .150 .512
Supplement
M2032TXG30-DC
www.nkkswitches.com B79
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B
(9.27) (8.8) (3.5)
.365 .346 .138
2
(3.81) Typ
(13.0) .150
25°
Pushbuttons
.512
1
(9.1)
.360 (3.18)
.125
(12.7)
.500
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (1.27)
.016 .108 .050 .031 .050
Programmable Illuminated PB
5 2 (13.0) 2 5 .150
25° .512 1 4
(9.1) 4 1
.360 (3.18)
.125
(12.7)
.500
(1.27) Typ
.050
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8)
Rotaries
(3.81) Typ
8 5 2 (13.0) 2 5 8 .150
25° .512
1 4 7
(9.1) 7 4 1
.360 (3.18)
.125
(14.35)
(1.27) Typ .565
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ .050
Tilt
.360 (3.18)
.125
(14.35)
.565
(0.4) Typ (2.74) (1.27) (0.8) Typ (4.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.016 .108 .050 .031 .189 .050
(5.08) Shown in (6.15) (5.97) (14.35) (3.81) Typ (22.3) (2.54) Typ
.200 Down Position .242 .235 .565 .150 .878 .100
Supplement
B80 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC • Bracket
25°
Rockers
(6.6)
(11.0)
.433
Single Double B
.260 Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
Pushbuttons
(3.5)
.138 This Side
BRACKET
LENGTH
TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.6) Typ
.024 (1.17) Typ (4.8)
(0.8) Typ .046 .189
.031 (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
(4.7) Typ .046 .126
(8.0) (12.7)
.185 (15.8) .315 .500
.622
M2012TZG13-JC
(1.6) Typ
.063 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
Code: Length: Length:
Keylocks
.063 .095
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 .311
2 2 5 13 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425” (10.8mm) .630” (16.0mm)
Rotaries
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
.059 .059
CL
17 .964” (24.5mm) 1.150” (29.2mm)
Slides
25°
Tactiles
(6.6)
.260
.433
Pole Pole
Circuit Mark
(3.5) This Side
.138 BRACKET
LENGTH
Tilt
TERMINAL
LENGTH (4.8) Typ
1 2 3 .189
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.020 (6.35) Typ
.046 .250
(0.8) Typ
.031 (1.17) Typ (4.8)
.046 .189
(4.7) Typ
Touch
(9.1) (12.7)
.185 .358 .500
(19.05)
.750
M2012TZG23-JC
Indicators
(2.4) Typ
(3.18) Typ
.095 Terminal Terminal Bracket
(3.18) Typ
.125
.125 Code: Length: Length:
(9.53) Typ 3 (9.53) Typ 3 6
Accessories
.375 .375
2 2 5 23 .250” (6.35mm) .465” (11.8mm)
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
.185 1 .185 1 4
.059 .059
www.nkkswitches.com B81
Series M Bracket PC Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
B
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
Pushbuttons
ON ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
ON
OF
OF
OF
F
F
F
(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ (0.38) Typ
.015 .015
Keylocks
(15.11)
.595
Pad Print
B82 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
M20 1 2 TN W 01 D C
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Poles Rockers & Paddles
1 SPDT Mounting Frames Small Actuators (TN Frame)
DPDT .272” (6.9mm) Wide .365” (9.27mm)
2 TN D
SP3T Flat Frame Wide Rocker
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 3PDT .504” (12.8mm) Wide .365” (9.27mm)
TY E
Flat Frame Wide Paddle
4PDT
4
DP3T .450” (11.43mm)
F
Wide Rocker
Keylocks
3 ON OFF ON J
Wide Rocker
Gold; Rated 0.4VA max @
5 ON NONE (ON) G
28V AC/DC max .595” (15.11mm)
H
8 (ON) OFF (ON) Wide Paddle
Gold over Silver; Rated
A 6A @ 125V AC & 0.4VA
Rotaries
9 ON OFF (ON)
max @ 28V AC/DC max
*4 ON ON ON
*6 (ON) ON (ON)
Rocker & Paddle
Terminals Colors
*7 ON ON (ON)
01 Solder Lug A Black
Slides
( ) = Momentary
.250” (6.35mm) B White
* 3-ON circuits 03
Straight PC
C Red
E Yellow
Tactiles
F Green
IMPORTANT: G Blue
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
H Gray
Tilt
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the
General Specifications page.
Touch
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
M2012TNW01-DC
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B83
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B Pole Model
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
on the switch.
Pushbuttons
3 1
M2019 ON OFF (ON)
M2027 ON ON (ON) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out)
External
Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11 2 (in) 5 8 (in) 11
M2044 ON ON ON
DP M2046 (ON) ON (ON)
1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out) 1 (out) 3 4 (out) 6 (out) 7 (out) 9 10 (out) 12 (out)
M2047 ON ON (ON)
Indicators
External 6 3 External
Conn 12 9 6 3
Conn Common
5 2
Common Common (in)
11 8 5 2
(in) (in)
4 1 10 7 4 1
(out)
Supplement
(out)
External connection must be (out) (out) External connection must be (out) (out)
made during field installation. made during field installation.
B84 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
MOUNTING FRAMES
.272” (6.9mm)
TN Wide Flat Frame (3.5) (6.9)
Rockers
.138 .272
Pushbuttons
(29.5) (23.8)
1.161 .937
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.6) (2.4) Dia Typ
.024 .094
Small Actuators & Panel Cutouts for TN Frame (actuator details on the following pages)
Keylocks
(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500
(23.8) (23.8)
.937 .937
Rotaries
(2.6) Dia Typ (2.6) Dia Typ
.102 .102
(10.1) (12.4)
.398 .490
Slides
Wide Flat Frame (actuator details on the following pages)
AT4156 AT4157
Tactiles
Mounting hardware kit HK-2, as shown on the
following page, must be ordered separately.
Tilt
Touch
(3.5) (12.8)
.138 .504 Indicators
(28.5)
(41.3) (34.9) 1.122
1.626 1.374 (34.9)
1.374
Accessories
.138
(0.6) (3.2) Dia Typ (16.0)
.024 .126 .630
www.nkkswitches.com B85
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
AT064-2 AT065-2
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Slides
TERMINALS
Tilt
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079
.043
Thk = (0.8)
.031
Indicators
.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC
(4.8) (4.8) Typ (4.8) Typ
.189 .189 .189
3 3 6 3 6 9 3 6 9 12
Accessories
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Three Pole Four Pole
B86 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
ROCKERS & PADDLES
For TN Frame
Rockers
AT4148 .365” (9.27mm) AT4149 .365” (9.27mm)
D Wide Rocker
E Wide Paddle B
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
Pushbuttons
(9.27) (2.13)
.365 .084
(9.27) (16.87)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.365 .664 (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740 (8.43) R
(8.8) .332
(7.9) (6.15) .346
.311 .242
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (16.8) .138
.661
Keylocks
Wide Rocker Wide Paddle
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
(11.43) (2.36)
Rotaries
.450 .093
(11.43) (11.8)
.450 .465 (3.18)
(9.19) .125
.362 (16.36)
.644 (5.84) R
(7.7) .230
(8.1) (6.3) .303
.319 .248
Slides
(3.5)
.138 (3.5)
(11.8) .138
.465
Tactiles
For TY Frame
Tilt
Finish: Matte Finish: Matte
(14.33) (2.36)
.564 .093
Touch
(4.75)
(15.11) .187
.595
Indicators
(26.78) (29.82)
1.054 (23.01) 1.174
.906 (13.5) R
.531
(11.0)
.433 (7.3)
(8.4) (6.5) .287
.331 .256
Accessories
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8) .138
.595 1.055
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available: A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
www.nkkswitches.com B87
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
B
.138 .043 x. 079
Circuit Mark
This Side
3
25°
2 (13.0)
(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 1
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB
6 3
(23.8) (4.7) Typ
.937 .185 (13.0)
25° 5 2
(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 4 1
.031
Rotaries
9 6 3
(23.8) (4.7) Typ
.937 .185 8 5 2 (13.0)
25° .512
(29.5)
1.161 (0.8) Typ 7 4 1
.031
Tilt
Circuit Mark
This Side
12 9 6 3
(29.5) .512
1.161 (0.8) Typ 10 7 4 1
.031
(6.9)
.272 .311 .024 .020 .189
(9.27) (9.65) (12.4) (4.5) (22.3)
.380 .488 .177 .878
M2042TNW01-DC .365
B88 www.nkkswitches.com
Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers Series M
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
TY Frame • Solder Lug
(3.2) Dia Typ (14.5) Single Pole Double Pole
Rockers
.126 .571
B
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079
Circuit Mark
This Side
Pushbuttons
3 6 3
(34.9) (4.7) Typ
1.374 .185 2 (13.0) (13.0)
(41.3) 25° 5 2
.512 .512
1.626 (0.8) Typ 1
.031 4 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.8) (8.4) (0.6) (0.5) (2.0) (2.0) Typ
.504 .331 .024 .020 .079 .079
(15.11) (10.0) (10.0) (4.5) (7.9) (4.8)
.595 .394 .394 .177 .311 .189
Keylocks
(3.2) Dia Typ (2.0) Typ
.126 (14.5) .079
.571 (3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.138 .043 x .079
Rotaries
Circuit Mark
This Side
9 6 3
Slides
.031
Tactiles
(8.4) (0.6) (0.5)
(12.8) .331 .024 .020 (4.8) Typ
.504 .189
(15.11) (10.0) (12.1) (4.5)
.595 (17.5)
.394 .476 .177 .689
M2032TYW01-JC
Tilt
(3.2) Dia Typ (2.0) Typ
.126 (14.5) .079
.571
(3.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Touch
.138 .043 x .079
Circuit Mark
This Side
12 9 6 3
Indicators
M2042TYW01-JC
www.nkkswitches.com B89
Series M Flat Frame Mount Miniature Rockers
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
ON ON
OF
OF
OF
F
F
F
(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ (0.38) Typ
Keylocks
.015 .015
Pad Print
Tactiles
B90 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B91
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles
General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +55°C (+14°F through +131°F) for rockers
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for paddles
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch
Single pole rockers with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs & solder lug or PC
recognized at 6A @ 125V AC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
All single pole rockers with synchronous circuits & single color LEDs certified at 6A @ 125V AC.
B92 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
M21 1 2 N CF W 01
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Poles LED Colors Contact Materials
1 SPDT Single Color & Ratings
*2 DPDT C Red Silver; Rated
W
6A @ 125V AC
Programmable Illuminated PB
* Available only with Rockers E Yellow
with Terminals 01, 02, 03 Gold; Rated 0.4VA max
F Green G
@ 28V AC/DC max
Bicolor
CF Red/Green
Circuits
2 ON NONE ON
3 ON OFF ON
Keylocks
LED Circuits & Terminals &
Actuator Types Mounting Types
Rotaries
R Isolated 02 Quick Connect with Flat Frame
N Synchronous 03 Straight PC with Flat Frame
13 Straight PC with Bracket Mount
Slides
Optional Bezel
Paddle 01 Solder Lug with Snap-in Frame
& Colors
P Isolated 02 Quick Connect with Snap-in Frame
For Snap-in Frame
J Synchronous 03 Straight PC with Snap-in Frame
A Black
Tactiles
13 Straight PC with Bracket Mount
B White
E Yellow
IMPORTANT: F Green
Switches are supplied without UL & CSA marking unless specified.
Tilt
G Blue
UL & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the H Gray
General Specifications page.
Touch
Red/Green LED
www.nkkswitches.com B93
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles
Toggles
Green
(+) Red
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green 3 1 6 COM 4 ( ) Green
Connected LED Terminals 5-6 NONE 5-4
M2113 SPDT ON OFF ON Synchronous
2 (COM)
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 OPEN 2-1 Single Color L(+) L(-)
LED
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON 3 1 4 6
2 (COM)
Synchronous Single Color LED ON OFF ON Red
Synchronous
Connected LED Terminals 4-6 OPEN 4-6 Green
Bicolor LED
Keylocks
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 NONE 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED L(+) L(-)
Rotaries
(+) Red
Synchronous Bicolor LED Red NONE Green 3 1 6 4 9 COM 7 ( ) Green
Slides
Connected Power Terminals 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 Single Color
LED L(+) L(-)
Isolated LEDs (see schematics) ON ON ON
Tactiles
3 1 6 4 7 9
basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and Single Color Bicolor Single Color Bicolor
requires an external power source. If the source voltage
exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula C E F CF C E F CF
in Supplement Section. The LED is an integral part of the
Indicators
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.33/0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33 0.43/0.38 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –10° ~ +55°C –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +70°C
B94 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100
Toggles
LED CIRCUIT, ROCKER, & MOUNTING TYPE COMBINATIONS
Rockers
B
.531 .531
Rocker with 20° 20°
N Synchronous LED Circuit
(12.0) (12.0) (17.8)
(9.8) (9.8) .472 .701
Pushbuttons
.472
Material: Polyamide .386 .386
(23.8)
.937
Finish: Matte (0.6) (3.5)
.138
(3.5)
.138
.024
Color: Black Flat Frame combines with Bracket combines with (2.6) Dia Typ
.102
Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.1)
Terminal codes 01, 02, & 03. Terminal code 13. .398
Keylocks
.937 5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(29.5) (4.7) Typ
1.161 .185 4 1
(2.5) Dia
.098
Rotaries
(1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
.046 .079
(6.9) (3.5) (6.35) (4.8)
.272 .138 .250 .189
(9.3) (9.8) (20.3) (12.7)
.366 .386 .799 .500
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5. M2112NCFW01
Slides
Double Pole Solder Lug
(6.35) (2.4) Dia Typ
.250 .094 (12.0) (0.6)
.472 .024
Tactiles
(4.8) (0.8) Typ
.189 .031
9 6 3
(23.8)
.937 8 5 2 (13.0)
20° .512
(29.5) (4.7) Typ
1.161 .185 7 4 1
Tilt
(2.5) Dia
.098
Touch
(9.3) (9.8) (20.3) (17.5)
.366 .386 .799 .689
Single color LED switch does not have terminal 8. M2122NCFW01
.126
6 3
(0.8) Typ
.031 5 2 (13.0) (17.8)
Accessories
20°
(4.7) Typ (15.8) .512 .701
.185 .622 4 1
www.nkkswitches.com B95
Series M2100 LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles
Toggles
20° 20°
(3.2) (3.2)
.126
Programmable Illuminated PB
.126
(4.5) (4.5)
.177 (15.9) .177
Material: Polyamide .626 (12.7)
(13.7) .500
(5.9) R (5.9) R
Finish: Matte .539
(0.5) .232 (20.1) .232
.020 .791
Color: Black (13.1) (12.4)
(7.1) .516 .490
.280 (2.8)
.110 (3.5)
.138
Snap-in combines with Terminal codes 01, 02, & 03 Bracket combines with Terminal code 13
Keylocks
(0.5) (4.8)
.020 .189
(0.8) Typ
.031
6 3
Slides
(18.0)
.709 20°
5 2 (13.0)
(4.7) Typ .512
(2.0) .185 4 1
.079
(3.2)
.126
(5.0) (2.8) (1.17) Typ (2.0) Typ
Tactiles
(4.5) (9.0)
.177 .354 (3.2) Typ
.126
Indicators
6 3
(0.8) Typ
.031 5 2 (13.0)
20°
(4.7) Typ (15.8) .512
.185 .622 4 1
(2.0)
.079 (3.2)
(5.0) .126
Accessories
M2112JCFW13 Silver contact material is standard. Single color LED switch does not have terminal 5.
B96 www.nkkswitches.com
LED Tipped Rockers & Paddles Series M2100
Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS
Rockers
B
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
TERMINALS
Programmable Illuminated PB
Solder Lug with
01 Turret LED Terminal Epoxy Seal
(2.0)
.079
02 Quick Connect
(4.0) (6.35) (4.8)
(6.35) (4.8) .157 Epoxy Seal
.250 .189 .250 .189
(2.0) (1.57) Typ
.079 .062
(1.17)
.046 (1.1) (4.8)
.043 .189
(4.8)
.189 Thk = (0.8) Typ
Thk = (0.8) Typ .031
.031
Keylocks
Straight PC with
03 Turret LED Terminal Single Pole Double Pole
Rotaries
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189
3 6
Single color LED 3 6 9
.189 Single color LED
(6.35) (4.8) (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor (4.7) Typ & isolated bicolor
Epoxy Seal
.250 .189 2 5 .185 LED switches do not 2 5 8 .185
LED switches do not
(1.17) Typ
(4.8)
.046 1 4 have terminal 5. 1 4 7 have terminal 8.
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ
Slides
Thk = (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
.031
Single Pole
Straight PC with Bracket
13
Tactiles
& Turret LED Terminal (1.6) Typ
.063
(2.4) Typ
.095
3 6
(7.9) Typ Single color LED
2 5
.311 & isolated bicolor
1 4
(4.7) Typ LED switches do not
.185
Tilt
have terminal 5.
(1.8) Dia Typ
.073
CL (1.5) Dia Typ
.059
Touch
OPTIONAL BEZEL & COLORS
Indicators
(12.0)
(15.6) .472
.614 (13.1)
(21.5) .516
.846
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B97
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC;
Pushbuttons
Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 50,000 operations minimum for gold
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Movable Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or phosphor bronze with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Tactiles
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tilt
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
All models certified at 6A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 4A @ 30V DC.
B98 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Antijamming design protects against mechanism damage from downward force
on the actuator.
Pushbuttons
O-ring surrounding top of lever prevents liquids from reaching
Programmable Illuminated PB
switch mechanism.
Keylocks
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of flux,
solvents, and other contaminants.
Rotaries
Bracketed models have crimped bracket legs to ensure
secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging during
automated soldering.
Slides
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit
Tactiles
varying applications.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B99
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles
M2T 2 2 TX G 41 D C
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Tilt
Specifications page.
Touch
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
.150” (3.81mm)
.365” (9.27mm) Wide Vertical Terminals
Red Rocker
Gold Contacts
Supplement
B100 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually B
on the switch.
Pushbuttons
M2T12 ON NONE ON
M2T13 ON OFF ON 2 (COM)
SP M2T15 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 SPDT
M2T18 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T19 ON OFF (ON)
M2T22 ON NONE ON
M2T23 ON OFF ON 2 (COM) 5
DP M2T25 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 DPDT
M2T28 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
MOUNTING FRAME
Keylocks
TX Mounting Frame for Rockers or Paddles with Straight or Angle PC Terminals
Rotaries
26° 26°
(2.54) Dia
Slides
(2.54) Dia .100 (2.54) Dia
.100 .100
Tactiles
Direction of Actuation
Direction of Actuation
(17.8) (12.7)
.701 .500
Tilt
(12.4)
(10.1) .490
AT4148 AT4149 .398 AT4150 AT4151
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
www.nkkswitches.com B101
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles
PC TERMINALS
B Bracket
(11.7)
.460 (3.81)
Pushbuttons
.150
(5.9) (3.81)
.232 .150
AT4148 AT4149
D .365” (9.27mm) Wide Rocker
E .365” (9.27mm) Wide Paddle
(9.27)
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide .365 (2.13)
.084
Finish: Matte (9.27)
.365
(16.87) Finish: Matte
.664 (3.96)
(13.49) .156
.531 (18.8)
.740
(8.43) R
(8.8) .331
(7.9) (6.15)
.242
.346
.311
Keylocks
(4.2) (4.2)
.165 .165
(16.8)
.661
AT4150 AT4151
F G
Rotaries
(16.36)
(5.84) R .644
(7.7) .232
(8.1) (6.3) .303
.319 .248
(4.2) (4.2)
.165 .165
Tactiles
(11.8)
.465
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Tilt
26°
(8.8)
(6.15) .346
.242
(1.6) Typ
Indicators
(4.2) .063
.165 (1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
.063 .095
NKK P/N (11.7) Typ 3 3 6
This Side .460 (7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ
.311 2 5
.311
2
(4.7) Typ 1 4
.185
1 2 3 .189 .185
1 .185
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .073 .073
.020
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) CL
.059 .059
.031 .046 .189
(4.7) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.046 .126
Supplement
.185
(15.75) (8.0) (11.5)
.620 .315 .453
M2T12TXG13-DC
B102 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Rockers Series M2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
NKK P/N
This Side Pivot
1 2 3
(4.7) Typ
.185
B
3 2 1
(9.27) (8.2)
.365 (4.9) .323 (12.7)
Pushbuttons
.193
.500
(3.2)
(1.3) Typ (6.15) (0.4) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ .126 (1.8) Dia Typ
.051 .242 .016 .050 .185 .031 .073
(5.08) (8.8) (4.5) (12.7) (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .346 .177 .500 .500 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2T12TXG30-DC
NKK P/N
This Side Pivot (4.7) Typ
4 5 6 6 5 4
.185
2
(3.81)
3 1 .150
(9.27) (11.5)
.365 .453
Keylocks
(12.7)
(0.5) .500
.020 (3.7)
1 2 3 .146
(1.3) Typ (6.15) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .242 .016 .050 .185 .031 .100
(5.08) (8.8) (4.5) (12.7) (3.81) (12.7) (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .346 .177 .500 .150 .500 .073
Rotaries
M2T22TXG30-DC
Slides
(9.27) (8.8)
.346 NKK P/N This Side
.365
3
3
2
(3.81) Typ
2 (12.7) .150
26° .500
Tactiles
1
(9.1) 1
.358
(12.7)
.500
Tilt
.016 .242 .031 .020 .050 .073
(5.08) (12.12) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (6.6)
.200 .477 .500 .150 .260
M2T12TXG41-DC
Touch
Double Pole Vertical PC
(9.27) (8.8)
.346 NKK P/N This Side
.365 (2.4) Typ
Indicators
.094
3 6
(3.81) Typ
6 3 2 5 .150
5 2 (12.7) 1 4
26° .500
(9.1) 4 1
Accessories
.358 (12.7)
.500
(2.54) Typ
(1.3) (1.0) (3.2) (1.27) Typ .100
.051 .039 .126 .050 (1.8) Dia Typ
(0.4) Typ (6.15) (0.8) Typ (0.5) (4.8) .073
Supplement
M2T22TXG41-DC
www.nkkswitches.com B103
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Rockers
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
B
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
Pushbuttons
OF ON ON
OF
F
F
Programmable Illuminated PB
AT4148 AT4150
(0.38) Typ
.015 (0.38) Typ
.015
(4.5) Typ
(6.9) Typ (5.76) Typ .177
.272 .227
Pad Print
Slides
B104 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B105
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B
Electrical Capacity
Power Level: 5A @ 125V AC, 3A @ 250V AC, & 3A @ 30V DC
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 3 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Tilt
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 5A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC.
Accessories
Supplement
B106 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Industry’s first miniature snap-in, lighted rocker switch.
Pushbuttons
Actuators in various styles operate with firm, well-defined
movements.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Interlocking actuator prevents switch failure due to
jamming or window locking.
Keylocks
when exposed to vibration.
Rotaries
(22.9mm).
Slides
Isolated lamp circuit for incandescent, LED, and neon lamps.
Front panel relamping.
Tactiles
Built-in protective cover shields contacts from dust.
Epoxy sealed solder lug terminals lock out flux, dust, and other
contaminants.
Tilt
Extended lamp terminal for ease of wiring.
Touch
Matching indicators available.
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B107
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles
MLW30 2 5 12 DC 1A
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
SP3T
2 00 No Lamp RA Black
DPDT 1A Black
06 6-volt RB White 1B White
12 12-volt RC Red 1C Red
Circuits 18 18-volt RD Orange 1D Orange
2 ON NONE ON 24 24-volt RE Yellow 1E Yellow
3 ON OFF ON 28 28-volt RF Green 1F Green
5 ON NONE (ON) 110-volt (not suitable RG Blue 1G Blue
N
Keylocks
PC Red 2B White
PD Orange 2C Red
PE Yellow 2D Orange
PF Green 2E Yellow
Slides
PG Blue 2F Green
Single Element LED Colors Design Rocker 2G Blue
C Red DB White 2H Gray
Tactiles
E Yellow DC Red
F Green DD Orange
DF Green
DG Blue
Tilt
LED Rocker
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
LB White
MLW3025-12-DC-1A
LC Red
Touch
LE Yellow
12-volt LF Green
Design Cap
Incandescent Lamp Sculptured Rocker
Indicators
Circuit
SF Green
IMPORTANT:
Supplement
B108 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Power/Lamp Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up Notes: Terminal numbers are not actually on
Pole Model switch. Lamp circuit is isolated and B
requires an external power source.
MLW3012 ON NONE ON
Pushbuttons
SPDT
MLW3013 ON OFF ON
2 (COM)
SP MLW3015 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 OPEN 2-1 L (+) (-) L
MLW3018 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1
MLW3019 ON OFF (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB
MLW3022 ON NONE ON
DPDT
MLW3023 ON OFF ON
DP MLW3025 ON NONE (ON) 2-3 5-6 OPEN 2-1 5-4 2 (COM) 5
L (+) (-) L
MLW3028 (ON) OFF (ON) 3 1 6 4
MLW3029 ON OFF (ON)
Keylocks
Connection Connection Connection
2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 2 (in) 5 a double pole base.
SP MLW3020 ON ON ON (out)
connection 5 2
Common
(in)
With External Connection 2-6 2-4 2-1 must be made
Rotaries
4 1
during field (out) (out)
Without External Connection 2-3 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 5-4 installation.
TERMINALS
Slides
Switch Terminals (4.0)
Lamp Terminals
.157 (5.9)
(2.0) .232
.079 (2.0)
.079
Center terminal is (1.1)
.043
(3.0) (1.2) Dia
.047
Tactiles
.118
.020” (0.5mm) longer Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
Tilt
For dimension drawings of lamps see Accessories & Hardware section.
For neon, if the source voltage is greater than rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement.
Recommended Resistor for Neon: 33K ohms for 110V AC; 100K ohms for 220V AC
Supplement
T-11⁄2 Pilot Slide Base 00 No Lamp Code 00 indicates that no lamp is used.
www.nkkswitches.com B109
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles
.630
.496
(25.0)
RC RF (10.5) PC PF .984 DD
.413
(12.6)
RD RG PD PG DF (16.0)
.630
.496
Rotaries
(13.5)
(13.5) (15.6)
DG
(10.5) .531
.531 .614 .413
For LED
AT4125 AT4127
LB LED Rocker
SB Sculptured
Rocker (11.5)
Tactiles
LC SC
.453
(12.6)
LE Translucent (16.0)
.630
.496
SE
Colored Diffuser (13.5) (15.5)
and Opaque Black .610
LF SF
(10.5) .531 (16.0)
.413 .630
Rocker Base
Tilt
A B C D E F G
Touch
OPTIONAL BEZELS
Indicators
AT204 Standard Bezel .787” (20.0mm) Wide AT9201 Large Bezel .937” (23.8mm) Wide
(16.4)
1A 1E (16.4)
.646 2A 2E .646
(2.5)
(2.2) .098
Accessories
.087
1B 1F 2B 2F
(16.0) (16.0)
1C 1G (20.0)
.630
2C 2G (23.8)
.630
1D 1H 2D 2H
Material: Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy Material: Polycarbonate Standard Finish: Glossy
B110 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-in Miniature Rockers Series MLW
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(4.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.177 .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
B
6 L (-) 3
.031
(4.7) Typ
(15.6) .185 5 2 (21.0)
Pushbuttons
(4.0) .614 (17.0) .827
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ L (+)
.016
Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.2)
.232 .402
(16.0) (14.5) (4.5) (22.9) (16.6)
.630 .571 .177 .902 .654
Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-PC
Keylocks
(15.6) .185 5 2 (25.5)
(4.0) .614 (17.0) 1.004
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ
L (+)
.016
Rotaries
.020 .047 .402
(2.2) (2.2) (5.9) (16.6)
.087 .087 .232 .654
(15.5) (5.4) (22.0) (20.0)
.611 .213 .866 .787
Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-RC-1A
Slides
NKK Part No. (4.0) (3.0) Typ (2.0) Typ Large Bezel
This Side .157
(4.5) (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.118 .079
Single & Double Pole
.177 .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ L (-)
6 3
.031
Tactiles
(4.7) Typ
(15.6) .185 5 2 (26.3)
(4.0) .614 (17.0) 1.035
.157 .669 4 1
(0.4) Typ L (+)
.016
Tilt
.020 .047 .402
(2.5) (2.5) (5.9) (16.6)
.098 .098 .232 .654
(15.5) (5.4) (22.0) (23.8)
.611 .213 .866 .937
Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-12-PC-2A
Touch
NKK Part No.
This Side
(4.0)
.157
(3.0) Typ
.118
(2.0) Typ
.079 Sculptured Cap
(4.5)
.177
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.043 x .079
Single & Double Pole
Indicators
Actuator in UP position Terminals 4, 5, & 6 are not on single pole models MLW3022-C-SC-1A
www.nkkswitches.com B111
Series MLW Snap-in Miniature Rockers
Toggles
(18.7) (18.7)
Rockers
B
.736 .736
Without Bezel With Standard Bezel AT204 With Large Bezel AT9201
.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) .039” ~ .118” (1.0mm ~ 3.0mm) .039” ~ .118” (1.0mm ~ 3.0mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB
LEGENDS
Rotaries
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Slides
.124
OP
Tactiles
(4.67) Typ
.184
(14.48) (0.76) Typ (13.08) (0.76) Typ
.570 .030 .515 .030
Recommended Print Method: (16.0) (14.6) (0.76) Typ (18.48) Typ (0.76) Typ
Tilt
B112 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B113
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
B Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 10A @ 125V AC or 6A @ 250V AC
Motor Load: 400W @ 125V AC
Pushbuttons
Lamp Load: 2A @ 125V AC for On-Off-On circuit & 3A @ 125V AC for other circuits
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +85°C (+14°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Slides
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (Straight PC): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Add “/CUL” before dash in part number to order cULus recognized switch.
Touch
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Indicators
B114 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles Series P
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
B
Meets EN 61058-1 standard.
Pushbuttons
Contacts of special silver alloy resist arcing and guarantee
stable electrical contact and long life.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion and increases
environmental safety.
Keylocks
Case/base of heat resistant resin meets
Rotaries
UL94V-0 flammability standard.
Slides
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.
Tactiles
and terminals provides 4,000V dielectric strength.
Tilt
other contaminants.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B115
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles
P20 22 Y J C
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
12 SPDT ON NONE ON
P Straight PC
13 SPDT ON OFF ON
.187” (4.75mm)
21 DPST ON NONE OFF Z
Quick Connect
22 DPDT ON NONE ON
23 DPDT ON OFF ON
Keylocks
H Gray
IMPORTANT:
Tactiles
VDE is marked on all models. Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on General Specifications page.
Tilt
P2022Y-JC
Indicators
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
B116 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles Series P
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Pole Model
Note: Terminal numbers are on the
switch.
B
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP P2011 ON NONE OFF 1-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b
1 (COM)
P2012 ON NONE ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
SP 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
P2013 ON OFF ON 1a 1b
1 (COM) 2
1-1b
DP P2021 ON NONE OFF OPEN OPEN DPST
2-2b 1b 2b
1 (COM) 2
P2022 ON NONE ON 1-1b 1-1a
DP OPEN DPDT
P2023 ON OFF ON 2-2b 2-2a 1a 1b 2a 2b
Keylocks
ROCKER/PADDLE FRAMES
Rotaries
Using AT4148 & AT4149 Using AT4156 & AT4157
(3.2) Dia Typ (3.2) Dia Typ
.126 .126
Slides
(34.9) (34.9)
1.374 (28.5)
(6.0) 1.374 (17.8) 1.122
.236 (41.3)
.701 (41.3)
(34.9) (34.9)
1.626 1.626 1.374
Tactiles
1.374
Tilt
Maximum Panel Thickness: .126” (3.2mm) Maximum Panel Thickness: .126” (3.2mm)
TERMINALS
Touch
.187” (4.75mm)
No Code Solder Lug
Z Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (9.0)
(6.35)
Indicators
(2.0) .354
(4.5) .079 .250
(2.6) .177
.102 (1.3) Dia (4.75)
(1.25)
.049 .051 .187
Thk = (1.0) Thk = (0.8)
.039 .031
P
Accessories
Straight PC
1b 1b 2b 1b 2b 1b
Epoxy Seal
(7.6)
.299 SPST 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 SPDT 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 DPST 2 1
(7.62) Typ
.300 DPDT 2 1
(7.62) Typ
.300
(4.8)
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com B117
Series P Internationally Approved Rockers/Paddles
Toggles
ROCKER/PADDLE CAPS
For N Frame
AT4148 AT4149
Rockers
D E
B .365” (9.27mm) Wide Rocker .365” (9.27mm) Wide Paddle
(9.27) (2.13)
(16.87) .365 .084
(9.27) .664
.365 (3.96)
(13.49)
Pushbuttons
.661
For Y Frame
AT4156 AT4157
J .595” (15.11mm) Wide Rocker
H .595” (15.11mm) Wide Paddle
(14.33) (2.36)
.564 .093
(4.75)
(15.11) (26.78) .187
.595 1.054
(29.82) (13.5) R
(23.01) 1.174 .531
.906
(11.0)
(7.3)
Keylocks
(6.6) .433
(10.11) .260 .287
.398
(3.5) (3.5)
.138 (15.11) (26.8)
.595 1.055 .138
Rotaries
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Material: Polyamide Finish: Matte
N Frame (12.8)
.504
(12.3)
.484
(0.6)
.024
(3.2) Dia Typ
.126
(1.25) x (2.0) Typ
.049 x .079
Tactiles
(1.0) Typ
.039
1b
(0.8)
(34.9) .031
1.374 (20.5)
25° .807
(41.3) (7.62) 1
1.626 .300
1a
Tilt
(0.5)
.020
(9.27) (3.5) (5.0) (2.6)
.365 .138 .197 .102
(13.5) (9.65) (22.0) (11.0)
.531 .380 .866 .433
Touch
P2012N-DC P2011 & P2021 models do not have terminals 1a & 2a.
(1.0) Typ
.039
(0.8) 2b 1b
(34.9) .031
1.374
25° (20.5)
(41.3) (7.62) 2 1 .807
Accessories
1.626 .300
2a 1a
(0.5)
.020
P2022Y-JC P2011 & P2021 models do not have terminals 1a & 2a.
B118 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B119
Series SW Medium Capacity Rockers
Toggles
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Sealing: Dustproof cover of silicone rubber on SW3006A, SW3007A, & SW3008A
Slides
Installation
Maximum Panel Thickness: Shown with following drawings
Tactiles
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Touch
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
Indicators
VDE: License No. 40028826 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/V” to end of part number to order VDE approved switch.
Accessories
B120 www.nkkswitches.com
Medium Capacity Rockers Series SW
Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG
* UL & CSA recognized only when
ordered with marking on switch Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
(see General Specs)
Rockers
*Approvals Down Center Up
AC
Resistive
AC DC
Inductive
AC 125V
α=
Angle B
Model R
Pole 125V 250V 30V PF 0.6 of Throw
Pushbuttons
SW3002A SPDT ON 2-3 NONE ON 2-1 15A 6A 15A 10A 24°
2 (COM)
Programmable Illuminated PB
Throw & SPST INTERNAL SPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: CONNECTION
3 1
actually on the switch.
1 3
3
(30.0) (28.0)
(38.0) (4.8) Typ 1.181 1.102
(27.0) 2
1.496 1.063 .189 (45.0) (38.0)
1.772 1.496
Keylocks
(21.4)
.843 1
Rotaries
.531 .224 1.232 .709
Slides
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized Rocker Position/Connected Terminals ( ) = Momentary
only when ordered with marking
on switch (see General Specs) Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive α=
Tactiles
AC AC DC AC 125V Angle
Model Pole of Throw
R
R C US
125V 250V 30V PF 0.6
SW3006A DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 20A 10A 20A 10A 24°
SW3007A –– –– DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 15A 10A 28°
Tilt
SW3008A –– –– –– DPDT (ON) 2-3 5-6 OFF (ON) 2-1 5-4 15A 6A 15A 10A 24°
2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematic: actually on the switch.
3 1 6 4
Touch
M3 x 6 (9.6) (2.4) Dia Typ (0.8) Typ
.378 .094 .031
(3.5) Dia Typ
.138
Indicators
6 3
(31.2) (28.0)
(38.0) (27.0) (4.8) Typ 1.228 1.102
1.496 1.063 .189 (45.0) (38.0)
5 2 1.772 1.496
(21.4)
Accessories
.843 4 1
www.nkkswitches.com B121
Series SW High Capacity Rockers
Toggles
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Slides
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL or cULus recognition designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find UL or cULus rating details.
Tilt
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” to end of part number to order CSA certified switch.
CSA certification designated beside part numbers on following pages.
See Supplement section to find CSA rating details.
Touch
1 4
2 5 2
5
Minus Pole
Connection 3 6
3 6
Contact Connection Position
Supplement
B122 www.nkkswitches.com
High Capacity Rockers Series SW
Toggles
DOUBLE POLE WITH SCREW LUG
Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
AC AC
Rockers
B
AC AC DC DC DC DC DC
125V 250V
Model 125V 250V 30V 48V 125V 250V 400V
R
Pushbuttons
SW3823 DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 30A 30A 30A — 1A — — 30A 15A
SW3821D DPST ON 2-3 5-6 NONE OFF — — — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A (10A) — —
SW3822D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 — — 30A 30A 20A 15A 4A — —
SW3823D DPDT ON 2-3 5-6 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 — — 30A 30A 15A — — — —
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPST DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Schematics: 3 6 3 1 6 4 actually on the switch.
* UL/CUL & CSA for the following ratings: UL/CUL: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC; CSA: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on switch (see General Specs)
( ) capacity is due to series wiring, see General Specifications page.
M3 x 6 (13.2) (1.0) (12.0)
.520 .039 .472
M4.5x6
Keylocks
6 3
(42.0)
1.654
(46.0)
1.811 (36.0) 26°
1.417 (56.0)
(12.0) Typ 5 2 2.205
(31.0) .472 4 1
1.220
Rotaries
(22.0) (6.7) (44.5) (24.0)
.866 .264 1.752 .945
SW3821 & SW3821D do not have terminals 1 & 4. Maximum Effective Panel Thickness .177” (4.5mm). Panel cutout shown below. SW3822
Slides
THREE POLE WITH SCREW LUG
Rocker Position/Connected Terminals Electrical Capacity
*Approvals Down Center Up Resistive Inductive
Tactiles
AC AC DC DC AC 125V AC 250V
Model Pole
R
R C US
125V 250V 30V 125V PF 0.6 PF 0.6
SW3831 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3832 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3833 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 30A 30A 30A 1A 30A 15A
SW3831D 3PST ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE OFF — — — 30A 15A — —
Tilt
SW3832D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 NONE ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 — — 30A 15A — —
SW3833D 3PDT ON 2-3 5-6 8-9 OFF ON 2-1 5-4 8-7 — — 30A 15A — —
2 5 (COM) 8 2 5 (COM) 8
Throw & 3PST 3PDT Note: Terminal numbers are
Touch
Schematics: 3 6 9 3 1 6 4 9 7 actually on the switch.
* UL/CUL & CSA for the following ratings: UL/CUL: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC; CSA: 30A @ 30V DC, 15A @ 125V DC
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on switch (see General Specs)
Indicators
6
9 3 (37.0)
Accessories
(42.0) 1.457
1.654
(46.0) (46.0)
(36.0) 26° 1.811
1.811
1.417 (12.0) Typ 5
8 2 (56.0)
.472 7 1 2.205
(31.0)
1.220 4
Supplement
SW3831 & SW3831D do not have terminals 1, 4 & 7. Maximum Effective Panel Thickness .177” (4.5mm)
www.nkkswitches.com B123
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers
General Specifications
Toggles
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug, screw & quick connect terminal models
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,250V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum
3,750V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Wire Lead Covers: Heat resistant polyvinyl chloride (Leads are AWG 14)
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –25°C through +85°C (–13°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Slides
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Front Panel Seal: IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion for all models
Tactiles
Behind Panel Seal: IP60 of IEC60529, dust tight but not water protected for solder lug, screw & quick connect models
IP67 of IEC60529, dust tight & water protected during temporary immersion for wire lead models
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models approved at 15A @ 125/250V AC & 15A @ 30V DC.
VDE: License No. 40028806 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Indicators
B124 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Rockers Series WR
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
Single unit construction of the flange and outer housing gives added B
protection from environmental elements.
Pushbuttons
Specially designed contact mechanism for breaking
light welds.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Minimal contact bounce achieved with specially
designed interlocked switching mechanism.
Keylocks
provides high arc and tracking resistance.
Rotaries
and wire lead terminations.
Slides
Tactiles
Sealed Construction Meets IP60 & IP67 Standards
Tilt
Actual Size
Solder lug, screw, and quick connect terminal models
meet IP67 of IEC60529 Standards at front panel (dust
tight and water protected for temporary immersion,
Touch
patent pending). Behind panel standard is IP60 (dust
tight but not water protected).
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com B125
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers
Toggles
WR 1 2 B S
Rockers
B
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
.250” (6.35mm)
FN Quick Connect
without Epoxy Seal
L Wire Lead
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & VDE marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & VDE recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tactiles
Specific models, ratings and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
WR12BS
Ivory Rocker
Indicators
SPDT
Accessories
ON-NONE-ON Circuit
B126 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Rockers Series WR
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Rocker Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Down Center Up Down Center Up
Note: Terminal numbers are not B
Pole Model
actually on wire lead models.
Pushbuttons
1a (COM)
SP WR11 ON NONE OFF 1a-1b OPEN OPEN SPST
1b
Programmable Illuminated PB
WR12 ON NONE ON
WR13 ON OFF ON 1 (COM)
SP WR15 ON NONE (ON) 1-1b OPEN 1-1a SPDT
1a 1b
WR18 (ON) OFF (ON)
WR19 ON OFF (ON)
Keylocks
(7.8) (2.4) Dia Typ (4.8) Typ
NKK P/N This Side .307 .094 .189
Rotaries
1a
(11.3) Typ
(41.0) .445
1.614 (28.8) + 0.3
(34.2) – 0.0
24° 1.134
1
1.346
(30.0) (25.4)
1.181 (34.2)
1.00 1.346 1b
Slides
(0.8) Typ + 0.3
.031 (17.2) – 0.0
.677
(12.9) (4.8) (15.8)
.508 .189 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (35.4) (17.2)
.098 1.394 .677
Tactiles
.945
Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) WR12AS
Tilt
Screw Lug Terminals
Touch
M3.5 x 5 Typ
.307 .260
(11.2) Typ 1a
(41.0) .441
Indicators
1
1.614 (28.8)
+ 0.3
(34.2) – 0.0
24°
(30.0) 1.134 1.346
1.181 (25.4)
1.00 (34.2) 1b
1.346
(1.0) Typ
Accessories
+ 0.3
.039 (17.2) – 0.0
.677
(12.9) (8.3) (15.8)
.508 .327 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (38.9) (17.2)
.945 .098 1.531 .677
Panel Thickness
Supplement
.039” ~ .157”
WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm) WR12AT
www.nkkswitches.com B127
Series WR Environmentally Sealed Rockers
Toggles
B
NKK P/N This Side (7.8) (1.65) Dia Typ
.307 .065
Pushbuttons
(0.8) Typ
.031
1a
(41.0)
1.614 (22.6)
Programmable Illuminated PB
+ 0.3
(6.35) (7.5) 1 .890 (34.2) – 0.0
24˚ .250 .295 1.346
(30.0) (28.8)
1.181 (25.4)
1.00 1.134
(34.2) 1b
1.346
+ 0.3
(3.95) (17.2) – 0.0
.156 .677
(7.95) (3.6)
.313 .142
(12.9) (10.75) (15.8)
.508 .423 .622
(24.0) (2.5) (41.35) (17.2)
.945 .098 1.628 .677
Panel Thickness
Keylocks
.039” ~ .157”
WR13AF WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
1a
(41.0)
1.614 (34.2) + 0.3
24° 1 (34.2) – 0.0
(30.0) 1.346 1.346
(25.4)
Tactiles
1.181 1b
1.00
+ 0.3
(17.2) – 0.0
.677
(12.9) (10.0)
.508 .394
(24.0) (2.5) (39.5) (200.0) +
– (20.0) (17.2)
Tilt
Panel Thickness
.039” ~ .157”
WR15BL WR11 model does not have terminal 1. (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Indicators
Wire leads are covered with heat Terminal Numbers & Wire Colors
Accessories
B128 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com B129
Notes
B130 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Pushbuttons
Toggles
AB Series................................C6
Rockers
C
BB Series .............................. C12
Programmable Illuminated PB
DB Series.............................. C18
0.4VA Logic Level
Keylocks
3A Power Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC
Snap-in Mount
Touch
Bushing Mount
Supplement
C2 www.nkkswitches.com
Pushbuttons Contents
Toggles
GB Series ............................. C44
Rockers
0.4VA Logic Level; Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Pushbuttons
C
GB2 Series ........................... C48
Programmable Illuminated PB
0.4VA Logic Level
Straight & Right Angle PC
Keylocks
Gull Wing Terminals
Upright & Right Angle Mount
Rotaries
JP Series ............................... C58
Slides
10A or 16A Power Level
Solder Lug
Snap-in Mount
Tactiles
M2B Series ........................... C64
Tilt
1A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Process Sealed
Straight, Right Angle, & Vertical PC
Touch
Bushing Mount
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C3
Contents Pushbuttons
Toggles
Bushing Mount
PCB Mount
Tilt
C4 www.nkkswitches.com
Pushbuttons Contents
Toggles
MB2500 Series ....................C121
Rockers
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug & Straight PC
PCB Mount
Pushbuttons
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Solder Lug
Snap-in Mount
SB Series .............................C128
Keylocks
3A to 15A Power Level
Solder Lug & Screw Lug
Rotaries
Bushing Mount
Slides
3A Power Level
Solder Lug
Tactiles
Bushing Mount
Tilt
SCB Series........................... C131
15A & 1/2 HP Power Level
Quick Connect Touch
Bushing Mount
Indicators
WB Series ...........................C134
Accessories
Environmentally Sealed
6A Power Level
Solder Lug, Screw Lug, & Wire Lead
Supplement
Bushing Mount
www.nkkswitches.com C5
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 2.55N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .028” (0.7mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.03N (11.2 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators
The AB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
C6 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Subminiature size (1/3 size of Series M switches) saves space on PC boards.
Pushbuttons
C
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving automated soldering
and cleaning.
Keylocks
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement
Rotaries
section.)
Slides
terminals lock out flux, solvents, and other contaminants.
Tactiles
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing.
Tilt
Matching indicators available.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C7
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
AB 2 5 A P H A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C Poles
SPST
1 PC Terminals
SPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 DPDT P Straight
B Straight with Bracket
B1 Straight with Inline Bracket (SP only)
H Right Angle with Bracket
V Vertical with Bracket
Circuits V1 Vertical with Inline Bracket (SP only)
1 OFF (ON)
Keylocks
5 ON (ON)
( ) = Momentary
Rotaries
DPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
Accessories
Supplement
C8 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
C
INTERNAL
SP AB11 OFF (ON) OPEN 3-1 SPST CONNECTION
1 3
2 (COM)
SP AB15 ON (ON) 2-3 2-1 SPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 3
2 (COM) 5
DP AB25 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
1 3 4 6
PLUNGERS
.213” (5.4mm) .183” (4.6mm) .080” (2.03mm)
A Long
(2.8) Dia
.110
B Long (2.8) Dia C Long
.110 (2.8) Dia
(on SP only) (on SP only)
Keylocks
.110
Rotaries
Standard Plunger Color: White Contact factory for red or black options.
PC TERMINALS
Slides
Straight Right Angle Vertical
P Straight
B with Bracket
H with Bracket
V with Bracket
(10.16) (5.08)
.400 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ
Tactiles
(5.08) (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .024
.200 (2.54) Typ .100 .100 (0.6) Dia Typ (0.5) Typ
(2.54) Typ (5.08) .100 .024 .020
.100 .200 (0.6) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ (0.3) Typ .024 (2.54) Typ
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ .012 (0.7) Typ .100
.028 (5.08)
.024 .200 (0.3) (5.08)
.012 (0.7) .200
(0.8) (0.3)
.031 .028 .012
(0.5) (0.7)
Tilt
.020 .028
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
Touch
B1 & V1 terminal dimensions appear on the pushbutton drawings which follow.
SLIP-ON CAPS
Indicators
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter Cap
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter Cap
(2.8) Dia
.110 (2.8) Dia
(5.1) Dia .110
(7.5) Dia
Accessories
.201
Material: Polyamide Material: Polyamide .295
Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
www.nkkswitches.com C9
Series AB Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
3
(0.8) Dia Typ
(2.8) Dia
AB25AP-FA
(2.8) Dia
(0.4) .110 (5.4) (0.8) (0.3) Typ (0.7) Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
Slot .016 .031 .028 .031
.213 .012
(9.5) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) (5.08)
.374 .248 .516 .122 .200
AB25AB-FA
Indicators
.012 .201
(3.3) (5.08)
.131 .200
(5.0) (6.18) 1 3
.197 3 1 .243
(5.08)
.200
(2.8) Dia
(0.3) Typ .110 (5.4) (0.7) (3.1)
.012 .213 .028 .122 (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement
C10 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Pushbuttons Series AB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole (Double Throw) Right Angle PC
Rockers
(6.0) (4.0) (0.8)
.236 (0.3) (5.1) Dia .157 Slot .031
.012 .201
COM
(3.3) (2.54) Typ
.131 .100
(5.0) (6.18) 1 2 3
.197 3 2 1
.243
(5.08)
Pushbuttons
(2.8) Dia .200
C
(0.3) Typ .110 (5.4) (0.7) (3.1)
.012 .213 .028 .122 (0.8) Dia Typ
(5.08) (6.3) (5.08) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.200 .248 .200 .024
(9.8) (10.8) (9.38) (2.54) Typ
.386 .425 .369 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB
AB15AH-FA
COM
.016 .201 (2.54)
3 2 1
1 2 3 .100
(5.0) (10.0) 4 5 6
Keylocks
(5.08) (5.08) (0.5)
.200 .200 .020 .024
(9.8) (9.8) (12.92) (2.54) Typ
.386 .386 .509 .100
AB25AH-FA
Rotaries
(5.0) (4.0)
.197 (0.4) (5.1) Dia .157
.016 .201 (1.0)
1 .039
(6.0) (9.7) 1
(2.54) Typ
.236 (4.5) .383 2
.100
3
.177 3
(5.08)
Slides
Slot (2.8) Dia .200
.110 (0.7) (1.0) (0.6) Dia Typ
.028 .039 .024 (0.8) Dia Typ
(0.3) Typ (5.4) (5.08) (3.9) (1.0) CL .031
.012 .213 .200 .153 .039
(1.0) (6.3) (5.08) (5.08)
.039 .248 .200 .200
(5.84) (10.8) (14.46)
Tactiles
.230 .425 .569 CL
Tilt
1
(6.0) (10.2) 1 .100
2
.236 (5.3) COM .402 2
3
.208 3
Touch
(0.3) Typ (2.54) (1.0) (3.1) (1.0) .100
.012 .100 .039 .122 .039 CL
(2.54) (6.3) (2.54) Typ (5.08)
.100 .248 .100 .200
(5.84) (10.8) (14.46)
.425 .569 CL
.230
AB11 model does not have terminal 2. AB15AV-FA
Indicators
1 4
.200
(6.0) (10.2) 4 1 (2.54) Typ
2 5
.236 (5.3) COM .402 5 2 .100
3 6
.208 6 3
www.nkkswitches.com C11
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Alternate: Pretravel .039” (1.0mm); Overtravel .039” (1.0mm); Total Travel .079” (2.0mm)
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.03N (11.2 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator;
Touch
PCB Processing
Indicators
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
C12 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Subminiature size (1/3 size of Series M switches) saves space on PC boards.
Pushbuttons
Specifically developed for logic-level applications.
C
Available in momentary and maintained circuits.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Industry’s smallest alternate action (maintained)
pushbutton with latchdown feature providing
visible, audible, and tactile feedback.
Keylocks
prevents static discharge to the contacts. Static
electricity from an operator’s touch travels from
the actuator through the bushing and bracket to
the PC board.
Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
Slides
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tactiles
Smooth, 6mm diameter bushing simplifies panel layout.
Tilt
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact contamination
and allows time- and money-saving soldering and cleaning.
Touch
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms to standard
PC board grids.
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C13
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles
BB 1 5 A H F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C Poles PC Terminals
1 SPDT P Straight
Programmable Illuminated PB
BB15AH-FA
Touch
SPDT
Black .201” (5.1mm) ON-(ON) Circuit
Diameter Cap
Right Angle PC Terminals
Indicators
C14 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
2 (COM)
BB15 ON (ON)
SP
BB16 ON ON
2-3 2-1 SPDT
1 3
C
2 (COM) 5
BB25 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
BB26 ON ON 1 3 4 6
PLUNGERS
Keylocks
Contact factory for other colors and lengths.
PC TERMINALS
Rotaries
Use of a support bracket is recommended to increase PCB mounting strength and stability.
(10.16)
Straight .400
P Straight (2.54) Typ B with Bracket (5.08)
Both single pole and double pole .100 .200
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.6) Dia Typ
alternate action models have .024
(5.08)
.200
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Slides
(5.08)
double pole bases. .200 (0.6) Typ
.024
(0.4) Typ
.016
Tactiles
H Right Angle with Bracket V Vertical with Bracket W Straight Long (2.54) Typ
(5.08) .100
.200 (0.6) Dia Typ
Tilt
(2.54) Typ .024
.100 (0.5) Typ
(0.6) Dia Typ .020
.024 (0.6) Dia Typ (18.9)
(2.54) Typ .024 .744
.100 (2.54) Typ
(0.6) .100
.024 (0.4)
(0.6)
Touch
.016 .024
(0.5) Typ (0.4)
.020 .016
Indicators
SLIP-ON CAPS
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter Cap (2.8) Dia
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter Cap (2.8) Dia
.110
Accessories
Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
www.nkkswitches.com C15
Series BB Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons
Toggles
BB15AP-FA Momentary
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 4 1
2 5
(8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (3.5) (0.6) Dia Typ
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .138 .024
.201
(5.08) (2.54)
.200 .100
Keylocks
(2.8) Dia
Slot .110 (5.4) (0.8) (2.54) Typ (5.08) (2.54)
.213 .031 .100 4 1 .200 1 .100
(8.8) (6.3) (13.1) (3.1) 5 2 2 (2.54) Typ
.346 .248 .516 .122 6 3 3
.100
(2.54) Typ
CL
Rotaries
.100
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
.031 .031
BB15AB-FA Momentary
1 4 1
2 5 (8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
Indicators
C16 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Subminiature Antistatic Pushbuttons Series BB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Right Angle PC
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7)
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106
Rockers
COM
.201 (3.4) (2.54) Typ
.134 .100
(7.3) 1 2 3
3 2 1 .287 (5.08)
.200
(2.8) Dia Slot
.110 (0.4) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
Pushbuttons
.016 .122 .024 .031
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (5.08) (2.54) Typ
.024
(5.08)
.200
.213
(6.3)
.248
(13.9)
.546
.200
(8.8)
.346
.100
C
Momentary BB15AH-FA
Programmable Illuminated PB
Double Pole BB16AH Right Angle PC
COM
COM
3 2 1
(8.8) (8.8)
.346 .346
6 5 4 3 2 1
Keylocks
Slot
.110
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (2.54) (0.5)
.024 .213 .016 .100 .020 (2.54) Typ
(5.08) (2.7) (5.08) .100
.200 .106 .200 (2.54) (2.54) Typ
(8.8) (6.3) (16.4)
1 2 3 .100 .100
1 2 3
.346 .248 .646 4 5 6
(5.08) (5.08)
Rotaries
.200 .200
Slides
Single Pole Vertical PC
(6.0) Dia (4.0) (2.7)
.236 (5.1) Dia .157 .106 (1.0)
.201 .039 (2.54) Typ
1 1 .100
2 (8.8) 2
Tactiles
(1.0) (4.4) COM 3 .346 3
.039 .173 (5.08)
(2.8) Dia .200
Slot .110
(0.8) Dia Typ
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (0.5) (3.1) (0.6) Dia Typ .031
.024 .213 .016 .020 .122 .024
(2.54) (5.08) (2.54) Typ (1.0) CL (2.54)
.100 .200 .100 .039 .100
(8.0) (6.3) (18.9) CL
.315 .248 .746
Tilt
Momentary BB15AV-FA
1 4 1 Touch
2 5
(8.8) 2
(8.8)
COM .346 COM .346
3 6 3
Indicators
Slot
.110 (5.08)
(0.6) Typ (5.4) (0.4) (0.5) (3.1) .200 (2.54) Typ
.024 .213 .016 .020 .122 .100
4 1 (2.54) Typ 1
(5.08) (5.08) (2.54) Typ 5 2 .100 2
.200 .200 .100 3 3 (2.54) Typ
6
(8.8) (6.3) (18.9)
.346 .248 .746 (5.08) (5.08) .100
.200 .200
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C17
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.68Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 78.5N (17.65 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
These switches are designed for use in low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
C18 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Both PCB and panel mounting options available.
Pushbuttons
C
Choice of cap sizes in .315” (8.0mm) and .394” (10.0mm)
diameter cap design for simple, snap-on installation.
Programmable Illuminated PB
High torque bushing prevents rotation and separation
from metal frame during installation.
Keylocks
Snap action contacts give smooth actuation, short
stroke, light touch, and audible feedback. This
Rotaries
mechanism also provides long mechanical life.
Slides
dust, and other contaminants.
Tactiles
conforms to standard PC board grid spacing. Round
terminals for easier through-hole mounting on PC boards.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C19
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
DB25 21 B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits PC Terminals
Programmable Illuminated PB
Diameter Cap
DPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Tactiles
3 (COM)
SP DB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
Accessories
1 2
3 (COM) 6
DP DB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
Supplement
1 2 4 5
C20 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Straight PC
Rockers
(0.3) (7.6) M6 P0.75
.012 .299
1
1
(5.08) Typ
(14.7) (8.0) Dia .200 2
Pushbuttons
2
.579 .315 (5.08) Typ
.200
C
3
3
Programmable Illuminated PB
.181
(7.0) (8.8) (7.2) (17.5)
.276 .346 .283 .689
(0.3) (7.6)
.012 M6 P0.75 (5.08)
.299
.200
4 1
1 4
(5.08) Typ
(14.7) .200
Keylocks
(8.0) Dia 5 2
.579 2 5
.315 (5.08) Typ
6 3 .200
3 6
Rotaries
.012 .181
(12.4) (8.8) (7.2) (17.5) (5.08)
.488 .346 .283 .689 .200
Slides
(7.6) (6.2) Dia (3.5) (0.4) Typ (5.08)
.299 .244 .138 .016 .200
Tactiles
1
1 (7.62) Typ
(5.08) Typ .300
(16.44) (8.0) Dia .200 (14.4) 2
.315 (15.24) 2
.647 .600 .567 (5.08) Typ
3 .200
3
Keyway
(0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.031 .100 .039
CL
Tilt
(4.6) (0.7) Typ
.181 .028
(7.0) (8.8) (6.8) (17.9) (5.08)
.276 .346 .268 .705 .200
4 1
1 4 (7.62) Typ
(5.08) Typ .300
(16.44) (8.0) Dia .200 (14.4) 5 2
.315 (15.24) 2 5
.567
.647 (5.08) Typ
Accessories
.600
6 3 .200
3 6
Keyway
(0.3) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.012 .031 .100 CL .039
(7.0) (4.6) (0.7) Typ
.276 .181 .028
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C21
Series DB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
(6.5)
.256 (15.24)
C
.600
(0.7) Typ (0.3) (0.4) (3.5)
.028 .012 .016 .138
(5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia
.200 .035 .031 (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
(5.08) Typ .100 .039
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 2 3
(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138 (0.7) Typ (0.4) (0.5) (3.5)
.028 .016 .020 .138
(5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.200 .035 .031 .100 .039
CL
(14.4) (8.8) (6.8) (15.24) (2.54) (5.08) Typ
Rotaries
(6.2) Dia
.244
(7.6) Keyway
.299 (2.54) Typ
3
3 .100
2
(14.7)
.579 (8.0) Dia 1
Tactiles
2
(0.3) .315 (0.3) (3.5)
.012 .012 .138 1
(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138
(0.7) Typ (0.4) (1.0) (0.5)
.028 .016 .039 .020 (2.54) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
Tilt
Keyway
.299
(2.54) Typ
6 3 6 3 .100
(14.4) 5 2
.579 (8.0) Dia 5 2 4 1
.315
(0.3) (0.3) (3.5)
.012 .012 .138 4 1
Accessories
(15.24)
.600
(3.5)
.138 (0.7) Typ (0.4) (1.0) (0.5)
.028 .016 .039 .020
(0.3) (5.08) (0.9) (0.8) Dia Typ (5.08) (1.0) Dia Typ
.012 .200 .035 .031 .200 .039
Supplement
C22 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series DB
Toggles
OPTIONAL CAPS & COLORS
AT443 AT442
.315” (8.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap
Rockers
Cap Colors Cap Colors
(7.6) (8.0)
Available: .299 Available: .315
Pushbuttons
A E A E
C
(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
Black Yellow .315
Black Yellow .394
B White
F B White
F
Green Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
C Red
G Blue
C Red
G Blue
Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware Optional Hardware
Keylocks
AT513M AT509 AT507M AT501M
Metric Hexagon Nut Lockwasher Metric Locking Ring Metric Knurled Face Nut
Rotaries
Brass with Steel with Steel with Brass with
Nickel Plating Zinc/Chromate Zinc/Chromate Chrome Plating
(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75 M6 P0.75
Slides
(8.0) (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (12.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
.315 .252 .472 .394
.402 (2.0)
.079
(5.5)
Tactiles
.217
Tilt
2 AT513M Metric Hexagon Nuts With Without With Standard Hardware
1 AT509 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Standard Hardware Bottom Hex Nut & Optional Locking Ring
Touch
(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia (6.5)
Lockwasher Locking Ring (6.35) Dia (0.6) .256 .256
(Optional) .250 .024
Lock Nut (2.2) Dia
.087
Accessories
Optional Hardware:
AT507M Metric Locking Ring Maximum Effective Maximum Effective Maximum Effective
Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness:
Note: Cap must be snapped on .118” (3.0mm) .185” (4.7mm) .087” (2.2mm)
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C23
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts and case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver;
50,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 2.35N for Momentary and 2.65N for Alternate Action
Double Pole: 2.94N for Momentary and 3.63N for Alternate Action
Travel: Momentary: Pretravel .047” (1.2mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .063” (1.6mm)
Keylocks
Alternate: Pretravel .071” (1.8mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .087” (2.2mm)
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.47Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.68Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 78.5N (17.65 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Solder (Straight PC): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
at 3A @ 125V AC.
C24 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Power and logic level capabilities available to suit varying applications.
Pushbuttons
Bushing and snap-in mount versions available; snap-in models offer
many style and color choices to enhance front panel appearance. C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Light touch actuation.
Keylocks
Case of heat resistant resin meets UL 94V-0 flammability
rating.
Rotaries
double pole devices.
Slides
terminals.
Tactiles
other contaminants.
Tilt
Actual Size
Touch
www.nkkswitches.com C25
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
EB20 65 B F
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits Caps
Programmable Illuminated PB
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Tactiles
Specifications page.
Tilt
SPDT
ON-ON Circuit
Accessories
C26 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
2 (COM)
SP
EB2011
EB2065
ON
ON
(ON)
ON
2-3 2-1 SPDT
3 1
C
2 (COM) 5
EB2061 ON (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
EB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4
No Solder Lug
Code Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC
Keylocks
Solder Lug
G Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
Rotaries
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
(2.0)
.079
Epoxy Seal
Slides
(2.0) (4.0)
.079 (1.1) .157
.043
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com
.028 .020
Tactiles
Straight PC
P Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC
Tilt
Straight PC
PG Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA max @ 28V AC/DC max
PCB Footprints
.169 .185
3 3 6
www.nkkswitches.com C27
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
B AT443 C AT442
.315” (8.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Snap-on Cap
Rockers
A F A F
C Black Green
(7.6)
Black Green
(8.0)
.315
B G B G
.299
(10.0) Dia
C H C H
(8.0) Dia
.315 .394
Red Gray Red Gray
E Yellow
E Yellow
Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Cap Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
Plunger Extension
Due to a difference in plunger lengths on the momentary and alternate action models, cap distance from top of bushing varies.
(2.3) Dia
Keylocks
(8.0) (9.3)
.315 (3.3) Dia .366
.130
(1.4) (1.2) (2.7) (2.5)
.055 .047 .106 .098
Rotaries
(3.9) Typ
(11.0) (8.0) Dia .154 COM 2
.433 .315
(0.5) 1
.020
Tilt
(4.0) Typ
.157
(1.4) (6.8) (4.5)
.055 .268 .177
(7.0) (7.6) (8.5) (18.0) (2.0) Typ
.276 .299 .335 .709 .079
For Momentary Devices
Touch
EB2011-BA
.315
(0.5) 4 1
.020
(4.0) Typ
.157
(1.4) (6.8) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.055 .268 .177 .079
(11.7) (7.6) (8.5) (18.0) (4.7)
Supplement
EB2061-BA
C28 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
HARDWARE
Rockers
2 AT513M Metric Hexagon Nuts AT513M AT509 AT507M
1 AT509 Internal Tooth Lockwasher Metric Hexagon Nut Lockwasher Metric Locking Ring
Pushbuttons
Brass with Steel with Steel with
C
Face Nut
Nickel Plating Zinc/Chromate Zinc/Chromate
Lockwasher Locking Ring
(Optional)
Programmable Illuminated PB
Lock Nut
(6.0) Dia
.236
M6 P0.75
(5.5)
.217
Note: Cap must be snapped on
after the switch is mounted (9.0) (1.5) (0.5) (1.7) (0.8)
into the panel. .354 .059 .020 .067 .031
Keylocks
PANEL CUTOUTS & THICKNESSES
Rotaries
Metric Bushing Standard Hardware & Optional Locking Ring Bottom Hex Nut
Slides
(8.5) (6.5) Dia
(0.8) .335 (6.35) Dia (0.6) .256 .256
.031 .250 .024 (2.2) Dia
(1.7)
.067 .087
(2.5)
.098 Maximum Effective Maximum Effective Maximum Effective
Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness: Panel Thickness:
Tactiles
.118” (3.0mm) .055” (1.4mm) .185” (4.7mm)
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C29
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
EB20 11 B J23
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits Contacts, Ratings, & Terminals Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
SPDT
Accessories
ON-(ON) Circuit
C30 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLES
A C F
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Bezel Colors Led Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bezel without LEDs
A Black F Green
B White G Blue
C Red H Gray
E Yellow
Keylocks
A Black C Red
F Green
Rotaries
Rectangular LEDs
Top LED Bottom LED
A Black
C Red C Red
E Yellow E Yellow
Slides
F Green F Green
Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE WITH BEZEL
EB2011-B-J23ACF
Touch
Black Bezel with 2 Round LEDs:
Top LED Red White Cap with
Bottom LED Green Low Rise Extension
Indicators
Accessories
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
www.nkkswitches.com C31
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
C 2 (COM)
EB2011 ON (ON)
SP 2-3 2-1 SPDT
EB2065 ON ON 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
2 (COM) 5
EB2061 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
EB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4
No Solder Lug
Code
Keylocks
Solder Lug
G
Rotaries
Epoxy Seal
(2.0) (4.0)
.079 (1.1) .157
.043
Thk (0.7) (0.5) Com
.028 .020
Tactiles
Straight PC
P Silver Contacts Power Level 3A @ 125V AC
Tilt
Straight PC
PG
Touch
PCB Footprints
Single Pole Double Pole
Accessories
.071 .071
C32 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
CAP COLORS
Rockers
AT529, and optional bezels which follow.
F G Blue
H Gray
Green
Pushbuttons
(4.4)
C
Cap (2.2) (3.3)
.130
(3.3)
.130
.173
Programmable Illuminated PB
without (11.0) (11.0) (11.0) (11.0)
Keylocks
(2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157 (12.5)
(3.4) (4.5) (2.0) Typ .492
.134 .177 .079
(12.2) (3.3) (11.0) (18.0) (7.0)
.480 .130 .433 .709 .276 Maximum Panel Thickness
For Momentary Devices .039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Cutout applies to SP & DP
Rotaries
High Rise Single Pole EB2011-A-J40
Slides
(2.2) (2.2) (2.2) (2.2)
Extension .087 .087 .087 .087
Tactiles
AT207 Bezel
without LED E Yellow
(11.8)
.465
(15.0)
Material: .591
A Black
F Polycarbonate
(2.2)
.087
Green
Tilt
(12.0)
B White
G Blue Finish:
(15.6)
.614
.472 (12.5)
.492
(21.5)
Glossy .846
Maximum Panel Thickness
C Red
H Gray .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
Cutout applies to SP & DP Touch
Part No.
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Indicators
.043 x .079
(0.7) Typ
.028 6 3
.846
(2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157
(2.2) (4.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.087 .177 .177 .079
(15.6) (1.0) (10.0) (18.0) (4.7)
.614 .039 .394 .709 .185
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C33
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
Extension
J22 (2.2)
.087 J32 (2.2)
.087 J42 (2.2)
.087 J52 (2.2)
.087
Rockers
with (10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
(10.0)
.394
Low Rise Low Rise High Rise High Rise
Bezel
Momentary (4.5)
(2.8)
.110
Alternate (4.5)
(2.8) Momentary (3.4)
(2.8) Alternate (3.4)
(2.8)
.110
.110 .110
.177 .177 .134 .134
Pushbuttons
.543
(12.0) .039” ~ .126” specifications on
.472
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) (15.0) next to last page
.591
Material: Polycarbonate (15.6)
.614
(30.2) Cutout applies to SP & DP of this EB section.
1.19
Finish: Glossy
(5.4) Dia
.213 (12.5)
(4.9) (15.3) Min .492 (2.5)
.193 .602 .098
(0.61) Sq
.024
(5.4) Dia
.213 (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
(19.0) (30.2) .043 x .079
.748 1.190 (0.7) Typ
Keylocks
(13.5) .028
.531 3
.110 .157
(11.8) (2.2) (3.4) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .134 .177 .079
(15.6) (2.1) (10.0) (18.0) (7.0)
.614 .083 .394 .709 .276
For Momentary Devices
.394 .591
A Black
(2.2)
.087
(7.8)
.307 (18.4) LED colors and
.724
(11.8) specifications on
Touch
.465 (21.5) Sq
Material: Polycarbonate (8.0) .846 Maximum Panel Thickness next to last page
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ
Finish: Glossy .118 .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) of this EB section.
Cutout applies to SP & DP
Indicators
2
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
(0.5) 1
.551
.020
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118 (2.8) (4.0) Typ
.110 .157
(11.8) (2.2) (4.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.465 .087 .177 .177 .079
Supplement
C34 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
CAP EXTENSIONS & BEZEL TYPES
(1.0) (2.1) (2.1) (3.2)
Cap .039 .083 .083 .126
Rockers
with Low Rise
(10.0)
Low Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
High Rise (10.0)
.394 .394 .394 .394
Bezel Momentary Alternate Momentary Alternate
(2.8) (2.8) (2.8) (2.8)
(4.5) .110 (4.5) .110 (3.4) .110 (3.4) .110
.177 .177 .134 .134
Pushbuttons
AT213 Bezel with
2 Rectangular LEDs (AT618 LEDs) C
(10.0) (12.0)
.394 .472 (15.0)
A .591
Programmable Illuminated PB
Black (2.0) Typ
(2.2)
LED colors and
.079
.087 specifications on
(7.8) (18.4) next page of this
.307
Material: Polycarbonate (11.8)
.724 EB section.
Finish: Glossy .465
Maximum Panel Thickness
(8.0) (21.5) Sq
.315 (5.0) Typ .846 .039” ~ .126” (1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
.197
Cutout applies to SP & DP
Keylocks
6 3
Rotaries
(2.0) (11.8) (2.2) (3.4) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.079 .465 .087 .134 .177 .079
(21.5) Sq (3.2) (10.0) (18.0) (4.7)
.846 .126 .394 .709 .185
For Alternate Devices
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C35
Series EB Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
(+) (-)
.118 .197
C (5.0)
.197
(7.0)
.276
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side
Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).
Keylocks
(+) (-)
C F C E F C E F
Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 30mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Slides
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Tactiles
Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
∆IF
Above 25°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the lamp.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
C36 www.nkkswitches.com
Light Touch Miniature Pushbuttons Series EB
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for Cap
ON
Pushbuttons
(4.61) Typ
C
(0.38) Typ
Recommended Print Method: .015 .181
Programmable Illuminated PB
(9.98) Sq (0.76) Typ .030 (9.98) (0.76) Typ
FILT AIR
.393 .030 .393 .030
Epoxy based ink is recommended. (11.5) Sq (11.5) Sq
ER .453 .453
AT465 AT465
Keylocks
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C37
Series FB & SB Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
FB Series SB Series
Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 30 milliohms maximum for silver; 10 milliohms maximum for silver;
30 milliohms maximum for gold 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts & 1,000V AC minimum between contacts
between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum & between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum 30,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum 10,000 operations minimum
Keylocks
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to
number to order UL recognized switch. order UL recognized switch.
Models rated 0.5A @ 125V AC Single pole; Models rated 3A @ 125V AC & 2A @ 250V AC.
Momentary action circuit with solder lug Single pole: Momentary action circuit with solder lug
Indicators
terminations. terminations.
C38 www.nkkswitches.com
Momentary Pushbuttons Series FB & SB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Optional caps in different colors to vary appearance
as needed.
Pushbuttons
Low operating force for ease of actuation.
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Rear panel bushing mount with compact
behind panel dimension.
Keylocks
Low cost device of rugged one-piece bushing
and housing construction.
Rotaries
Reliability of construction with an internal guide to
maintain contact alignment.
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size FB Actual Size SB
Touch
www.nkkswitches.com C39
Series FB .5 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles
FB 15AN EP 2 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
( ) = Momentary B White
Gold Contacts
4 C Red
0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
Terminals Caps
EP Epoxy Sealed PC/Turret F .201” (5.1mm) Dia.
Keylocks
IMPORTANT:
Rotaries
Epoxy Sealed
PC/Turret Terminals
Touch
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
1 2
C40 www.nkkswitches.com
.5 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons Series FB
Toggles
TERMINALS
Rockers
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS
Pushbuttons
2 Silver Contacts Power Level 500mA @ 125V AC
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
PC/Turret
Keylocks
(5.1) Dia (4.0) (1.2) (0.15) Typ
.157 M5 P0.5 .047 .006
.201
(5.0) Dia
.197
Rotaries
(2.8) Dia
.110
(5.0) (2.7)
.197 .106
(7.0) Dia (5.9) (4.0) (11.8) (2.54)
.276 .232 .157 .465 .100
Slides
Plunger is white polyacetal. FB15ANEP2-FA
Tactiles
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter
(5.1) Dia (7.5) Dia
Tilt
.201 .295
(4.0) (4.0)
Material: Polyamide (5.9)
.232 .157 Material: Polyamide (5.9)
.232 .157
Touch
M5 P0.5
(5.3) Dia
AT536 Hex Nut (7.0) Panel Thickness: .209
.276
(8.0) (1.2)
.315 .047
www.nkkswitches.com C41
Series SB 3 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons
Toggles
SB40 11NO M
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Pole & Circuits Plunger Colors Contact Materials & Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch. 2F Green
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page. 2G Blue
Slides
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
1 2
SB4011NC ON (OFF) 1-2 OPEN 1 2
C42 www.nkkswitches.com
3 Amp Momentary Pushbuttons Series SB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394
(2.2) Typ
.086
Pushbuttons
(9.0) (4.0) (0.6) Typ
C
.354 .157 .024
(12.0) Dia (6.3) (22.0) (7.3)
.472 .248 .866 .287
SB4011NOM
Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.2) Dia
M12 P1 .047
SB4011NOM
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394
Keylocks
Panel Thickness: Details in Hardware &
SB4011NCM .157” (4.0mm) Accessories section.
Inch Bushing
Rotaries
(1.2) Dia
15/32-32 NS .047
Slides
.086
Tactiles
SB4011NOH
(1.2) Dia
15/32-32 NS .047
SB4011NCH
(8.4) Dia (10.0) Dia
.331 .394
Tilt
(12.5) Dia Hardware provided:
.492
2 AT503H Hex Mounting Nuts
(10.4) (5.0)
.410 .197 1 AT508 Lockwasher
(12.0) Dia (6.3) (23.0)
.472 .248 .906
Touch
Panel Thickness: Details in Hardware &
SB4011NCH .157” (4.0mm) Accessories section.
AT422
.394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap 2A 2C 2F
Black Red Green
Accessories
(10.0) Dia
.394
(6.0)
(8.8) .236
.346
Material: Polyethylene
Finish: Matte
2B White
2E Yellow
2G Blue
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C43
Series GB Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 39.1N (8.8 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
The GB Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
C44 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons Series GB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light
weight of 0.25 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld
Pushbuttons
equipment. C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Totally sealed body construction prevents contact
contamination and allows time- and money-saving
automated soldering and cleaning.
Keylocks
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased
contact stability and unparalleled logic-level
reliability. (Additional STC details in Terms &
Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Rotaries
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal
Slides
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid-
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.
Tactiles
Matching indicators available.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C45
Series GB Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
GB 1 5 A H X C
Rockers
SPDT
.130” (3.3mm) Long Plunger with
ON-(ON) Circuit
.157” (4.0mm) Diameter Red Cap
Right Angle PC Terminals
Rotaries
5 (COM)
Tactiles
5 (COM) 2
DP GB25 ON (ON) 5-6 2-3 5-4 2-1 DPDT
4 6 1 3
Tilt
PLUNGER
(2.0) Dia
A
.079
Touch
PC TERMINALS
P Straight
H Right Angle V Vertical
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.4) Dia Typ
Accessories
(7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5) .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177 .100 .276 .177
C46 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Ultra-Miniature Pushbuttons Series GB
Toggles
SLIP-ON CAP & COLORS
AT4063
X .157” (4.0mm) Diameter Slip-on Cap
(4.0) Dia
.157
Rockers
(3.8)
Material: Polyamide .150
(2.4)
.094
Finish: Glossy Actual Size
Pushbuttons
Cap Colors Available:
A Black
B White
C Red C
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Programmable Illuminated PB
Single & Double Pole Straight PC
(2.54)
.100 4
(2.0) Dia (2.54) Typ
.079 P/N This Side 5
(3.3) .100
.130 (4.0) Dia (0.4) Dia Typ
.157 .016 6
Keylocks
Slot (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54)
.063 .100 .100
4 1
(2.4) (2.54) Typ
.094 5 2 .100
(4.5) (3.8) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .100 6 3
.150 .276 .102
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Rotaries
On single pole switches terminals 1 & 3 are support pins. GB25AP-XC
Slides
(3.3) (2.0) Dia (0.4) 4 5 6
.130 .079 .016
(4.0) Dia (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
.157 .024 .200
3 2 1
(2.24)
.088 (4.9)
(4.0) Dia
.157 .193
Tactiles
(2.6) 6 5 4
.102
COM
Tilt
GB25AH-XC
Slot
(2.54)
(0.4) Dia Typ (2.4) (5.08) (0.5) Typ (0.4) Dia Typ .100
4 1
.016 .094 .200 .020 .016
(2.54) Typ
(2.54) (1.6) (2.54) Typ (2.54) 5 2 .100
.100 .063 .100 .100
6 3
(5.3) (3.8) (12.76) (4.5)
.209 .150 .502 .177 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Supplement
.024 .200
GB25AV-XC
www.nkkswitches.com C47
Series GB2 Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 80 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 500 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 500V AC minimum for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 1.0N
Travel: Pretravel .020” (0.5mm); Overtravel .023 (0.6mm); Total Travel .043” (1.1mm)
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Touch
The GB2 Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Accessories
Supplement
C48 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons Series GB2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Unique, off-center actuator allows high density setup and easy
actuation while avoiding accidental operation in compact
Pushbuttons
environments.
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Side-by-side, block mounting can be achieved by use of bracket
AT546 on straight PC mounting types.
Off-Momentary On Circuit.
Keylocks
Extremely thin size allows high density PCB mounting
and makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.
Rotaries
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with benefits
unavailable in conventional mechanisms: smoother,
Slides
positive detent actuation, increased contact stability
and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional STC
details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tactiles
Molded-in, epoxy sealed terminals lock out flux and other
contaminants.
Tilt
.100” x .100” (2.54mm x 2.54mm) terminal spacing conforms to
standard PC board grid spacing for straight and angle mounting.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C49
Series GB2 Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons
Toggles
GB2 1 5 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C Red C
* Nearest to PC Board
Standard Plunger
Rotaries
SPST
OFF-(ON) Circuit
Straight PC Terminals
with Bracket
Slides
1-2 SPST 1 2
3 4
(3.0) 1
(7.0) .118 1
.276 2
(1.7) 2
.067 (2.0) (1.27) Typ (2.54) Typ
.079 .050 .100
(2.0) (0.8) Dia Typ
Supplement
.079 .031
(2.5) (3.2) (7.0) (3.1) (0.5) Sq Typ
.098 .126 .276 .122 .020
GB215AP
C50 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Thin Pushbuttons Series GB2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Straight PC with Bracket
Rockers
(2.4) (2.7) (0.9) (1.3) (0.565) (0.5)
.094 .106 .035 .051 .0222 .020
Pushbuttons
(1.7) (1.27) Typ (8.5) 2 (2.54) Typ
2
.335 .100
C
.067 (2.0) .050 (0.5) Sq Typ
.079 .020
(2.0) (0.25) Typ
.079 .010 (0.8) Dia Typ
(2.5) (3.2) (7.0) (3.1) (2.75) .031
.098 .126 .276 .122 .108
Programmable Illuminated PB
GB215AB
(7.6) (2.7)
.299 .106
(3.0) (1.75) (3.2)
.118 .069 .126
Keylocks
(3.1) .100
(2.4) (1.3) .122 1 2
(0.9) .094 .051
.035 (1.7) (0.5) (0.5) Sq Typ (5.08)
2 1
Rotaries
.031
GB215AH
Slides
(7.6) (2.7)
.299 .106
(2.4) (3.0) (3.2)
.094 .118 .126
3 4
(2.54)
Tactiles
.100
(5.75) (2.54) Typ
(4.25) .226
.167 .100
4 3
(0.5) (3.1)
(0.9) (1.75) (1.3) .020 .122 1 2
.035 .069 .051
2 1
(1.3) (0.5) (0.5) Sq Typ (5.08) (2.54)
.051 .020 .020 .200 .100
(1.75) (0.56) (0.525) Typ (1.27) Typ
Tilt
(1.7) Typ (0.25) Typ
.067 .010 .069 .022 .0207 .050
(7.62) (2.0) (2.9) (5.08) (2.54) (8.42) (7.62) (0.8) Dia Typ
.300 .079 .114 .200 .100 .3315 .300 .031
GB215A2H
Touch
SNAP-ON CAP & MOUNTING BRACKET
Indicators
(6.5)
.256
(3.0)
AT4137 Rectangular Snap-on Cap Material:
C Red
.118 (3.1)
.122
Phosphor Bronze (0.5) Typ
.020
(3.2) (7.62)
.126 with Tin Plating
Supplement
(2.0) .300
Material: PBT .079
Finish: Glossy
www.nkkswitches.com C51
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles
Installation
Tilt
Mounting: It is recommended that the body of models for upright mounting without bracket be fastened to a
panel or similar support for protection of solder joints from mechanical stress.
Coplanarity: See specifications in Terms & Acronyms in Supplement section.
Touch
Processing
Soldering: Reflow Soldering Recommended. See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators
C52 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting, and extremely light weight
of 0.6 gram makes these switches ideal for handheld equipment.
Pushbuttons
C
Tape-reel and stick-tube packaging allow rapid automated
placement of surface mount devices. Tape-reel packaging
Programmable Illuminated PB
meets EIA-481-D Standard.
Keylocks
Combination of design features achieves total seal and
allows automated processing techniques, including flux
cleaning procedures: one-piece bushing and housing,
rubber seals surrounding actuator and base, epoxy at
Rotaries
joint of case and base, and molded-in, epoxy-sealed
terminals.
Slides
Award-winning STC contact mechanism with
benefits unavailable in conventional mechanisms:
smoother, positive detent actuation, increased contact
stability and unparalleled logic-level reliability. (Additional
Tactiles
STC details in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tilt
and simplified solder joint inspection.
Coplanarity: all considered surfaces must lie between two parallel planes that
area maximum distance apart of .0059” (0.15mm). (Additional coplanarity Touch
details in Terms and Acronyms in the Supplement section.)
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C53
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles
G3B 1 5 A B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Upright Mount
2 DPDT A .130” (3.3mm) Long B White
Gull Wing for
B C Red
Upright with Bracket
Circuits Gull Wing for
H
5 ON (ON) Right Angle Optional Caps
( ) = Momentary Slip-on Cap
.157” (4.0mm) Diameter
X
(For installation after
Packaging processing only)
Keylocks
G3B15AB
Tactiles
.130” (3.3mm)
Long Plunger SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Indicators
5 (COM)
SP G3B15 ON (ON) 5-6 5-4 SPDT
4 6
5 (COM) 2
Supplement
C54 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B
Toggles
PLUNGER & OPTIONAL CAPS
Rockers
Available with bulk pack- Actual Size Factory assembled. Available with tape-reel
(2.0) Dia
aging only. Cap must be or stick-tube packaging only.
.079 installed after processing. (4.0) Dia
.157
Pushbuttons
Caution: Pulling force specification for this
Material: Polyamide
(3.3) (2.4)
(3.8)
.150
cap is not warranted after reflow processing. C
.130 Finish: Glossy .094
Material: Polyamide
Programmable Illuminated PB
Finish: Glossy
Keylocks
.157 Support Legs
1
4 4
(5.08) (8.5) 2 (8.5)
.200 5 COM .335 5
COM .335
6 3 6
(2.0) Dia
.079
Rotaries
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5)
.059
(5.0) (3.3) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .130 .354 .004 .299 .299
G3B25AP
Slides
Single & Double Pole Upright Mounting with Bracket
(0.6) Typ (0.25) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ (3.8) (1.2) Typ
.024 (4.0) Dia .010 .150 .047 .150 .047
.157 Support Legs
Tactiles
1
4 4
(5.08) (11.0) 2 (11.0)
.200 5 COM .433 5COM .433
6 3 6
(2.0) Dia
.079
(0.7) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ
Slot .028 .020 .020
(1.5) (0.9) Typ (0.9) Typ
Tilt
.059 .035 .035
(5.0) (3.3) (9.0) (0.1) (7.6) (7.6)
.197 .130 .354 .004 .299 .299
G3B15AB
Touch
(3.8) Typ
.150 Right Angle Mounting
(2.54) Typ (1.25) Typ
.100 .049
(4.0) Dia
.157
Indicators
(11.0)
.433
(2.0) Dia (0.5) Typ
.079 .020
.059 .035
(3.3) (9.0) (0.55)
.130 .354 .022
Slot
(5.55) (5.55)
.219 .219
Supplement
(0.25) Typ 6 5 4 6 3 5 2 4 1
.010 (8.5) (0.25) (0.1) (0.1)
.335 .010
COM
.004 COM .004 G3B15AH
www.nkkswitches.com C55
Series G3B Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons
Toggles
Pad Layouts for Upright Mounting Upright Mounting with Bracket Right Angle Mounting
Surface Mount (3.8)
(3.8)
Terminals (1.7) Typ
.150
(1.1) Typ Support .150
.067 .043 Pads (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ Support .043 .067
.067 Pads (2.54) Typ
Rockers
(3.8)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.150 (3.8)
(1.7) Typ (1.1) Typ .150
.067 .043 (1.1) Typ (1.7) Typ
(1.7) Typ .043 .067
.067 (1.27) Typ
(2.54) Typ 1
(2.54) Typ 1 .050
.100 .100 (9.75) 1
4 2 4 2 .384 4
(9.75) 2
(2.54) Typ
Double Pole 5
3 (2.54) Typ
5
3 .100
.384 5
3 (0.635) Typ
Double Throw (0.635)
.025
6 .100 (0.635) Typ
.025
6 (0.635)
.025
6 .025
(0.7) Typ (6.0) (0.7) Typ (0.7) Typ
(0.635) (1.55) Typ .028
.028 .236 .025 .028 (6.0) (1.55) Typ .061 (3.0)
.236 .061
.118
Keylocks
PACKAGING
No
Rotaries
Partitioned Tray
Code for Upright & Right Angle
Any quantity
Slides
No code is required.
Tilt
Touch
Tape-Reel
R for Right Angle
C56 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Process Sealed SMT Pushbuttons Series G3B
Toggles
PACKAGING (CONTINUED)
Stick-Tube
S for Upright Mount
Rockers
50 pieces per stick
Pushbuttons
Switches must be ordered in 50-piece increments when
stick-tube packaging is selected.
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Tape-Reel Packaging for Right Angle Mount
Keylocks
Minimum Leader Length: 7.87” (200mm) Minimum Trailer Length: 1.97” (50mm)
(2.0) Typ (16.0) Typ (4.0) Typ (1.5) Dia Typ (6.0)
Rotaries
.079 .630 .157 .059 .236
(1.75) (0.4)
.069 .016
Slides
.512 .945 (8.6)
.701 .339
(2.0) Typ
.079
(1.5) R
Overall Dia (330.0) Terminal #1 .059
13.0 (2.0)
(21.0) Dia .079 (24.4) (2.1) Dia Typ (2.0)
Direction of Feed
Tactiles
.827 .961 .083 .079
Tilt
Stick-Tube Packaging for Upright Mount
L = Length (7.7)
.303
Indicators
Stick-Tube Dimensions
www.nkkswitches.com C57
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
C Contact Resistance:
Insulation Resistance:
20 milliohms maximum
1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 2,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
4,000V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Rotaries
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Process Seal: Dust resistant inner seal
Installation
Tactiles
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Steady State Current (rms) 7.5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 111A
JPM (TV-5) Endurance Test @ 125V AC for 25,000 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 5A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 78A
JPL (TV-8) Overload Test @ 125V AC for 50 operations:
Steady State Current (rms) 12A; Minimum Inrush Current (peak) 163A
Touch
All JPM models certified at 10A @ 125V AC, TV5 & JPL models at 16A @ 125V AC, TV8.
VDE: License No. 40028887 - Approved only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/V” before dash in part number to order VDE approved switch.
Accessories
All JPM models approved at steady state 5A, inrush 80A, resistive 10A, & motor load 6A all at
250V AC.
License No. 40039784
All JPL models approved at steady state 8A, inrush 128A, resistive 16A, & motor load 8A all at
Supplement
250V AC.
C58 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Pushbuttons Series JP
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Industry’s first molded pushbutton with TV rating. Designed to
handle large inrush current. JPM models certified for TV-5
Pushbuttons
rating and JPL models for TV-8 rating.
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.
Keylocks
Specially designed to break light
Rotaries
contact welds.
Slides
Tactiles
Terminals are molded in and epoxy
sealed to lock out flux, dust, and
other contaminants.
Tilt
Outer case of heat resistant resin meets UL’s 94V-0
flammability standard.
Actual Size JPM
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C59
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles
JP M 2 6 B H
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C Ratings Actuators
TV-5 Rated B Flat Cap with Barrier Flange
M
Programmable Illuminated PB
10A @ 125/250V AC
Plunger with Flat Flange; cap
P
TV-8 Rated not supplied with plunger
L
16A @ 125/250V AC
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & VDE markings unless specified.
UL recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Slides
TV-5 Rated
10A @ 125/250V AC
Accessories
DPST
OFF-ON Circuit
Supplement
C60 www.nkkswitches.com
Internationally Approved Pushbuttons Series JP
Toggles
RATINGS
Rockers
L TV-8 Rated Power Level 16A @ 125/250V AC
Pushbuttons
Note: See General Specifications page to find complete explanation of TV ratings. C
POLES & CIRCUIT
Programmable Illuminated PB
Plunger Position Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
1 (COM)
JPM16
SP OFF ON OPEN 1-1a SPST
JPL16 1a
Keylocks
1 (COM) 2
JPM26
DP OFF ON OPEN 1-1a 2-2a DPST
JPL26 1a 2a
Rotaries
ACTUATORS
Slides
The barrier is an integral part The flange is an integral part
of the switch. This housing of the switch. This housing
is black, molded polyamide is black, molded polyamide
matte finish material. matte finish material.
Tactiles
Cap details below. No cap supplied.
Tilt
CAP COLORS
Touch
AT3021 Flat Cap The cap is flush with the barrier
for Actuator Type B with Barrier Flange in normal position and .079”
(18.0)
(2.0mm) below that in latchdown
(22.0)
Indicators
A B C H
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C61
Series JP Internationally Approved Pushbuttons
Toggles
C .039” ~ .157”
(1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
(0.65) R
.026
(4.75)
(3.2)
.126
.187
Thk = (0.5)
(21.2) .020
Programmable Illuminated PB
.835
Flat Cap with Barrier Flange JPM & JPL Single & Double Pole
Keylocks
(9.4) 2a 1a
.370
Rotaries
(0.5)
.020
(4.75) Typ
Slides
JPM26B-H Single pole model does not have terminals 2 & 2a.
Plunger with Flat Flange JPM & JPL Single & Double Pole
Tilt
(2.0)
.079
(1.0)
(3.3) Sq .039 (9.4) 2a 1a
.130 .370
(22.2) (31.0)
.874 (26.6) 1.220
Indicators
COM 2 1
(2.5) Sq 1.047
.098 (1.0) (0.5)
.039 .020
(2.5)
.098
(8.5)
.335 (4.75) Typ
(10.4) .187
Accessories
JPL16P Single pole model does not have terminals 2 & 2a.
C62 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com C63
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 2.94N & double pole 4.90N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .023” (0.6mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)
Keylocks
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy with silver plating (code W); copper with gold plating (code G);
or silver alloy with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Brass with silver or gold plating
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 49.0N (11.0 lbf) for plunger A & 79.4N (17.9 lbf) for plunger B
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Automated cleaning. See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 1A @ 125V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
All models certified at 1A @ 125V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, or 0.4A @ 28V DC.
C64 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Snap-acting contact mechanism gives short travel, sensitive actuation,
light touch, smooth feel, audible feedback, and a longer electrical life.
Pushbuttons
C
Single unit construction of the bushing and top of the
housing gives protection from cleaning fluids or
Programmable Illuminated PB
other liquids.
Keylocks
Ultrasonic welding of upper and lower
housing seals out contaminants and allows
automated soldering and cleaning.
Rotaries
Terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry
of flux, solvents, and other contaminants.
Slides
Tactiles
Bracketed models have crimped bracket legs to
ensure secure PC mounting and prevent dislodging
during automated soldering.
Tilt
Logic level and power capabilities are available to suit varying
applications.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C65
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
M2B 15 A A5 G 30 F C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
A Black
PC Terminals B White
03 Straight C Red
Bushing
Straight with * E Yellow
Slides
.250” (6.35mm) 13
A5 .460” (11.7mm) Bracket * F Green
Double Flatted
30 .150” (3.81mm) Right Angle *G Blue
40 .150” (3.81mm) Vertical *H Gray
Tactiles
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Touch
M2B15AA5G30-FC
C66 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
C
SP M2B15 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
3 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 4
DP M2B25 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5
PLUNGERS
Keylocks
(2.84) Dia (2.85) Dia
.112 .112
For cap codes F & H (3.0) Dia For cap codes B & C (7.8)
(7.16) .118
.282 .307
Material: Material:
Rotaries
Chrome over brass Chrome over brass
BUSHING
Slides
A5 .250” (6.35mm) Double Flatted
(6.8) (6.2)
Tactiles
.268 .244
(5.2) (6.35)
.205 .250
Tilt
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS
G
Indicators
Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
Supplement
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
www.nkkswitches.com C67
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
PC TERMINALS
Straight with
03 Straight
13 .460” (11.7mm) Bracket
Rockers
.046
(5.9)
C
Thk = (0.8)
.031 .232
Programmable Illuminated PB
(3.81)
.150
(3.81)
.150
Keylocks
SNAP-ON CAPS
For Plunger Type A
Rotaries
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm) Diameter
H .295” (7.5mm) Diameter
(7.5) Dia
(5.1) Dia
.201 .295
Slides
AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Tilt
Cap Colors
Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Accessories
Supplement
C68 www.nkkswitches.com
Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons Series M2
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(4.0) NKK P/N This Side
(5.1) Dia .157 (6.2)
.201 .244 3
NC 3
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
Pushbuttons
.185 NO 2 (12.7) 2 .185
C
.500
(2.84) Dia (0.8) Typ COM 1
1
.112 .031 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
(7.16) (6.35) (9.3) (4.8) (1.17)
.282 .250 .366 .189 .046
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.2) (8.05) (21.6) (6.6)
.205 .317 .850 .260
M2B15AA5G03-FC
Keylocks
(4.0) NKK P/N This Side (4.8)
(5.1) Dia .157 (6.2) .189
.201 .244 (4.8)
NC 6 3 .189
(4.7) Typ 3 6
.185 NO 5 2 (12.7)
.500 (4.7) Typ
2 5 .185
Rotaries
(2.84) Dia (0.8) Typ COM 4 1
.112 .031 1 4
Slides
M2B25AA5G03-FC
Tactiles
Single & Double Pole Straight PC • Bracket
Tilt
(5.1) Dia 3
.201 (7.9) Typ
(4.0) .311
2
(8.05) .157
.317 (6.2) (4.7) Typ
.244 1 .185
(5.8)
(1.8) Dia Typ
Touch
.228
.073
(1.5) Dia Typ
NKK P/N (11.7) Typ .059
This Side .460
(4.7) Typ
1 2 3 .189 .185 .063
(2.4) Typ
(0.5) Typ .095
.020 3 6
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) (7.9) Typ
.031 .046 .189 2 5
.311
(4.7) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
(4.7) Typ
Accessories
M2B15AA5G13-FC
www.nkkswitches.com C69
Series M2 Process Sealed Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
(5.2) (6.6)
.205 .260 (12.7)
Pushbuttons
.500
C (1.3) Typ
(2.84) Dia
.112 (7.16) (0.4) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ
(3.2)
.126 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073
.051 .282 .016 .050 .185 .031
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .317 .242 .500 .500 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB
M2B15AA5G30-FC
NKK P/N This Side (5.1) Dia (4.0) COM NO NC (4.7) Typ
.201 .157 4 5 6 .185
6 5 4
2
(3.81)
3 .150
Keylocks
1
(5.2) (11.5)
.205 .453
(12.7)
(2.84) Dia (0.5) .500
.112 .020 (3.7)
1 2 3 .146
(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (4.7) Typ (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .282 .016 .050 .185 .031 .100
Rotaries
M2B25AA5G30-FC
Slides
2
NC 3
.150
1
(1.0) NO 2 (12.7)
.039 .500
(2.84) Dia (0.5) COM 1 (12.7)
.112 .020 .500
(4.2)
.165
(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (0.8) Typ (2.54) Typ
Tilt
(1.27)
.051 .282 .016 .031 .050 .100
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (6.6) (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .317 .242 .500 .150 .260 .073
M2B15AA5G40-FC
Touch
(2.4) Typ
(5.2) (4.0) NKK P/N This Side (4.8) .094
.205 (5.1) Dia .157 (6.2) .189 3 6
.201 .244 (3.81) Typ
2 5 .150
NC 6 3
1 4
(1.0) NO 5 2 (12.7)
.500
Accessories
.039
(2.84) Dia (0.5) COM 4 1 (12.7)
.112 .020 .500
(4.2)
.165
(1.3) Typ (7.16) (0.4) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ (2.54) Typ
.051 .282 .016 .031 .050 .100
(5.08) (8.05) (6.15) (12.7) (3.81) Typ (11.5) (1.8) Dia Typ
Supplement
M2B25AA5G40-FC
C70 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com C71
Series MB2000 Miniature Pushbuttons
General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for silver; 20 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Plunger Travel: Screw-on Cap (Mom.) Screw-on Cap (Alt.) Snap-on Cap (Mom. & Alt.)
Pretravel: .028” (0.71mm) .110” (2.80mm) .125” (3.19mm)
Overtravel: .043” (1.09mm) .043” (1.10mm) .050” (1.26mm)
Total Travel .071” (1.80mm) .153” (3.90mm) .175” (4.45mm)
Rotaries
Stationary Contacts: Silver with silver plating (code W); copper or brass with gold plating (code G); or
silver with gold plating (code A)
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating
Tactiles
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range
& returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: B3 & D3 bushing options equivalent to IP67
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; .7Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Touch
Cap Installation Force: 80.0N (18.0 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Process Seal: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 6A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
C72 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
Guide interlocked with actuator block prevents window locking and
maintains correct plunger alignment to assure contact stability.
Pushbuttons
Employs an over-center actuator mechanism, which diminishes
sparking and increases operating life in AC circuits. C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation
Programmable Illuminated PB
or separation from frame during installation.
Keylocks
in multipole devices.
Rotaries
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder
flux and other contaminants.
Slides
Clinching of the frame to the case well above the base
and terminals provides 1,500V dielectric strength.
Tactiles
Tilt
Actual Size Bushing Mount Page C74 Touch
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C73
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB 2011 S S1 W 01 C A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB
AC/DC max
E Yellow
Plunger Types F Green
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps G Blue
Rotaries
Bushings
L Plunger for Snap-on Caps H Gray
.335” (8.5mm)
S1
Threaded with Keyway
.335” (8.5mm)
S2
Slides
C74 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
MB2011 ON (ON) 2 (COM)
C
SP 2-3 2-1 SPDT
3 1
MB2065 ON ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2061 ON (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
3 1 6 4
MB2085 ON ON
4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON)
2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P
Keylocks
8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
MB2185 ON ON 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
PLUNGER TYPES
Rotaries
On alternate action models, after transferring circuit, the plunger returns to its original position and does not latch down.
Slides
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps
Tactiles
(2.9) (2.9)
.114 .114
Tilt
Momentary Momentary Alternate Alternate
Plunger Length Cap Location Plunger Length Cap Location
Touch
L Plunger for Snap-on Caps
Indicators
(2.85) Dia
.112
(10.4)
.410
Accessories
(3.6)
.142
www.nkkswitches.com C75
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
BUSHINGS
Panel Cutouts
Slides
For S1, S2, or S4 Bushing For S1 or S4 Bushing For D1 Bushing For D3 Bushing
with with with without
Keyway Optional Locking Ring D Flat Keyway
Tactiles
(5.6) or (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) or (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia
.256 (0.6) .256 .240 .256 .256
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087
Standard hardware for bushings S1, S4, & D1 includes 2 hex nuts & 1 lockwasher; D3 bushing has 1 hex nut & 1 o-ring.
Tilt
Standard & optional hardware are illustrated following the Typical Switch Dimension drawings.
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Accessories
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
C76 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
TERMINALS
Rockers
(4.0)
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062
Pushbuttons
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
C
.250” (6.35mm)
03 Straight PC
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.8) (4.8) Typ
.189 .189
3 3 6 3 6 9 12
Keylocks
.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Rotaries
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Epoxy Seal
A
Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal
.964” (24.5mm) (1.27) codes at the left.
07 Wirewrap or Extended PC Thk = (0.8)
.050
Slides
.031
1.062” (27.0mm)
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Tactiles
CAPS & CAP COLORS
Tilt
Screw-on Cap Snap-on Cap Screw-on Cap Snap-on Cap
For use with Plunger Code S For use with Plunger Code L For use with Plunger Code S For use with Plunger Code L
Touch
Cap Material: PBT Cap Material: Polycarbonate Cap Material: PBT Cap Material: Polycarbonate
Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy
Indicators
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
www.nkkswitches.com C77
Series MB2000 Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
Keyway
3
C (10.0) Dia
.394
(4.7) Typ
.185 COM 2 (13.0)
.512
1
(0.5)
.020
Programmable Illuminated PB
(2.3) (3.5)
.091 .138 (4.5)
.177
(7.9) (8.0) (8.5) (21.0) (2.0)
.311 .315 .335 .827 .079
MB2011SS1W01-CA
Keyway
6 3
(4.7) Typ
(10.0) Dia .185 COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 .512
4 1
(0.5)
.020
(2.3) (3.5) (2.0) Typ
Slides
MB2061SS1W01-CA
.394 .512
10 7 4 1
(0.5)
.020
(2.3) (3.5) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.091 .138 .177 .079
Accessories
MB2181SS1W01-CA
C78 www.nkkswitches.com
Bushing Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware Optional Hardware
Rockers
AT513H for Inch AT509 AT516 AT507H for Inch
AT513M for Metric Lockwasher O-ring for AT507M for Metric
Hexagon Nut Splashproof Bushing Locking Ring
Pushbuttons
2 included with each switch 1 included with each switch 1 included with Material:
(1 with splashproof models) (not with splashproof models) each splashproof model Steel with Zinc/Chromate C
Material: Material: Material:
Brass with Nickel plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate Nitrile butadiene rubber
Programmable Illuminated PB
(6.0) Dia or
.250
1/4-40 Thd or
M6 P0.75 (12.0) Dia
.472
(2.0)
(8.0) (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia (6.07) Dia .079
.315 .239 (9.63) Dia
.252 .402 .379
(5.5) or
.229
Keylocks
Optional Mounting Collars/Conical Nuts Optional Splashproof Boots for S Plunger
AT512H for Inch AT512CH for Inch AT4041H for Inch AT4042H for Inch
Rotaries
AT512M for Metric AT512CM for Metric AT4041M for Metric AT4042M for Metric
Conical Nut Conical nut Boot for Momentary Boot for Alternate
Used with .315” (8.0mm) Used with .394” (10.0mm) Material: Material:
Diameter Cap (cap code B) Diameter Cap (cap code C) Silicone rubber Silicone rubber
Slides
Material: Material:
Brass with chrome plating Brass with chrome plating
Tactiles
M6 P0.75 or
1/4-40 Thd
Tilt
M2.3 P0.4
(14.0) Dia
(13.0) Dia .551
.512 (10.8) (10.8)
(12.2) Dia .425 .425
(10.5) Dia .480
A .413 A (4.9) Dia (4.9) Dia
.193
Touch
.193
(6.0) Dia (6.0) Dia
.236 .236
(8.5) (10.0) (8.5) (8.5)
.335 .394 .335 .335
Indicators
.091” (2.3mm) for Momentary with Plunger Code S Boots for momentary devices
.157” (4.0mm) for Alternate with Plunger Code S are accompanied by a threaded
Supplement
.142” (3.6mm) for Momentary & Alternate with Plunger Code L adaptor which extends the length
of the plunger.
www.nkkswitches.com C79
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB 2011 S S2 G 13 C A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB
H Gray
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps .335” (8.5mm)
S2
Smooth with Keyway
.335” (8.5mm)
S1 Terminals
Threaded with Keyway
Slides
with Keyway
C80 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
SP
MB2011 ON (ON)
2-3 2-1 SPDT
2 (COM) C
MB2065 ON ON 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2061 ON (ON) 2 (COM) 5
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT
MB2085 ON ON 3 1 6 4
4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P
MB2185 ON ON 8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10
3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
Keylocks
PLUNGER TYPE
On alternate action models, after transferring circuit, the plunger returns to its original position and does not latch down.
Rotaries
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps
(2.9) (2.9)
.114 .114
Slides
(3.0) (2.3) (4.7) (4.0)
.118 .091 .185 .157
Tactiles
BUSHINGS
Tilt
(0.8) (6.2) Dia
(6.2) Dia (0.8) (0.8) .244
.031 .244 .031 1/4-40 Thd .031
Touch
(9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia (9.0) Dia
.354 (2.5) .354 .354 (2.5)
(2.5)
.098 .098 .098
(5.08)
.200 (3.0)
(8.5) (3.5) (8.5) (3.5) .118
.335 .138 .335 .138
Indicators
Panel Cutouts
(5.8)
For S2, S1, or A2 Bushing .228 With Optional Maximum Panel Thickness with
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C81
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Pushbuttons
C
Power Level 6A @ 125V AC & 3A @ 250V AC
A Gold over Silver or Logic Level or 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
TERMINALS
(6.35)
.250
(3.81) (2.54)
.150 .100
Rotaries
with .646” (16.4mm) Support to Terminal with .500” (12.7mm) Support to Terminal
Tactiles
(12.7)
.500
(16.4)
.646
Tilt
AT413 AT407
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Screw-on Cap (6.5) Screw-on Cap (8.0)
.315
.256
Cap Colors
Available:
A B White
C Red
E Yellow
F G Blue
H Gray
Black Green
C82 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
Keyway (4.5) (1.17) Typ
(6.2) Dia .177 .046
.244 (1.6) Typ
.063
Pushbuttons
3 3
(0.8) Typ (7.9) Typ
C
.031 .311
(10.0) Dia (15.8) COM 2 (13.0) 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
(3.0) (0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.118 .020 .046 (1.5) Dia Typ
.059
(2.3) (6.35) (3.2)
.091 .250 .126
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9) (7.9)
.354 .315 .335 .902 .311
MB2011SS2G13-CA
Keylocks
(3.2)
Keyway (4.5) .126 (1.6) Typ
(6.2) Dia .177 .063
(1.17) Typ (2.4) Typ
.244 .046 .095
6 3 3 6
(7.9) Typ
Rotaries
(0.8) Typ
.031 2 5
.311
(10.0) Dia (15.8) COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 (4.7) Typ .622 .512 (4.7) Typ
1 4
.185 4 1 .185
(1.8) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ .073
(3.0) (1.17) Typ
.118 .020 CL (1.5) Dia Typ
.046
Slides
.059
(2.3) (6.35) (4.8)
.091 .250 .189
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9) (12.7)
.354 .315 .335 .902 .500
MB2061SS2G13-CA
Tactiles
Four Pole Straight PC with Bracket
(3.2)
.126
Tilt
(1.17) Typ
.046
12 9 6 3
Touch
.244 10 7 4 1
(22.3)
.878
(3.0) (0.5) Typ
.118 .020
(1.6) Typ
(2.3) (6.35) .063
.091 .250 (4.8) Typ
.189
(9.0) (8.0) (8.5) (22.9)
Accessories
3 6 9 12
.354 .315 .335 .902 (7.9) Typ
2 5 8
.311
11
(4.7) Typ
1 4 7 10 .185
.073
(1.5) Dia Typ
CL .059
MB2181SS2G13-CA
www.nkkswitches.com C83
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
3
2
(3.81) Typ
(10.0) Dia (13.0) 1 .150
Pushbuttons
COM 2
.394 .512
C
1
(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031
Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2011SS2G40-CA
COM 5 2 (13.0)
.512
4 1
Keylocks
(1.27) Typ
Keyway (6.2) Dia .050
.244
(4.8)
.189
(12.7)
.500
Rotaries
(10.0) Dia
.394
(4.8)
3 6 .189
2 5
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031 (3.81) Typ
1 4
.150
(1.4) Typ (3.25)
Slides
.055 .128
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (3.81) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .150 (16.4)
.646
.073
(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2061SS2G40-CA
12 9 6 3
COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1
Touch
(4.8) Typ
3 6 9 12 .189
.055 .128
(5.08) (8.0) (11.75) (16.4) (3.81) Typ
.200 .315 .463 .646 .150 (16.4)
.646
(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2181SS2G40-CA
C84 www.nkkswitches.com
Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
Keyway (6.2) Dia
.244
(2.54)
3
3 .100
Pushbuttons
2
(10.0) Dia COM 2 (13.0) 1
C
.394 .512
1
(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
.106 .091 .020 .031
(1.4) Typ (3.25) (1.27) (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .128 .050 .073
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ (7.9) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100 .311 .100
MB2011SS2G45-CA
Keylocks
Keyway (6.2) Dia (4.8)
.244 .189
3 6
(2.54) Typ
6 3
.100
2 5
Rotaries
1 4
(10.0) Dia COM 5 2 (13.0)
.394 .512
4 1
(16.4)
.646
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ (1.27) Typ
.106 .091 .020 .031 .050
(1.4) Typ (3.25) (4.8) (1.8) Dia Typ
Slides
.055 .128 .189 .073
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ (12.7) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100 .500 .100
Tactiles
MB2061SS2G45-CA
12 9 6 3
Tilt
COM 11 8 5 2 (13.0)
.512
10 7 4 1
Touch
.050
(4.8) Typ
(10.0) Dia .189
.394 (22.3)
.878
Indicators
(4.8) Typ
(2.7) (2.3) (0.5) (0.8) Typ .189
.106 .091 .020 .031
3 6 9 12 (2.54) Typ
(1.4) Typ (3.25) .100
2 5 8 11
.055 .128
1 4 7 10
(5.08) (10.3) (11.75) (16.4) (2.54) Typ
.200 .406 .463 .646 .100
Accessories
(16.4)
.646
(2.54) Typ
.100
MB2181SS2G45-CA
www.nkkswitches.com C85
Series MB2000 Bracket PC Mount Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
1 2 3
(7.9)
(4.0) .311
C .157
(4.3)
.169
(16.4)
.646
(2.9) (0.5) (2.95) (0.8) Typ
.114 .020 .116 .031
Programmable Illuminated PB
(1.4) Typ (2.3) (3.25) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .091 .128 .050 .185 .073
(5.08) (8.0) (11.75) (16.4) (13.0) (2.54) Typ
.200 .315 .463 .646 .512 .100
MB2011SS2G30-CA
4 5 6 6 5 4 .150
(12.7) 3 2 1
1 2 3 .500
(6.4)
.252
(4.3) (16.4)
.169 .646
Slides
MB2061SS2G30-CA
1 2 3
(7.9) (4.7) Typ
.185
(4.5) .311 3 2 1
.177
Indicators
(4.3)
.169
(12.7)
(2.9) (0.5) (0.8) Typ .500
(3.4)
.114 .020 .134 .031
(1.4) Typ (2.3) (6.9) (1.27) (4.7) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.055 .091 .272 .050 .185 .073
Accessories
MB2011SA2G31-CA
C86 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB 2011 S B1 W 01 D A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps C
2011 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter
2065 SPDT ON ON Silver C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB
W Rated 6A @ 125V AC
2061 DPDT ON (ON) & 3A @ 250V AC D .520” (13.2mm) Diameter
2085 DPDT ON ON Gold E .748” (19.0mm) Diameter
2181 4PDT ON (ON) G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
2185 4PDT ON ON
( ) = Momentary Cap Colors
A Black
Terminals
Keylocks
B White
01 Solder Lug
Plunger Type C Red
02 Quick Connect
S Plunger for Screw-on Caps *D Amber
03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
*E Yellow
Rotaries
05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
F Green
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
Bushings *G Blue
07 .964” (24.5mm) Wirewrap
.472” (12.0mm) *H Gray
B1 08 1.062” (27.0mm) Wirewrap
Threaded with Keyway
Slides
* Not available
.472” (12.0mm) with cap code E
B3
Threaded w/Splashproof
Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2011SB1W01-DA Touch
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C87
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
C SP
MB2011 ON (ON)
2-3 2-1 SPDT
2 (COM)
MB2065 ON ON 3 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
4PDT
MB2181 ON (ON) 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 2 5 (COM) 8 11
4P
MB2185 ON ON 8-9 11-12 8-7 11-10 3 1 6 4 9 7 12 10
PLUNGER TYPE
Keylocks
BUSHINGS
Slides
.073
Thickness with (1.1)
Thickness with (4.9)
(5.0)
Standard Hardware: .197 .043 Standard Hardware: .193
.217” (5.5mm) .217” (5.5mm)
.709 .472
Panel Cutouts
(12.5) Dia
.492 (12.5) Dia
.492
Touch
(3.0) Dia
.118
G
Supplement
Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
C88 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
TERMINALS
Rockers
.250
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.57)
.043 .062
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
Pushbuttons
03 .250” (6.35mm) C
(4.8)
Straight PC .189
(4.8) Typ
.189
3 3 6 3 6 9 12
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
2 5 .185 2 5 8 11 .185
2 .185
Epoxy Seal (6.35) 1 4
(4.8) .250 1 1 4 7 10
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 (1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.073 .073
(1.17)
.046
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole Four Pole
.425” (10.8mm)
05 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Keylocks
.750” (19.05mm) Epoxy Seal
06 Wirewrap or Extended PC A
If using as extended PC terminal, refer to the above footprints.
Rotaries
.964” (24.5mm) Dimension A = terminal lengths as shown beside the terminal
07
(1.27)
.050
Wirewrap or Extended PC Thk = (0.8) codes at the left.
.031
1.062” (27.0mm)
08 Wirewrap or Extended PC
Slides
CAPS & CAP COLORS
Tactiles
AT412
B .315” (8.0mm)
C .394” (10.0mm)
D .520” (13.2mm)
E .748” (19.0mm)
Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap Diameter Screw-on Cap
Tilt
Material: Material: Material: Material:
Polystyrene Polystyrene PBT Polystyrene
Finish: Finish: Finish: Finish:
Glossy Glossy Glossy Glossy
Touch
Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available: Colors Available:
ABCEFGH ABCEFGH ABCDEFGH ABCF
Indicators
(13.2) Dia
(10.0) Dia .520
(8.0) Dia .394 (19.0) Dia
.315 .748
Cap Color
Codes:
A Black
B White
C Red
D Amber
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
www.nkkswitches.com C89
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
C (13.2) Dia
.520 (4.7) Typ
COM 2 (13.0)
.512
.185 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.0) (0.5)
.157 .020
(13.0) (4.5)
.512 .177
(7.9) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (2.0)
.311 .590 .472 .689 .079
MB2011SB1W01-DA
6 3
(4.0) (0.5)
Slides
.157 .020
(13.0) (4.5) (2.0) Typ
.512 .177 .079
(12.7) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (4.8)
.500 .590 .472 .689 .189
Tactiles
MB2061SB1W01-DA
(4.0) (0.5)
.157 .020
(2.0) Typ
Accessories
(13.0) (4.5)
.512 .177 .079
(22.3) (15.0) (12.0) (17.5) (4.8) Typ
.878 .590 .472 .689 .189
Supplement
MB2181SB1W01-DA
C90 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware for B1 Bushing
Rockers
AT503M AT508 AT527M AT506M
Hex Face Nut Lockwasher Hex Nut Locking Ring
Pushbuttons
Brass with Chrome plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Nickel plating Steel with Zinc/Chromate
C
(12.1) Dia
(12.1) .476
Programmable Illuminated PB
M12 P1 .476 M12 P1
(13.8) Dia
.543 (11.5)
.453
Keylocks
Standard Hardware for B3 Bushing
Rotaries
AT503M AT401P
Hex Face Nut M12 P1 O-ring
Slides
.476
Brass with Chrome plating .563 Nitrile butadiene rubber (17.5) Dia
.689
Tactiles
(16.0) (2.4) (1.5)
.630 .094 .059
Tilt
Optional Splashproof Boot for B1 Bushing
AT4043
Splashproof Boot Touch
(18.0) Dia
.709
(12.6) Dia
.496
Material: Silicone Rubber (9.6) Dia
Operating Life: 10,000 for momentary .378
Indicators
.354
(4.0) Max
.157
(3.5) Min
.138
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C91
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
The MB2000 pushbutton series offers flexibility to accommodate a variety of applications. Using a basic large bushing model,
different accessories can be assembled onto the switch to achieve the mounting variations shown on the following two pages.
Rockers
MB2011 SB1W01 4 C A
( ) = Momentary G Blue
H Gray
Slides
Cap Colors
For Snap-In
Tactiles
A Black
B White
C Red
Tilt
F Green
Touch
Indicators
Rectangular Shroud
Supplement
MB2011SB1W01-5C-A
C92 www.nkkswitches.com
Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons Series MB2000
Toggles
MOUNTER SHAPES FOR SHROUDS
4 AT455 Round
5 AT453 Rectangular
Rockers
Material: Polycarbonate Material: Polycarbonate
Pushbuttons
Colors: A B H Colors: A B H
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
CAPS & CAP COLORS FOR SHROUDS
Keylocks
Material: Polycarbonate Material: Polycarbonate
Colors: A B C F G H Colors: A B C F G H
Rotaries
AT080 Screw Adaptor for Insert Caps
Slides
Material: Brass
Tactiles
Color Codes:
Tilt
A Black
B White
C Red
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C93
Series MB2000 Large Bushing Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
(0.8) Typ
.031
(17.7) Dia
.697 (4.7) Typ
.185
Pushbuttons
C
(18.4) Dia (0.5)
.724 .020
(22.0) Dia (2.0) (13.0) (4.5)
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.5) Dia
.492
3 6 3
1 4 1
(1.5)
.060
(2.0) Typ
.079
Effective Panel Thickness:
Rotaries
(2.0) (4.8)
.079 .189
(7.9) (12.7)
.217” (5.5mm) maximum
.311 .500
(20.1) (19.4)
.791 .764
(24.6) (26.2)
.969 1.031 (4.7) Typ
.185
Tilt
(16.1) (0.5)
.634 .020
(20.6) (2.0) (13.0) (4.5)
.811 .079 .512 .177
(21.0) (14.0) (27.5)
.827 .551 1.083
MB2011SB1W01-5C-A
Touch
(12.5) Dia
.492
3 6 3
(1.5)
.060
(2.0) Typ
.079
Supplement
C94 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com C95
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
(gold over silver) Note: Find additional explanation of dual rating & operating range in Supplement section.
C
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.0 lb • in) for double nut; 0.7Nm (6.0 lb • in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 80.0N (18.0 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile B in Supplement section.
Touch
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All single and double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Single pole models with PC, solder lug, or Wirewrap terminals & double pole with PC or
Supplement
C96 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Snap-acting mechanism gives smooth actuation, short stroke,
light touch, and audible feedback. This mechanism also provides
long mechanical life.
Pushbuttons
C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or separation
from frame during installation.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Antijamming design protects contacts from damage due to
excessive downward force on the actuator.
Keylocks
Stainless steel frame resists corrosion.
Rotaries
soldering.
Slides
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other
contaminants.
Tactiles
Prominent external insulating barriers increase insulation resistance
and dielectric strength.
Tilt
Bushing Mount Page C98 Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C97
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB24 11 E1 W 01 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
61 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .295” (7.5mm)
( ) = Momentary H
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Gold over Silver
Bushings Rated 3A @ 125V AC
A Cap Colors
.285” (7.24mm) & 0.4VA max @ 28V
E1 AC/DC max A Black
Threaded with D Flat
B White
Keylocks
.285” (7.24mm)
E2
Smooth with D Flat C Red
.280” (7.1mm)
A1 Terminals
Threaded with Keyway
01 Solder Lug
Rotaries
.280” (7.1mm)
A2
Smooth with Keyway 03 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC
.350” (8.9mm) 05 .425” (10.8mm) Wirewrap
S1
Threaded with Keyway
06 .750” (19.05mm) Wirewrap
.350” (8.9mm)
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
MB2411E1W01-FA
Indicators
C98 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
( ) = Momentary
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not
Pole Model Keyway Keyway actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
3 2
C
1 (COM) 4
Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5
BUSHINGS
Note: Plunger selection is not required for MB2400 pushbuttons. The plunger can be used with or without a cap.
Keylocks
(0.8) 1/4-40 Thd (0.8) 1/4-40 Thd
1/4-40 Thd .031 .031
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 .315 .315
Rotaries
(2.5) (2.5) (2.5)
.098 .098 .098
Slides
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .134” (3.40mm)
Tactiles
Smooth with D Flat Smooth with Keyway Smooth with Keyway
Tilt
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098
Touch
.218 .285 .218 .280 .218 .350
Panel Cutouts
Indicators
(5.8) (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.1)
.256 (0.6) .256 .256 .240
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C99
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
Note: This dual rated option is suitable when two or more identical switches are used in logic and in power circuits
within the same application. See Supplement section for complete explanation of dual rating and operating range.
TERMINALS
Keylocks
.250” (6.35mm)
01 Solder Lug 03 Straight PC
(4.0)
Epoxy Seal .157 Epoxy Seal (6.35)
(4.8) .250
.189
Rotaries
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079 (1.17)
.043 .046
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
Wirewrap or Extended PC
Slides
.425”
05 (10.8mm) (4.8)
.189
Epoxy Seal 3 3 6
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm)
H .295” (7.5mm)
(7.5) Dia
.295
(5.1) Dia
Diameter Cap .201 Diameter Cap (6.4) (4.0)
.157
(4.0) .253
Indicators
(6.4)
.253 .157
Cap Colors
A B C
Supplement
C100 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
Flat (5.1) Dia (2.4) .043 x .079
.201 .096 (0.8) Typ
(2.84) Dia .031
.112 NC 3
Pushbuttons
(13.0)
NO
C
.512 (4.7) Typ 2
.185
COM 1
(4.0)
1/4-40 Thd .157
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.9) (4.5) (2.0)
.035 .177 .079
(6.4) (7.24) (14.0) (7.9)
.253 .285 .552 .311
MB2411E1W01-FA
Keylocks
(5.1) Dia (2.4) .043 x .079
Flat .096
.201 (0.8) Typ
(2.84) Dia .031
.112 NC 6 3
(13.0)
.512 NO
(4.7) Typ 5 2
.185
COM 4 1
Rotaries
(4.0) (2.0) Typ
1/40-40 Thd .157 .079
(0.9) (4.5) (4.8)
.035 .177 .189
(6.4) (7.24) (14.0) (12.7)
.253 .285 .552 .500
Slides
MB2461E1W01-FA
HARDWARE
Tactiles
Standard Hardware
1/4-40 Thd
AT513H Inch Threaded AT509
(8.0)
Hexagon Nut .315 Lockwasher (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia
.252 .402
Tilt
2 included with each switch 1 included with each switch
Touch
Optional Hardware
Indicators
(6.35) Dia
.250
AT507H AT515 (6.2) Dia
(5.5)
.217
Locking Ring (12.0) Dia Locking Ring .244
for A1 or S1 Bushing (2.0) .472 for E1 Bushing (12.0) Dia
Accessories
.079
.472
(2.0)
Material: (5.8) Material: .079
.229
Steel with Zinc/Chromate Steel with Zinc/Chromate
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C101
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB24 11 A2 G 40 F A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary
Gold
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Cap Colors
Gold over Silver
Bushings Rated 3A @ 125V AC A Black
A
.280” (7.1mm) & 0.4VA max @ 28V B White
A2 AC/DC max
Smooth with Keyway C Red
.280” (7.1mm)
Keylocks
A1
Threaded with Keyway
.285” (7.24mm) Terminals
E2
Smooth with D Flat With Bracket
.285” (7.24mm) 13 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .465” (11.8mm) Bracket
Rotaries
E1
Threaded with D Flat
15 .425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .630” (16.0mm) Bracket
.350” (8.9mm)
S2 17 .964” (24.5mm) Straight PC with 1.150” (29.2mm) Bracket
Smooth with Keyway
With Reinforced Bracket
.350” (8.9mm)
S1
Slides
Threaded with Keyway 23 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC with .465” (11.8mm) Bracket
25 .425” (10.8mm) Straight PC with .630” (16.0mm) Bracket
26 .750” (19.05mm) Straight PC with .953” (24.2mm) Bracket
Tactiles
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Touch
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Indicators
SPDT
.280” (7.1mm) Smooth Bushing ON-(ON) Circuit
with Keyway
Black .201” (5.1mm) Vertical PC Terminals
Supplement
C102 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
( ) = Momentary
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Note: Terminal numbers are not actually
Pole Model Keyway Keyway on the switch.
Pushbuttons
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
1 (COM) C
3 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 4
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
3 2 6 5
BUSHINGS
Note: Plunger selection is not required for MB2400 pushbuttons.
The plunger can be used with or without a cap.
Keylocks
.280” (7.1mm) .285” (7.24mm) .350” (8.9mm)
A2 Smooth with Keyway E2 Smooth with D Flat S2 Smooth with Keyway
Rotaries
(2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia (2.84) Dia
.112 .112 .112
(8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia (8.0) Dia
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098
Slides
.218 .280 .218 .285 .218 .350
Tactiles
Threaded with Keyway Threaded with D Flat Threaded with Keyway
Tilt
.315 (2.5) .315 (2.5) .315 (2.5)
.098 .098 .098
Touch
Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with Maximum Panel Thickness with
Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .068” (1.74mm) Standard Hardware: .134” (3.40mm)
Indicators
Panel Cutouts
(5.8) (5.8)
.228 .228
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.1)
.256 (0.6) .256 .256 .240
.024
Supplement
(2.2) Dia
.087
Standard hardware includes 2 hex nuts & 1 lockwasher.
Hardware is illustrated following the Typical Switch Dimension drawings.
www.nkkswitches.com C103
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Pushbuttons
TERMINALS
Straight PC Mount with Bracket Straight PC Mount with Reinforced Bracket
13 15 17 23 25 26
Keylocks
.250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .964” (24.5mm) .250” (6.35mm) .425” (10.8mm) .750” (19.05mm)
Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with Terminal with
.465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) 1.150” (29.2mm) .465” (11.8mm) .630” (16.0mm) .953” (24.2mm)
Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket Bracket
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
AT475 AT496
F .201” (5.1mm)
(5.1) Dia
.201
H .295” (7.5mm)
(7.5) Dia
.295
(4.0) (4.0)
Diameter Cap (6.4)
.253 .157 Diameter Cap (6.4)
.253 .157
Accessories
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
C104 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC • Bracket
(5.1) Dia Typ
Rockers
(6.4) .201
.253 Single (2.8) Dia Typ
.112
Double
(7.1)
(2.4)
.096 Pole (6.2) Dia Typ Pole
.280 .244
Pushbuttons
(0.9)
.035 BRACKET
TERMINAL
LENGTH
C
LENGTH 1 2 3 (4.5) Typ (4.8) Typ
C NO NC .177 .189
Programmable Illuminated PB
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ (4.8) Typ
.020 .046 .189
(0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (3.2) Typ
.031 .046 .126
(4.7) Typ
.185
(15.8) (8.0)
.315
(12.7)
.500
MB2411A2G13-FA
.622
(1.6) Typ
.063
(1.6) Typ (2.4) Typ
.063 .095
Terminal Terminal Bracket
Keylocks
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ
.311
(7.9) Typ
.311
Code: Length: Length:
2 2 5
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 15 .425 (10.8mm) .630 (16.0mm)
.073 .073
Rotaries
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ CL 17 .964 (24.5mm) 1.150 (29.2mm)
.059 .059
Slides
(5.1) Dia Typ
(6.4) .201
.253 Single (2.8) Dia Typ
.112
Double
(2.4)
Pole Pole
Tactiles
(7.1) (6.2) Dia Typ
.280 .096 .244
(0.9)
.035 BRACKET
LENGTH
TERMINAL
LENGTH 1 2 3 (4.5) Typ (4.8) Typ
.177 .189
Tilt
C NO NC
(2.4) Typ
.095
(3.18) Typ
.125 (3.18) Typ
.125
.375 .375
2 2 5
(4.7) Typ
.185 1
(4.7) Typ
.185 1 4 23 .250 (6.35mm) .465 (11.8mm)
(1.8) Dia Typ (1.8) Dia Typ 25 .425 (10.8mm) .630 (16.0mm)
.073 .073
(1.5) Dia Typ (1.5) Dia Typ CL
26 .750 (19.05mm) .953 (24.2mm)
Supplement
.059 .059
www.nkkswitches.com C105
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
3 2 1
C
(5.1) Dia (7.9) 1 2 3
.201 .311
(12.7)
(4.3) .500
(2.9) (6.22) .169
.114 (1.4) Typ .245
(5.08) .055 (2.4) (0.4) (1.27) (0.8) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
MB2411A2G30-FA
(2.84) Dia
Keylocks
Keyway .112
(6.2) Dia
.244 COM NO NC (4.7) Typ
(3.81) .185 6 5 4
4 5 6 .150
(5.1) Dia (12.7) 3 2 1
.201 .500 1 2 3
Rotaries
(12.7)
(4.3) .500
(2.9) (6.2) .169
.114 (1.4) Typ .245
(5.08) .055 (2.4) (0.4) (1.27) Typ (0.8) Typ (1.8) Dia Typ
.200 .096 .016 .050 .031 .073
(13.0) (6.4) (7.32) (12.7) (3.8) (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ
.512 .253 .288 .500 .150 .185 .100
Slides
MB2461A2G30-FA
Vertical PC
Tactiles
.150 2
NC 3
1
(2.84) Dia NO 2
Tilt
Keyway
.112
(6.2) Dia COM 1 (12.7)
.244 .500
.201 .512
(8.0) (2.54) Typ
.315 .100
(6.2) (2.7)
.245 .106
(1.4) Typ (2.4) (0.4) (0.8) Typ
.055 .096 .016 .031
Indicators
NO
Accessories
5 2 1 4
COM 4 1
(12.7)
MB2411A2G40-FA (1.27) Typ .500
.050
(4.8)
.189 (1.8) Dia Typ
Supplement
(12.7) .073
.500 (2.54) Typ
Double Pole .100
C106 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
HARDWARE
Standard Hardware
1/4-40 Thd
Rockers
AT513H Inch Threaded AT509
(8.0)
Hexagon Nut .315 Lockwasher (6.4) Dia (10.2) Dia
.252 .402
Pushbuttons
Material:
(9.0) (1.5)
Material: (0.5) C
Brass with Nickel Plating .354 .059 Steel with Zinc/Chromate .020
Programmable Illuminated PB
Optional Hardware
Keylocks
(1.7) (0.8) (1.68) (0.8)
.067 .031 .066 .031
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C107
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
MB24 11 J W 01 C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
61 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
( ) = Momentary B White
Gold
C Red
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max E Yellow
Gold over Silver F Green
Rated 3A @ 125V AC G Blue
A
& 0.4VA max @ 28V
AC/DC max H Gray
Keylocks
IMPORTANT:
Tactiles
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
Red Cap
Indicators
Snap-in Frame
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Accessories
C108 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
3 A C F
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Optional Bezels Bezel Colors LED Colors C
1 Bezel without LEDs A Black 1 LED
Programmable Illuminated PB
*2 Bezel with 1 Round LED B White C Red
*3 Bezel with 2 Round LEDs C Red F Green
*4 Bezel with 2 Rectangular LEDs E Yellow 2 LEDs
* Available in Black color only F Green Top LED Bottom LED
G Blue C Red C Red
H Gray E Yellow E Yellow
F Green F Green
Keylocks
Rotaries
Slides
Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2411JW01-C-3A-CF
Touch
Red Cap 1 Red LED
1 Green LED
Snap-in Frame Black Bezel
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C109
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
1 (COM)
SP MB2411 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT
C 3 2
1 (COM) 4
DP MB2461 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 2 6 5
MOUNTING FRAME
Panel Cutout Panel Cutout
J Snap-in Frame for Single Pole for Double Pole
without Bezel (15.0)
.591
without Bezel (15.0)
.591
(18.0)
.709 (12.5) (13.1)
Keylocks
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Tactiles
TERMINALS
.250” (6.35mm)
01 (4.0) 03
Touch
Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
Wirewrap or Extended PC
(4.8)
.425”
05 .189
3 6
Accessories
(10.8mm)
3
Epoxy Seal (4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ
Refer to footprints if using 2 .185 2 5 .185
.750” A
06 (19.05mm)
as extended PC terminal. 1 1 4
C110 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
CAP & CAP COLORS
(3.8)
AT465 (11.5) Sq .150 Contact factory
.453” (11.5mm) .453
(8.4)
for matte finish. A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
Rockers
Square Cap .331
Legend details
Material: Polycarbonate at end of this
Finish: Glossy section.
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
Pushbuttons
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS
C
1 AT207 Bezel A F
Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.8)
.465 Black Green (15.0)
.591
(15.6)
(12.0)
.472 C Red
H Gray
Contact factory for matte .614 Single Pole Double Pole
(21.5)
finish. .846
E Yellow A
(12.5)mm (13.1)mm
.492” .516”
AT208 Bezel
Keylocks
2 for AT070 LED A Black B (8.8) Dia
(11.8) .346
(2.2)
Material: Polycarbonate .465 .087 LED colors & specifications
(19.0)
Finish: Glossy .748 (13.5)
.531
on next page.
Rotaries
(13.8)
Contact factory for Single Pole Double Pole .543
(12.0)
matte finish. .472 (12.5)mm (13.1)mm (15.0)
A .591
(15.6) (30.2)
.492” .516”
.614 1.19
(6.25)mm (6.55)mm
B
Slides
A
(5.4) Dia
.213 .246” .258”
AT212 Bezel
3 for AT617 LED (10.0)
(12.0)
.472
A Black
.394
Tactiles
Material: (2.2) LED colors & specifications
.087
Polycarbonate (7.8) on next page. (15.0)
.307 .591
Finish: (11.8)
Semi-glossy .465 (21.5) Sq Single Pole Double Pole
(8.0) .846
.315 (3.0) Dia Typ (18.4)mm (18.7)mm A
A
Tilt
.118
.724” .736”
AT213 Bezel
4 for AT618 LED
(10.0)
.394
(12.0)
.472
A Black
(2.0) Typ
LED colors & specifications Touch
Material: .079 (2.2)
.087
Polycarbonate (7.8)
on next page. (15.0)
.591
Finish: .307
Single Pole Double Pole
Indicators
(11.8)
Semi-glossy .465
(8.0)
.315 (5.0) Typ
(21.5) Sq (18.4)mm (18.7)mm A
.846 A
.197
.724” .736”
Bezel Assembly
Accessories
Tab
45° angle. and snap switch into
on the bezel. panel.
www.nkkswitches.com C111
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
.197 .276
C
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side
(+)
Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).
(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Rotaries
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Current Reduction Rate 0.33 0.40 0.40 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.40 0.33
Above 25°C ∆IF mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range
–10° ~ +70°C –15° ~ +70°C –25° ~ +70°C
Tactiles
If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the LED.
Tilt
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.
.185 1
COM 4 1
COM
(4.0) (2.0)
.157 .079
(0.5) (4.5) (2.0) (4.8)
.020 .177 .079 .189
(12.2) (3.3) (24.9) (7.9) (12.7)
Supplement
MB2411JW01-C
C112 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2400
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
This Side .043 x .079
(0.8) Typ
.031
3 6 3
NC NC
(21.5) (11.5) Sq (13.0) NO 2 (14.0) NO 5 2 (14.0)
Pushbuttons
.846 .453 (4.7) Typ .512 .551 .551
.185
C
1 4 1
COM COM
Programmable Illuminated PB
(4.5) (2.0) (4.8)
.177 .079 .189
(15.6) (4.0) (24.2) (7.9) (12.7)
.614 .157 .953 .311 .500
MB2411JW01-C-1A
Keylocks
.748
(13.5) This Side
(30.2) 3
1.190 .531 NC
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(12.0) .185 NO 2 .512
.472 (14.0)
1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
.031
Rotaries
(1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.043 x .079
(4.0)
.157
(11.8) (2.2) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .087 .177 .079
(15.6) (4.0) (24.2) (7.9)
.614 .157 .953 .311 MB2411JW01-C-2A-C
Slides
Single Pole Solder Lug • AT212 Bezel
(10.0) (7.8) Circuit Mark (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
.394 .307 This Side .043 x .079
Tactiles
(2.5) Typ
.098
3
NC
(4.7) Typ (13.0)
(8.0) (12.0) (11.5) Sq .185 NO 2 .512
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
.031
Tilt
(3.0) Dia Typ
.118
(2.2) (4.0) (0.5) Sq Typ
.087 .157 .020
(11.8) (4.5) (2.0)
.465 .177 .079
(21.5) Sq (4.0) (24.2) (7.8) (7.9)
.846
Touch
.157 .953 .307 .311 MB2411JW01-C-3A-CF
NO 5 2
.315 .472 .453 (14.0)
4 1 .551
(0.8) Typ COM
(5.0) Typ .031
.197
(2.0) (2.2) (4.0) (0.5) Sq Typ (2.0) Typ
.079 .087 .157 .020 .079
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C113
Series MB2400 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
ON
Pushbuttons
ER
AT465 AT465
C114 www.nkkswitches.com
Notes
www.nkkswitches.com C115
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Pushbuttons
General Specifications
Toggles
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum for silver; 30 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 200,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 25,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 2.45N; double pole 3.92N
Travel: Pretravel .024” (0.6mm); Overtravel .016” (0.4mm); Total Travel .039” (1.0mm)
Terminals: Copper with silver plating; copper or brass with gold plating
Environmental Data
Operating Temp Range: –30°C through +85°C (–22°F through +185°F)
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13 lb•in) for double nut; 0.7Nm (6 lb•in) for single nut
Cap Installation Force: 80N (18 lbf) maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering Recommended: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile B in Supplement section.
Indicators
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
UL : File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All single & double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
Single pole & double pole models certified at 3A @ 125V AC or 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
C116 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
Short stroke and light touch.
Pushbuttons
to excessive downward force on the actuator.
C
High torque bushing construction prevents rotation or
Programmable Illuminated PB
separation from frame during installation.
Keylocks
Patented silver contacts of specially
composed alloy for hardness.
Rotaries
of solder flux and other contaminants.
Slides
Prominent external insulating barriers increase
insulation resistance and dielectric strength.
Tactiles
Tilt
Bushing Mount Page C118 Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C117
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB25 11 S4 W 01 B C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
21 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .394” (10.0mm)
( ) = Momentary C
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
F Green
G Blue
IMPORTANT:
Slides
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt
MB2511S4W01-BC
Indicators
C118 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down
Pole Model Note: Terminal numbers are
Keyway Keyway
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
3 (COM)
SP MB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
1 2
C
3 (COM) 6
Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5
BUSHING
.315” (8.0mm)
S4 Threaded with Keyway (0.6) (2.85) Dia M6 P0.75
.024 .112
(8.0)
Keylocks
.315
Rotaries
Panel Cutouts
Slides
(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5) Dia (6.5)
.256 .256 (0.6) .256 .256
.024 (2.2) Dia
.087
Tactiles
Maximum Panel Thickness with Standard Hardware: .134” (3.4mm)
Tilt
.035
Hex Nut Lockwasher Locking Ring
(2.0)
.079 (5.5) or
(8.0) (6.4) Dia .229
.315 M6 P0.75 .252
Touch
.059 (10.2) Dia (12.0) Dia
with each switch (9.0) with each switch .402 zinc/chromate or 6.0mm
.472
.354 (0.8)
(0.5) .031
Brass with Steel with .020
W
Accessories
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C119
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bushing Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
TERMINALS
.250” (6.35mm)
01 Solder Lug 03 Straight PC (4.8)
Rockers
(4.0) .189
Epoxy Seal .157 3 3 6
C
(1.17) .073
.046
Thk = (0.8)
.031 Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB
AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter Cap
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
Rotaries
.112 .031
3 COM
(13.0)
.512
2 NO
(4.7) Typ
.185
1 NC
(4.0)
.157
Tilt
MB2511S4W01-BC
Touch
.185
4 1 NC
MB2521S4W01-BC
C120 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB25 11 S2 G 13 B C
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Caps C
11 SPDT ON (ON) & Ratings .315” (8.0mm)
B
Silver Diameter
Programmable Illuminated PB
21 DPDT ON (ON) W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC .394” (10.0mm)
( ) = Momentary C
Gold Diameter
G Rated 0.4VA max @
28V AC/DC max
Keylocks
.300” (7.6mm) 13 .250” (6.35mm) Straight PC A Black
S2
Smooth with Keyway with Bracket
B White
30 Right Angle (Single Pole only)
C Red
45 Vertical PC
E Yellow
Rotaries
F Green
G Blue
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
MB2511S2G13-BC Touch
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com C121
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
1 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 (COM) 6
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5
BUSHING
.300” (7.6mm)
S2 Smooth with Keyway
(0.6)
.024
(2.85) Dia
.112
(6.2) Dia
.244
Panel Cutout
Keylocks
(5.6)
.220
(6.5) Dia
(8.0) (7.8) (7.6) (0.9) .256 (0.6)
.315 .307 .300 .035 .024
Rotaries
G
Tactiles
Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
TERMINALS
Tilt
(1.6) Typ
.063 (4.8)
(1.6) Typ (4.7) Typ (2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ .189
(2.4) Typ
Accessories
.063 .095 3 2
.185 .100 3
.100 3 6
1
2 2 5
3 3 6
(7.9) Typ (7.9) Typ 1 1 4
.311 2 5
.311 (12.7)
2
.500
(4.7) Typ (4.7) Typ (12.7) (12.7)
1 4
1 .185 .185 .500 .500
Supplement
C122 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Bracket PC Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Toggles
CAPS & CAP COLORS
AT443 AT442
B .315” (8.0mm) Diameter Cap
C .394” (10.0mm) Diameter Cap
Rockers
(8.0) Dia (10.0) Dia
.315 .394
Pushbuttons
Finish: Glossy Finish: Glossy
C
Cap Colors
A B C E F G
Programmable Illuminated PB
Available: Black White Red Yellow Green Blue
(3.2) (3.2)
.126 .126
Keyway (8.0) Dia (1.2) (6.2) Dia (6.35) (0.8) Typ (1.17) Typ (1.17) Typ
.315 .047 .244 .250 .031 .046 .046
(2.85) Dia
Keylocks
.112
3 COM 6 3 COM
(15.8)
.622 (13.0) 2 NO (13.0) 5 2 NO
(4.7) Typ .512 .512
.185 NC
1 4 1 NC
Rotaries
(0.5) Typ (1.17) Typ
.020 .046
(0.9) (4.8) (1.17) (4.8)
.035 .189 .146 .189
(8.0) (8.8) (8.5) (16.6) (7.9) (12.7)
.315 .346 .335 .654 .311 .500
MB2511S2G13-BC
Slides
Single Pole Right Angle PC
(8.0) Dia (1.2)
.315 .047
Tactiles
Keyway (2.85) Dia (6.2) Dia
.112 .244 NC NO COM
(7.9) 1 2 3
.311
(4.3)
.169
(2.9)
(1.4) Typ (7.6)
Tilt
.114
.055 .299
(5.08) (0.4) (1.27) (0.8) Typ
.200 .016 .050 .031
(13.0) (8.8) (8.7) (1.27) (4.7) Typ
.512 .346 .342 .500 .185
MB2511S2G30-BC
Touch
Single Pole Double Pole Vertical PC
(8.0) Dia (1.2)
Indicators
.315 .047
Keyway (2.85) Dia (6.2) Typ
.112 .244
3 COM 6 3 COM
(13.0) 2 NO 5 2 NO
.512
Accessories
1 NC 4 1 NC
MB2511S2G45-BC
www.nkkswitches.com C123
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
MB25 11 J W 01 A
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Poles & Circuits Contact Materials Cap &
Programmable Illuminated PB
H Gray
J Snap-in Frame 01 Solder Lug
Rotaries
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Slides
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Tilt
Black Cap
Indicators
Snap-in Frame
3-Amp Rating
Solder Lug Terminals
Supplement
C124 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematics
Normal Down Normal Down
Rockers
Note: Terminal numbers are
Pole Model
not actually on the switch.
Pushbuttons
3 (COM)
SP MB2511 ON (ON) 3-1 3-2 SPDT
1 2 C
3 (COM) 6
Programmable Illuminated PB
DP MB2521 ON (ON) 3-1 6-4 3-2 6-5 DPDT
1 2 4 5
MOUNTING FRAME
Keylocks
(18.0) (12.5) (13.1)
.709 .492 .516
(2.85) Dia
.112
Rotaries
CONTACT MATERIALS & RATINGS
Slides
G Gold over Brass or Copper Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Tactiles
Note: Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
TERMINALS
Tilt
01 Solder Lug Epoxy Seal
(4.0)
.157
(2.0) (2.0)
.079
(1.1) .079
Touch
.043
Thk = (0.8)
.031
(3.8)
AT465 (11.5) Sq .150
.453” (11.5mm) Square Cap .453
(8.4)
Accessories
.331
Material: Polycarbonate Contact factory for matte finish.
Finish: Glossy
Supplement
Cap Colors
Available:
A Black
B White
C Red
E Yellow
F Green
G Blue
H Gray
www.nkkswitches.com C125
Series MB2500 Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons
Toggles
2
.709 .453 (4.7) Typ .551
.185
C
1 NC
(4.0)
.157
(0.5) (4.5) (2.0)
Programmable Illuminated PB
.185 4 1 NC
(4.0) (2.0)
.157 .079
(0.5) (4.5) (4.8)
.020 .177 .189
Rotaries
A
(12.0) .492” .516”
Black, White, Red, Yellow, (15.6) .472
.614
Green, Blue, Gray (21.5) A
.846
Contact factory for matte finish.
Tilt
(13.8)
Finish: Glossy (12.0) .543 (12.5mm) (13.1mm)
.472 A
(15.0) .492” .516”
Color: Black (15.6) (30.2)
.591
.614 1.19 (6.25mm) (6.55mm)
B
Indicators
(10.0) .472
for AT617 LED .394
(2.2)
Single Pole Double Pole
Material: Polycarbonate .087 (15.0)
(7.8) .591 (18.4mm) (18.7mm)
Finish: Semi-glossy .307 A
(11.8)
.724” .736”
.465 (21.5) Sq
Supplement
(8.0)
Color: Black .315 (3.0) Dia Typ
.846 A
.118
C126 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap-Action Snap-in Mount Pushbuttons Series MB2500
Toggles
OPTIONAL SNAP-IN BEZELS & BEZEL COLORS
AT213 Bezel
for AT618 LED (10.0) (12.0)
Rockers
.394 .472
Material: (2.0) Typ Single Pole Double Pole
(2.2)
Polycarbonate .079
.087 (15.0)
.591 (18.4mm) (18.7mm)
Finish: (7.8) A
.307 .724” .736”
Semi-glossy
Pushbuttons
(11.8)
.465
Color:
(8.0)
.315 (5.0) Typ
.197
(21.5) Sq
.846
A
C
Black
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bezel Assembly
Keylocks
Bezel Orientation on Switch
Rotaries
.118
with 1 LED (7.7)
with 2 Round LEDs with 2 Rectangular LEDs
.303 (5.0) (7.0)
.197 .276
Top LED Top LED
Circuit Mark This Side
Slides
Bottom LED (-) Bottom LED (-)
(+) (+)
(-)
Tactiles
(+)
Note: Lead lengths may differ from manufacturing lot to lot. The longer lead is the anode (+).
Tilt
(+) (-) C F C E F C E F
Color Red Green Red Yellow Green Red Yellow Green
Touch
Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 50mA 30mA 30mA 25mA 25mA 30mA 25mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 30mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 2.8V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V 2.2V 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V
Indicators
If the source voltage is greater than the rated voltage of the LED, a ballast resistor must be connected in series with the LED.
The ballast resistor calculation and more lamp detail are shown in the Supplement section.
www.nkkswitches.com C127
Series SB Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons
Toggles
Other Ratings
Pushbuttons
2,000V AC minimum between contacts for SB221s & SB60s for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for SB221s & SB60s for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for SB221s;
30,000 operations minimum for SB25, SB60s, SB265
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum
Total Travel: SB221s .116” (2.95mm); SB60s .094” (2.4mm); SB265 .213” (5.4mm);
SB25 .195” (4.95mm)
Operating Temp Range: –10°C through +70°C (+14°F through +158°F)
Keylocks
Installation
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering (Solder Lug): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tactiles
C128 www.nkkswitches.com
Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons Series SB
Toggles
SINGLE POLE WITH SOLDER LUG OR SCREW LUG
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
*Approvals Pole & Normal Down AC AC
Rockers
Keyway
Model 125V 250V
Throw
R
R C US
Pushbuttons
SB221TNO –– –– SPST OFF – (ON) 1-4 3A 1.5A
SB221TNC SPST ON 1-4 (OFF) — 3A 1.5A
C
Suffix T = Throw & SPST SPST Note: Terminal numbers are
Screw Lug Schematic: SB221NO 1 4
SB221NC 1 4 actually on the switch.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Keyway M12 P1
(8.0)
.315
(7.0) (0.8)
(13.2) Dia (25.5) M3 x P0.5 x 4 .031
.276
.520 1.004
4 1 (12.5) Dia
.492
Keylocks
(8.0)
.315
(11.5)
(2.4) Dia .453
B
.094
(13.2) (11.0) (12.0) (15.7) (0.8) (1.5)
.520 A .031
.433 .472 .618 .060
SB221NO
Rotaries
Dimension A: .185” (4.7mm) for NO model & .150” (3.8mm) for NC model. Panel Thickness Supplied with
Dimension B Plunger Extension: .197” (5.0mm) for NO model & .161” (4.1mm) for NC model. .193” (4.9mm) AT414 Black Cap
Slides
* UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with
Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals ( ) = Momentary Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
marking on switch (see General Specs)
US Throw
Tactiles
R
Tilt
Lockdown for SB63A is 2 (COM) 5
Throw & DPDT Note: Terminal numbers are
achieved by actuating and then
Schematic: actually on the switch.
turning the button clockwise. 1 3 4 6
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
(12.5) Dia
6 3 .492
.060
(5.6) (5.7)
.220 .224
(18.6) (11.0) (14.0) (25.7) (0.8) Typ
.433 A .551 1.012 .031
.732
SB61A
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C129
Series SB Low/Medium Capacity Pushbuttons
Toggles
Pole & AC AC
Model Keyway
125V 250V
R C
R
US
Throw
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
M12 P1
.315
41 (1.5)
.060
(7.0) (4.7)
.276 .185
(19.2) (11.0) (5.7) (14.0) (26.7)
.756 .433 .224 .551 1.051
Rotaries
SB25
Supplied with Panel Thickness
AT414 Black Cap .193” (4.9mm)
* UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with Pushbutton Position/Connected Terminals
Electrical Capacity (Resistive)
marking on switch (see General Specs) ( ) = Momentary
AC AC
Model Keyway
125V 250V
R C
R
US Throw
Notes: Standard Hardware: AT504M Knurled Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Backup Nut. See Accessories & Hardware section.
Touch
Keyway M12 P1
Indicators
(12.5) Dia
.492
(10.7) Dia (25.5)
.421 1.004
(9.0)
.354
(3.0) Dia
Accessories
4 1
(5.1) .118
.201
(10.0) (2.4) Dia
.394 .094
(13.2) (6.7) (5.3) (14.5) (14.9) (1.0) Typ
.520 .264 .209 .571 .587 .039
SB265
Supplement
C130 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap Switch Pushbuttons Series SCB
Toggles
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
Electrical Capacity
Resistive Load: 15A & 1⁄2 HP @ 125 or 250V AC for high capacity models
Lamp Load: 5A @ 125V AC
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 15 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
Pushbuttons
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum C
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum
Travel: Pretravel .047” (1.19mm); Overtravel .040” (1.01mm); Differential .011” (0.27mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB
Operating Temp Range: –40°C through +85°C (–40°F through +185°F)
Materials & Finishes
Caps & Shrouds: Polycarbonate with glossy finish or PBT
Plunger: Polyacetal or brass with nickel plating
Bushing: Steel with zinc plating or glass fiber reinforced polyamide
Case: Polyester
Movable & Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy
Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Standards & Certifications
UL: Internal snap switch is UL recognized.
Keylocks
CSA: Internal snap switch is CSA certified.
Rotaries
SCB 2 5 P 15 A 4 CA
Poles
Slides
Caps & Shrouds
1 SPDT
For Momentary
2 DPDT Terminals
3 .520” (13.2mm) Diameter Cap
A .187” (4.75mm) Quick Connect
Tactiles
For Momentary & Alternate Action
Circuits *B .250” (6.35mm) Quick Connect
4 Round Cap & Shroud
5 ON (ON) Note: Contact factory for availability of (AT454 & AT455)
6 ON ON screw lug and solder lug models.
5 Rectangular Cap & Shroud
( ) = Momentary * Available in Americas only (AT452 & AT453)
Tilt
Bushings Colors
Plastic (with Caps Shrouds
Touch
P DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
momentary only)
SCB25P15A-4CA A Black A
S Steel
B White B
Indicators
H Gray H
ON-(ON) Circuit
.187” (4.75mm)
Quick Connect
15A Rating Terminals
Supplement
Note: Standard hardware is provided with caps. See Bushing detail for more information.
www.nkkswitches.com C131
Series SCB Snap Switch Pushbuttons
Toggles
C
SCB15 ON (ON) 2
SP 1-2 1-3 SPDT 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
SCB16 ON ON 3
2
1
3
SCB25 ON (ON) SP with
DP 1-2 1-2 1-3 1-3
SCB26 ON ON 2 switches 2
1
3
BUSHINGS
Keylocks
Plastic
P (for Momentary only) S
Steel
“A” =
11.2mm
Rotaries
(10.0)
.394
Momentary
A 15.5mm
Alternate Action
Slides
(11.5) (11.5)
Tactiles
.453 .453
Maximum Effective Panel Thickness: Maximum Effective Panel Thickness:
(1.5)
.165” (4.2mm) without Shroud (1.5) Momentary: .177” (4.5mm) without Shroud
.060 .060
.157” (4.0mm) with Shroud .157” (4.0mm) with Shroud
Alternate Action: .354” (9.0mm)
Tilt
Cap Option 3: AT504M Knurled Face Nut, AT508 Lockwasher, AT527M Hex Mounting Nut
Touch
Cap Options 4 & 5: AT508 Lockwasher & AT527M Hex Mounting Nut
TERMINALS
Indicators
(3.18)
.125 (4.75) (4.06)
.160 (6.35)
.187 .250
Thk = (0.5) Thk = (0.81)
.020 .032
Supplement
C132 www.nkkswitches.com
Snap Switch Pushbuttons Series SCB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(5.84) (4.75)
CL .230 .187 (3.18)
(0.5) Typ
.020 .125
Pushbuttons
(1.02) (9.78) (10.16)
NC 2 NO 3 .040 (13.97) .385 .400
C
.550
M12 P1
(4.5)
.177 (28.83)
(22.23) (28.0)
1.135
Programmable Illuminated PB
COM .875 1.102
1
(13.2) Dia
.520
SCB15S15A-3C
Keylocks
(14.0) (5.84) (4.75) Typ
.551 .230 .187
(0.5) Typ (3.18)
.020 .125
Rotaries
Shown with (4.0) Panel (1.02) (9.78) (10.16)
.157 NC 2 NO 3 .040 (13.97) .385 .400
.550
Slides
COM 1.110
(17.7) Dia 1
.697
(24.0) Dia
.945
Tactiles
(2.0) (12.0) (0.6) (20.32)
.079 .472 .024 .800
(21.2) (22.1) (27.0)
.835 .870 1.063
SCB25P15A-4CA
Tilt
Rectangular Cap & Shroud • .250” (6.35mm) Quick Connect
Touch
(20.7) (8.08) (6.35) Typ
.815 .318 .250
Shown with (4.0) Panel (0.81) Typ (4.06)
.157 .032 .160
NC 2 NO 3 (1.02) (8.38) (10.54)
.040 (14.35) .330 .415
Indicators
M12 P1 .565
(26.2)
1.031
SCB26S15B-5CA
www.nkkswitches.com C133
Series WB Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
C Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum for solder lug & screw terminal models
30 milliohms maximum for wire lead terminal models
Programmable Illuminated PB
Wire Lead Covers: Heat resistant polyvinyl chloride (Leads are AWG 16.)
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13 lb • in)
Touch
Soldering Time & Temp: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
C134 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons Series WB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Single unit construction of the bushing and case gives added
protection from environmental elements.
Pushbuttons
C
Programmable Illuminated PB
Specially designed contact mechanism for breaking light welds.
Keylocks
Outer housing of heat resistant resin meets UL 94V-0
flammability standard and provides high arc and
tracking resistance.
Rotaries
Solder lug and screw terminal models meet IP67 of
IEC60529 Standards at front panel (dust tight and
water protected for temporary immersion). Behind
Slides
panel standard is IP60 (dust tight but not water protected).
Tactiles
Wire lead models conform fully to IP67 of IEC60529 Standards
at front and behind panel (dust tight and water protected for
temporary immersion). These models are epoxy sealed at the
switch base and covered by an outer case for further protection Actual Size
Tilt
from dust and water (not operable under water).
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com C135
Series WB Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons
Toggles
WB 1 2 S D A
Rockers
*D Amber
*E Yellow
DESCRIPTION FOR F Green
TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
Black .520” (13.2mm) *G Blue
WB12S-DA Diameter Cap *H Gray
* Not available
with cap code E
Keylocks
SPDT
ON-ON Circuit
1 (COM)
SP WB12 ON ON 1-1b 1-1a
Tactiles
SPDT
SP WB15 ON (ON) 1-1b 1-1a 1a 1b
Wire leads are covered with heat resistant vinyl in accordance Terminal Numbers & Wire Colors
to UL 1015 and CSA TEW 105 Standards for Appliance Wiring Models 1a 1 1b
Material (AWM).
WB12L, WB15L White Black Red
Touch
Flatted
(0.8) Typ
.031 1b
(13.2) Dia (28.8) (11.2)
Accessories
1 .441
.520 1.134
(2.4) Dia Typ 1a
.094 (12.5) Dia
.492
M12 P1
(11.0) (1.0) (4.8) (4.8)
.433 .039 .189 .189 Panel Thickness
(15.8) (9.6) (33.0)
Supplement
(19.4)
.622 .378 1.299 .764 .157” (4.0mm)
WB15S-DA
C136 www.nkkswitches.com
Environmentally Sealed Pushbuttons Series WB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Screw Lug
M3.5 x 5
Flatted
Rockers
1b
(13.2) Dia (6.6) (28.8) (11.2)
1
.520 .260 1.134 .441
1a
(12.5) Dia
Pushbuttons
.492
M12 P1
(11.0)
.433
(1.0)
.039
(8.3)
.327
(1.0)
.039 C
(15.8)
.622
(9.6)
.378
(36.5)
1.437
(19.4) Panel Thickness
.764
.157” (4.0mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB
WB12T-DA
Wire Lead
Flatted
1b
Keylocks
(13.2) Dia 1 (30.2) (11.2)
.520 1.189 .441
1a (12.5) Dia
.492
M12 P1
(11.0) (1.0) (10.0)
.433 .039 .394
Rotaries
(15.8)
.622
(9.6)
.378
(38.0)
1.496
(200.0) +- (20.0)
7.874
(20.8)
.819 Panel Thickness
.157” (4.0mm)
WB12L-DA
Slides
CAPS & CAP COLORS
Tactiles
(12.8) Dia
AT414 AT412
D .520” (13.2mm) Diameter
.504
E .748” (19.0mm) Diameter
(11.0) (8.0)
.433 .315 (11.7)
(14.9) .461
Colors Available: .587
Colors Available:
ABCDEFGH ABCF
Tilt
(19.0) Dia
(13.2) Dia M3.5 P0.6 .748
M3.5 P0.6
Material: PBT Finish: Glossy .520 Material: Polystyrene Finish: Glossy
Cap Color
Codes: A B C D E F G H
Touch
Black White Red Amber Yellow Green Blue Gray
STANDARD HARDWARE
Indicators
Material: (14.3)
Material: Material: (12.1) Dia
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com C137
Notes
C138 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents Illuminated Pushbuttons
FP01 Series............................. D4
Toggles
Photo Interrupter
3 Million Actuations
Rockers
6-pin Connector
Snap-in Mount
Pushbuttons
GB Series ............................... D8
Ultra-miniature Fully Illuminated Plunger
Programmable Illuminated PB
PCB Mounting
Accessories
Full Face & Spot Illumination; Super Bright & Bright LEDs
Solder Lug/Quick Connect
D2 www.nkkswitches.com
Illuminated Pushbuttons Contents
LB Series Illum & Nonillum ......... D59
Toggles
Panel Seal
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Rockers
Full Face & Spot Illumination; Super Bright & Bright LEDs
Solder Lug/Quick Connect
Pushbuttons
LP01 Series ............................ D68
Secured Cap Design; 3A Power Level
Programmable Illuminated PB
Full Face Illumination
Solder Lug/Quick Connect D
Keylocks
PCB Mounting
Rotaries
5A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Full Face & Spot Illumination; Bicolor Alternating Legends
Solder Lug & Straight PC
Slides
PCB & Snap-in Mount
Tactiles
5A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Variety of Illumination Effects; Alternating Legends
Bright, Super Bright, & Bicolor LEDs
Solder Lug & Straight PC; PCB & Snap-in Mount
Tilt
YB Series Illum & Nonillum ...... D104 Touch
3A Power Level & 0.4VA Logic Level
Full Face & Spot Illumination
Incandescent & Multi-element LEDs
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com D3
Series FP01 Contactless Pushbuttons
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
D4 www.nkkswitches.com
Contactless Pushbuttons Series FP01
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
FP01 1 5 C A C1 F F
Rockers
Photo Transistor Shape Receptacle LEDs
Pushbuttons
1 Single C Round C1 6-pin Socket C Red
See Connector. D Amber
F Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Photo Interrupter Housing Actuator Colors Connector
5 Unshaded (Shaded) A Black B White Assembled Connector
C2
with Wire Leads
(Momentary C Red
Operating Function) Unassembled Connector
D Amber * C3
and Pins
F Green
No No Connector
Keylocks
Code
* Available in Americas only
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE Contact factory for custom options
FP0115CAC1FF
Rotaries
Green Actuator
with Green LED
Slides
Normally Unshaded
Photo Interrupter Round, Black Housing
Tactiles
ACTUATOR & INTERRUPTER
Actuator Position Photo Interrupter Schematics
Tilt
Normal Down Unshaded Shaded
LED connector pins are 5 & 6;
Model 1 Normally Unshaded with interrupter connector pins are
5
Touch
Momentary Shaded status 3-4 & 1-2.
C Round Shape
A Black Housing
C1 6-pin Socket
Supplement
6 5 4 3 2 1
www.nkkswitches.com D5
Series FP01 Contactless Pushbuttons
Toggles
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Actuator Up Actuator Down
Status of Photo Interrupter: Unshaded Shaded
Rockers
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Total Travel: .079” (2.0mm)
Programmable Illuminated PB
MATERIALS
Actuator: Polyacetal Housing: Polyamide
–
determined at a basic
temperature of 25°C. E – VF Forward Voltage VF 1.85V 2.0V 2.25V
R =
IF
If the source voltage Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms)
exceeds the rated E = Source Voltage (V) Current Reduction 0.38mA 0.28mA 0.40mA
Supplement
∆I F
voltage, a ballast VF = Forward Voltage (V) Rate Above 25°C /°C /°C /°C
resistor is required. IF = Forward Current (A)
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
D6 www.nkkswitches.com
Contactless Pushbuttons Series FP01
Toggles
ACTUATOR COLORS
Rockers
CONNECTOR OPTIONS
AT021 AT022
C2 C3 No Code
Pushbuttons
Assembled Connector Unassembled Connector
with Wire Leads and Pins
Connector body: JST model ZHR-6 1 connector and 8 crimp connector pins No Connector
Crimp connector pins: JST model SZH-002T-P0.5 only (no wire leads provided).
Programmable Illuminated PB
Wire leads: 28-26AWG; 12-inch, unstripped; Recommended connector
Blue for Pin 1 Matching wire leads: 28-26AWG for assembly: D
JST model number ZHR-6
Recommended crimp
connector pins:
JST model SZH-002T-P0.5
for 28-26AWG wire leads
or SZH-003T-P0.5 for
32-28AWG wire leads.
Keylocks
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Rotaries
.197 This Side Pin 1
(1.1)R Typ
.043
(25.1)
Slides
.988
Tactiles
(22.9) Dia
(19.6) Dia (1.5) .902
.772 .059
(26.0) Dia (5.3) (21.4) (2.3) (22.8) Dia
1.024 .209 .843 .091 .898
Recommended Panel
Thickness Range:
.098” ~ .197”
Tilt
6 5 4 3 2 1
Terminal Connector Detail (2.5mm ~ 5.0mm) FP0115CAC1FF
LEGENDS
Touch
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators
Accessories
ER
Recommended Methods:
T
.772
www.nkkswitches.com D7
Series GB Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +55°C (–13°F through +131°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 500Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 15 minutes; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering recommended. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch
Cleaning: Automated alcohol based cleaning recommended, 5 minutes maximum. Do not use high-purity
alcohol (50% alcohol or more) or organic solvent. High alcohol solution can damage clear plastic.
See Cleaning specifications in Supplement section.
Indicators
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
D8 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers Series GB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Fully illuminated plunger for highly visible status indication
with single color LED in red, green, or amber.
Pushbuttons
Ultra-miniature size allows high density mounting,
Programmable Illuminated PB
and extremely light weight makes these switches
ideal for handheld equipment. D
Keylocks
Award-winning STC contact mechanism
Rotaries
with benefits unavailable in conventional
mechanisms: smooth, positive detent actuation,
increased contact stability, and unparalleled
logic-level reliability. (Additional STC details
Slides
in Terms & Acronyms; see Supplement section.)
Tactiles
spacing conforms to standard PC board grid
spacing. Round terminals facilitate easier
through-hole mounting on PC boards.
Tilt
Nonilluminated pushbuttons available and shown
in the Pushbutton section.
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D9
Series GB Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers
Toggles
GB 1 5 J H F
Rockers
Pushbuttons
V Vertical F Green
D
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
GB15JHF
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
5 (COM)
SP GB15 ON (ON) 5-6 5-4 SPDT (1) (3)
4 6
Tactiles
ACTUATOR
(4.0) Dia
J Clear Plunger
.157
(2.0) Dia
Tilt
.079
(3.3)
.130
(1.6)
.063
Touch
D10 www.nkkswitches.com
Ultra-Miniature Fully Illuminated Plungers Series GB
Toggles
PC TERMINALS
P Straight
H Right Angle
V Vertical
Rockers
(0.4) Dia Typ
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ .016
(2.54) Typ .020 .100
(2.54) Typ .100
.100 (0.4) Dia Typ
(0.4) Dia Typ .016
Pushbuttons
(2.6) (2.54) Typ
.016 .100
.102
(0.5) Typ
.020
(2.54) Typ (4.5)
.100 (7.0) .177
(7.0) (4.5) .276 (2.54) Typ (7.0) (4.5)
.276 .177 .100 .276 .177
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Straight PC
P/N This Side
(0.4) Dia Typ (2.54)
.016 .100 4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
(4.0) Dia 5 (7.0) 5 .100
.157 .276
Keylocks
6 3
3 6
(0.6) Dia Typ
.024
Slot (2.0) Dia (1.6) (2.54) Typ
.079 .063 .100
(4.5) (3.3) (7.0) (2.6) (2.54)
.177 .130 .276 .102 .100
Rotaries
Terminals 1 & 3 are lamp terminals. GB15JPD
Right Angle PC
Slides
(0.4)
.016 (2.54) Typ
3 1 .100 1 3
(4.0) Dia (4.9) (2.54)
4 5 6 .100
.157 .193
Tactiles
(2.6) 6 5 4 (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
(2.0) Dia .102 .024 .200
Slot
.079
(0.4) Dia Typ (5.08) (0.5) (0.4) Dia Typ
.016 .200 .020 .016
(5.08) (1.6) (2.54) (2.54) Typ
.200 .063 .100 .100
(7.8) (3.3) (10.22) (7.0)
.307 .130 .402 .276
Tilt
Terminals 1 & 3 are lamp terminals. GB15JHF
Vertical PC Touch
(0.4)
.016 (2.54)
.100
Indicators
4 1
1 4
(2.54) Typ
(4.0) Dia 5 (7.4) 5 .100
.157 .292
6 3
3 6
(2.6) (0.6) Dia Typ (5.08)
Slot (2.0) Dia .102 .024
.079 .200
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com D11
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 100 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Slides
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.49Nm (4.34 lb • in) maximum for round mounting nut
Tilt
Cap Installation Force: 9.8N (2.2 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch
D12 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Full face and spot illumination available. Front panel relamping.
Pushbuttons
Choice of super bright LEDs in white, green, and blue in
addition to bright red, amber, and green LEDs.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Compact front panel design with 9mm square or round
bezel options. D
Keylocks
Latchdown feature gives indication of circuit status. Audible
and tactile feedback with smooth and responsive operation.
Rotaries
contact stability, high reliability, and increased operating life.
Slides
Longer normally closed terminal facilitates wiring and soldering.
Tactiles
Molded-in terminals lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D13
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
HB 1 5 S K W01 6G JB
Rockers
Pushbuttons
D
Circuits Housing LEDs Cap Types & Colors
5 ON (ON) K Black only
Bright LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Color
( ) = Momentary
5C Red Black Cap/White Window for
6 ON ON AB
Spot Illuminated (Square only)
5D Amber
Keylocks
F Green
G Blue
Touch
Square Shape
Accessories
Black Housing
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit Silver Contacts &
Supplement
D14 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB
Toggles
POLES & CIRCUITS
Plunger Position
( ) = Momentary Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
Rockers
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NO, NC, C, L.
Pole Model LED circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
HB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*HB16 ON ON 3 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .051” (1.3mm) above the built-in bezel.
D
SHAPES & PANEL CUTOUT
Keylocks
The bezel is an integral The bezel is an integral
part of the switch body. part of the switch body.
Rotaries
Panel Cutout & Mounting
Slides
Recommended Panel Thickness: Overtightening the mounting nut AT073
.020 ~ .197” (0.5 ~ 5.0mm) (8.0) Dia
may damage the switch housing.
Tactiles
.315
HOUSING
Tilt
K Housing available in black only.
Touch
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS
W01
Indicators
(5.0)
.197
(2.0) Solder lug terminals are spaced
.079 (1.8)
.071
.100” x .200” (2.54mm x 5.08mm).
(1.0)
.039 This enables PCB mounting which can be
accomplished by elongating PC board
Supplement
Thk = (0.3)
.012 holes to .080” (2.03mm).
www.nkkswitches.com D15
Series HB Subminiature Pushbuttons
Toggles
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
5C 5D 5F 6B 6F 6G
Super Bright
(+) (-) Color Red Amber Green White Green Blue Unit
Programmable Illuminated PB
No Code
Keylocks
No Lamp
Finish: Matte
Lens/Diffuser
Colors Available: AT4166 AT4167 Transparent Colored
Square (7.4) Sq
Round (7.4) Dia Lens
Tactiles
CB Red/White
.291
(4.5)
.291
.177
(4.5)
.177 Translucent
(4.8) White Diffuser
DB Amber/White
.189 (4.8)
.189
Colored LED
FB
Tilt
White Cap for Bright & Super Bright LEDs Transparent Clear
Lens
Clear Lens/
JB
Touch
.177
(4.8) (4.8)
Finish: Glossy .189 .189 AT624, AT629,
AT630, or AT633
Nonilluminated Caps
Accessories
.177
B White
E Yellow
G Blue
(4.8)
.189
(4.8)
.189
D16 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Pushbuttons Series HB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single Pole Square
Rockers
M8P0.75 (1.0) x (2.0) Typ L(+) L(-)
.039 x .079
(0.3) Typ (2.54) Typ
.012 2 .100
NO
3
NC
1
COM
(1.8)
Pushbuttons
.071
(5.0) (0.5)
.197 .020
(7.4) Sq (1.3) (10.0) (5.0)
.291 .051 .394 .197
(9.0) Sq (3.5) (5.3) (15.5) (7.0) (2.54) Typ
.354 .138 .209 .610 .276 .100
Programmable Illuminated PB
Latchdown Position
HB15SKW01-5C-CB D
Single Pole Round
Keylocks
(1.8) COM
.071
(5.0) (0.5)
.197 .020
(7.4) Dia (1.3) (10.0) (5.0)
.291 .051 .394 .197
(9.0) Dia (3.5) (5.3) (15.5) (7.0) (2.54) Typ
.354 .138 .209 .610 .276 .100
Rotaries
Latchdown Position
HB16CKW01-5C-CB
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Slides
Cap Removal LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket Cap Replacement
1. Have cap in extended For AT624, AT629, AT630: Insert the LED with the 1. Match the prongs on
position (not latchdown) for D flat opposite the black dot molded inside the the cap base with the
Tactiles
alternate action models. switch lamp socket. For AT633: Insert the LED with projections in the switch,
the Black Dot on the terminal to the right. at the same time aligning
2. Use the grip slots on the the spring clips on the
sides of the cap and pull it cap with the indentations
out of the switch. in the switch.
Tilt
D Flat D Flat
(+) (+)
AT624 (–) (–) AT633 2. Press firmly in place.
AT629
AT630 Top View
of Switch
used to remove and replace LED. used to tighten the mounting nut.
www.nkkswitches.com D17
Series HB2 Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Slides
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tactiles
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 15.0N (3.37 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Tilt
The HB2 pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
D18 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series HB2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Quiet actuation combined with crisp tactile feedback suited for broadcast equipment.
Pushbuttons
Full face illumination with choice of red/green or red/yellow
bicolor LEDs, as well as simultaneous bicolor illumination
which produces amber.
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Option of legends on caps or film insert.
Keylocks
Sliding Twin Crossbar (STC) mechanism provides
unequalled logic-level reliability, contact stability,
smooth positive detent actuation, and long life.
Rotaries
Crimped power terminals ensure secure PCB mounting
and prevent dislodging during soldering.
Slides
Suitable applications include broadcast, telecommunication,
and medical equipment, as well as measuring instruments, etc.
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D19
Series HB2 Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
HB2 1 5 S K G03 CF JB
Rockers
Pushbuttons
5 OFF (ON)
D ( ) = Momentary
Housing LEDs
K Black CE Red/Yellow
CF Red/Green
Amber can be achieved
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
by simultaneous
HB215SKG03CF-JB illumination of LEDs.
Keylocks
OFF–(ON) Circuit
Gold Contacts & PC Terminals with
0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC Rating
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch/Lamp Schematics
( ) = Momentary
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch terminals are not marked on the switch.
Tactiles
1 2 5 (+)
Yellow or Green
.089
Gold Contacts Logic Level 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum (0.5)
.020
(2.5) Typ (1.0) Dia
.098 .039
3
1
(5.0) 4
.197
Switch Terminal Lamp Terminal PCB Footprint 5
2
(3.5) (3.5)
Supplement
D20 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series HB2
Toggles
BICOLOR LEDS & SPECIFICATIONS
R + IF
Anode
LED is an integral part of the switch. CE CF
Rockers
E VF Color Red/Yellow Red/Green
Cathode Red Yellow Red Green
–
E – VF Maximum Forward Current IFM * 30mA * 30mA * 30mA * 30mA
R =
Pushbuttons
IF Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms) Forward Voltage VF 2.0V 2.1V 2.0V 2.1V
E = Source Voltage (V)
VF = Forward Voltage (V) Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 4V 4V 4V
IF = Forward Current (A)
Programmable Illuminated PB
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.33mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C D
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by
using the formula in the Supplement section.
* Value applies to single color illumination for either Red or Yellow or Red or Green. When both colors are illuminated simultaneously,
the sum of the currents should not exceed the smallest value of the maximum forward current.
CAP COLORS
Keylocks
(3.5)
J Clear Transparent Lens
.138
B White Translucent Diffuser (1.0)
.039
AT3081 AT3082
Rotaries
(5.8) Sq
Square Lens (7.5) Sq Square Diffuser .228
.295
Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Frosted
Slides
Single Pole Square
(1.4) (0.5) Sq Typ
.055 (0.8) Dia Typ .020
(2.54)
Tactiles
.100 .031
3 R
(7.5) Sq 1 4
(5.0)
.295 .197
2
(0.92) (0.5) Sq Typ 5
.036 .020
(3.5) (0.4) (0.5)
.138 .016 .020
Tilt
(11.7) (4.5)
.461 .177
(17.0) (3.1) (7.8) Sq
.669 .122 .307
HB215SKG03CF-JB
LEGENDS Touch
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators
Recommended Methods: Screen Print or Pad Print on Lens; Laser Print on Film Insert.
Epoxy based ink is recommended. Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness
Accessories
(0.6) R
.024
Film
Insert
UP
(4.17) Sq
(5.98) Sq .164
.235 (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ
.030 .030
(7.5) Sq (5.7) Sq
.295 .224
www.nkkswitches.com D21
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Dielectric Strength: For Silver: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum &
D 1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum;
For Gold: 750V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum &
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Electrical Life: 50,000 operations minimum for silver; 100,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole 0.98 ~ 2.45N for maintained & 0.98 ~ 1.96N for momentary;
Double pole 1.47 ~ 3.43N for maintained & 1.47 ~ 2.94N for momentary
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Travel: Pretravel .087” (2.2mm); Overtravel .031” (0.8mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Stationary Contacts: Silver for power circuit; copper with gold plating for logic level circuit
Housing Base: Polyamide (UL94V-0)
Terminal Base: Polyester
Common Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver flash plating for power circuit;
Slides
Phosphor bronze with gold flash plating for logic level circuit
End Terminals: Brass with silver flash plating for power circuit;
Brass with gold flash plating for logic level circuit
Lamp Terminals: Phosphor bronze with nickel flash plating
Tactiles
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tilt
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 3 shocks in each direction)
Touch
Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.78Nm (6.9 lb • in) maximum
Cap Installation Force: 4.51N (1.0 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
Single & double pole models recognized at 1A @ 125/250V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, & 0.4VA @ 28V DC.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
Single & double pole models recognized at 1A @ 125/250V AC, 1A @ 30V DC, & 0.4VA @ 28V DC.
D22 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Bright illumination with numerous color variations. Spot illumination available.
Square, rectangular, and round shaped caps.
Pushbuttons
Front panel relamping.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Choice of bright or super bright LEDs in red, amber, green,
white, and blue. D
Keylocks
Stainless steel frame on snap-in models has a specially
designed projection, which prevents rotation and correctly
Rotaries
orients switch in panel.
Slides
Molded-in terminals lock out flux, dust, and other contaminants.
Tactiles
8mm panel thickness capability. Rear panel bushing or
snap-in mounting.
Tilt
Matching indicators available.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D23
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
KB 1 5 C K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
Slides
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tactiles
KB15CKW01-12-FF
Touch
Black Housing
SPDT
ON-(ON) Circuit
Accessories
D24 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
12 FF
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors D
05 5-volt Black/None (Nonilluminated Only.
A
Available in Square and Round Only.)
12 12-volt
BB White/White FB Green/White
No Code Nonilluminated
CB Red/White FF Green/Green
CC Red/Red GB Blue/White
EB Yellow/White GG Blue/Blue
Keylocks
Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
Rotaries
05 5-volt JB Clear/White
12 12-volt JC Clear/Red
01 110-volt Neon JE Clear/Yellow
Slides
No Code Nonilluminated * JF Clear/Green
*JG Clear/Blue
* JF & JG not suitable with neon.
Tactiles
Bright LED Used with Cap for LED LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor Square Spot Illuminated
AB
Tilt
Black Cap/White Window
5C Red No Code No Resistor
JB Clear/White
05 5-volt
5D Amber JC Clear/Red
12 12-volt
Touch
5F Green JD Clear/Amber
24 24-volt
JF Clear/Green
Indicators
Super Bright LED Used with Cap for LED LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
6B White JB Clear/White
Accessories
6F Green
6G Blue
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D25
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with “+” and “–”.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
2 (COM)
KB15 ON (ON)
Pushbuttons
2 (COM) 5
KB25 ON (ON)
DP 2-3 5-6 2-1 5-4 DPDT L (+) (-) L
*KB26 ON ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
3 1 6 4
D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .055” (1.4mm) above the built-in bezel.
Bezel or barrier is an integral part of the switch body. One mounting nut AT057 supplied with each switch.
Slides
Snap-in Mounting
Panel Cutouts
Bushing Mounting Snap-in Mounting
(1.2) R
.047
Indicators
Panel thicknesses, when using optional accessories, are shown with the accessories at the end of this KB section.
HOUSING
Supplement
K Housing available in black only. Bezel or barrier is an integral part of the switch body.
D26 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS & TERMINALS
Power Level
W Silver Contacts 1A @ 125V AC & 250V AC
01 Solder Lug (5.0)
.197
Rockers
(2.0)
Logic Level .079 (1.8)
G Gold Contacts 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC (1.0)
.071
.039
Thk = (0.2) Com = (0.1)
Complete explanation of operating range in Supplement section. .008 .005
Pushbuttons
AT055 Crossover Guard
(12.4) Dia (14.0) Dia
.488 .551
A partitioned plastic guard is supplied with each switch to provide insulation between terminals.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Installation steps: (17.0)
.669
BARRIER TYPE
No Code No Barrier
B With Barrier
Built-in bezel Built-in barrier only available for Square and Rectangular
Keylocks
LAMP COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
Rotaries
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Ambient Temperature Range for lamps below: –25°C ~ +50°C.
Slides
AT611 AT615 05 12 01
Incandescent Neon
Recommended Resistors
Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC 110V AC for Neon:
Tactiles
33K ohms for 110V AC;
Current I 115mA 60mA 1.5mA 100K ohms for 220V AC
No Code
Tilt
No Lamp
www.nkkswitches.com D27
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
D T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Super Bright Single Element LED
Nonilluminated Only;
A Square & Round Only AT486
Round
AT485 AT4021
Translucent Colored Lens
Square Rectangular
BB FB (11.6) Dia
.457
(4.5) (11.6)
Tilt
(11.6) Dia
.457
JC JG (11.6) Sq
.457
(4.5)
.177
(11.6)
.457
(16.1)
.634 Translucent Colored Filter
(4.5) (6.2) (4.5)
.177 .244 .177
JE (6.2)
.244
(6.3)
.248
Supplement
D28 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear
Rockers
Spot Illuminated Cap for Bright LED without Resistor or with Resistor
Pushbuttons
.118 (11.6) Sq
Opaque Black Cap with (1.8) .457
Translucent White Window AT4051 .071 (4.6)
AB for Spot Illumination Square
(5.0)
.197
.181
(6.2)
.244
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bright LED Bright LED
D
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Matte AT635 AT634
Lens/Diffuser Colors Available: (AT4133, 4132, 4134 white diffusers; AT4158, 4160, 4159 colored diffusers)
Keylocks
JB AT4133 AT4132 AT4134
Rotaries
JC AT4158 AT4160 AT4159
Slides
JD (11.6)
Translucent Diffuser
(11.6) Sq (11.6) Dia (16.1)
.457 .457 .457 .634
(4.5) (4.5) (4.5)
.177 .177
JF
.177
(6.2) (6.2) (6.3)
.244 .244 .248
Tactiles
Bright LED Bright LED
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy AT635 AT634
Tilt
Cap for Super Bright LED
Touch
Lens/Diffuser Colors Available:
AT625
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy AT631 AT632
www.nkkswitches.com D29
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
(0.2) Typ
.008 .005
(4.9) 6 3
.193 5 2
COM
L L
(1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
Programmable Illuminated PB
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
D30 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Square • Snap-in Mount
Rockers
(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway
.039 x .079 .071
(.127)
Pushbuttons
(0.2) Typ
.008 (4.9) 6 3
.005
.193 5 2
COM
L L
(2.3) (1.8) Typ 4 1
Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.6) Sq (1.4) (1.0) (1.7) Typ
D
.457 .055 .039 .067
(14.0) Sq (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position
Keylocks
(1.0) x (2.0) Typ (1.8) Keyway
Rotaries
.039 x .079 .071
(0.2) Typ (.127)
.008 (4.9) 6 3
.005
.193 5 2
COM
L L
Slides
(11.6) Dia (1.4) (1.0) (1.7) Typ
.457 .055 .039 .067
(14.0) Dia (3.5) (5.3) (24.7) (5.0) (9.0)
.551 .138 .209 .972 .197 .354
Latchdown Position
Tactiles
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. KB26MKW01-05-CB
5 2
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
www.nkkswitches.com D31
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
COM
L L
(1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
D
KB15SKW01B-6G-JB Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.
.193 5 2
COM
L L
4 1
(1.8) Typ
.071 (5.08)
.200
.008 (4.9) 6 3
(11.6)
.457 .193 5 2
COM
(14.0) L L
.551 (1.8) Typ 4 1
.071 (5.08)
.200
.071 (5.08)
.200
D32 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
PCB Adaptors
Rockers
AT701 AT702
Single Pole Double Pole
Straight PC Straight PC
Terminals Terminals
Pushbuttons
Switch (2.8) (0.3) (0.2) Typ Switch (2.8) (0.3) (0.2) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
Depth .110 .012 Keyway .008 Depth .110 .012 Keyway .008
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
6 NC 3
.100
6 NC 3
.100
D
(12.0) Dia +
5 COM 2
- (12.0) Dia +
5 COM 2
-
.472 .472
4 NO 1 4 NO 1
(0.6) Typ (0.2) Typ (0.6) Typ (0.2) Typ
.024 .008 .024 .008
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(9.8) (3.1) (10.16) (9.8) (3.1) (10.16)
.386 .122 .400 .386 .122 .400
(2.54) Typ
Keylocks
(2.54) Typ
.100 (2.54) Typ .100 (2.54) Typ
3 NC .100 3 NC 6 .100
2 COM 2 COM 5
1 NO 1 NO 4
(0.8) Dia Typ (0.8) Dia Typ
(10.16) .031 (10.16) .031
.400 .400
Rotaries
Material: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide Note: Order adaptors separately
Dust Covers
Slides
Panel Thickness Range: .020 ~ .268” (0.5 ~ 6.8mm) for Bushing Mounting; .020 ~ .079” (0.5 ~ 2.0mm) for Snap-in Mounting
Dust Covers reduce the depth of switch behind panel by .047” (1.2mm).
Tactiles
AT495 AT4025
For Square & Round For Rectangular
(not for Barrier type) (not for Barrier type)
Tilt
Touch
Assembled (7.0) (1.2) R Assembled (1.2) R
Cap Height .276 .047 Cap Height .047
Indicators
Material: Lid: PVC PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F). Base: Polyamide
www.nkkswitches.com D33
Series KB Miniature Pushbuttons
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Protective Guards
AT494
Rockers
AT4024
For Square & Round For Rectangular
(not for Barrier type) (not for Barrier type)
Panel Thickness
Range:
Pushbuttons
.020” ~ .268”
(0.5 ~ 6.8mm)
(7.0) (1.2) R (7.0) (1.2) R
Assembled Assembled
for Bushing Mounting
Programmable Illuminated PB
D (9.0)
.354
(9.0)
.354
.020” ~ .091”
(0.5 ~ 2.3mm)
(12.3) Dia (12.3) Dia
(5.1) .484 .484 for Snap-in Mounting
.201 (19.0)
.748
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Rotaries
Cap Removal & Installation LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket Cap Replacement
For alternate action models Note that the cap has a pair of
Super Bright LEDs AT625, ATTENTION
cap must be in UP position round tabs and a pair of long tabs
AT631, & AT632 are ELECTROSTATIC
for cap removal. Indentations electrostatic sensitive.
SENSITIVE DEVICES which should be used for correctly
Slides
Indentation
View of
Switch
Negative Lamp Socket
Indicators
Overtightening the
mounting nut
may damage the
Supplement
switch housing.
D34 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Pushbuttons Series KB
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for KB Lens
Pushbuttons
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Programmable Illuminated PB
(10.08) (11.6)
.397 .457
D
ST
AR
T
(10.08) Sq (0.76) Typ (10.08) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76)Typ (14.58) (0.76) Typ
.397 .030 .397 .030 .030 .574 .030
(11.6) Sq (11.6) Dia (16.1)
.457 .457 .634
Keylocks
Suggested Printable Area for Film Insert
Lens
Recommended Print Method: Laser Print
Rotaries
Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness
ON Film
Insert
(8.48) (10.0)
.334 .394
Filter or
Slides
Diffuser
(8.48) Sq (0.76) Typ (8.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (12.98) (0.76) Typ
.334 .030 .334 .030 .030 .511 .030
Cap (10.0) Sq (10.0) Dia (14.5)
Base .394 .394 .571
Tactiles
Shaded areas are printable areas.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D35
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 200 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F)
Humidity: 90-95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 51G (500m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Cap Installation Force : 50.0N maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering. See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
The KP Series pushbuttons have not been tested for UL recognition or CSA certification.
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
D36 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
KP series offers a complete switch solution for all broadcast panel needs,
including home keys and the rectangular switch/cap assembly.
Pushbuttons
Distinct, long total travel of .177” (4.5mm) for KP01 or shorter stroke
of .138” (3.5mm) for KP02.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Available with super bright red/green or amber/blue bicolor D
LED or RGB LED. The RGB LED full color spectrum in a
switch package provides unlimited color combinations.
Keylocks
Choices of tactile, nontactile or tactile/audible
actuation.
Rotaries
Compact design with height of .906” (23.0mm)
from PC board to top of cap. (Same height as
programmable SmartSwitch™.)
Slides
Flat, sculptured or home key square caps in three
common sizes for design flexibility in audio/video
applications.
Tactiles
Twin contacts with gold plating assure high reliability
and long life of 5,000,000 operations minimum.
www.nkkswitches.com D37
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
KP 01 15A N B K G03
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Housing
K Black only
Programmable Illuminated PB
C Tactile
Stroke: 3.5mm (.138”)
02
Actuation Force: 1.6N N Nontactile
02
Slides
C Tactile
N Nontactile
S Tactile/Audible
Tactiles
Tilt
D38 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
6CF 2 S JB 11
Rockers
Pushbuttons
LEDs
Super Bright
6CF
Red/Green Bicolor Cap Types Cap Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Super Bright F Flat Clear Lens &
6DG
Amber/Blue Bicolor
S Sculptured
JB
White Diffuser D
RGB Red/Green/Blue
T Home Key
* See Note Bicolor Alternating
Legend Caps
JCF Red/Green
JDG Amber/Blue
Cap Sizes
Keylocks
1 12.0mm Square
2 15.0mm Square
3 17.4mm Square
Rotaries
** See Note Alternating Legends
11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
13 START STOP
Slides
Notes 14 OPEN CLOSE
* RGB LED Page D44 Contact factory for custom
** Rectangular Cap Page D45 options.
Tactiles
Tilt
Part Numbers for Alternating Legends
Flat Cap Sculptured Cap Home Key Cap
Color Cap Size Touch
Part Number Part Number Part Number
12mm Square AT3093JCF11 ~ AT3093JCF14 AT3090JCF11 ~ AT3090JCF14 AT3096JCF11 ~ AT3096JCF14
Indicators
Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D39
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Note: Switch terminals “1” & “1a” are actually
Pole Model
marked on the switch.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
KP0115A Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-1a SPST
KP0215A Open 1a
Programmable Illuminated PB
ACTUATION HOUSING
D
C Tactile N Nontactile S Tactile/Audible K Black only
KP01 or KP02 KP01 or KP02 KP02 only
(–) L1
ATTENTION (+) COM
Red or Amber
6CF 6DG
ELECTROSTATIC (–) L2
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Green or Blue
Colors Red Green Amber Blue Unit
Tactiles
LEDs are an integral Minimum Luminous Intensity IV 230 220 204 113 mcd
part of the switch
and are not available Standard Luminous Intensity IV 290 270 340 188 mcd
separately.
30 25
Tilt
Supplement section. Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40 0.36 0.40 0.33 mA/°C
D40 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
PLUNGERS
Rockers
.362 .457
(6.4) (6.4)
.252 .252
9.2mm Plunger is designed 11.6mm Plunger is designed
with a narrower neck to hold with a wider neck to hold both
the 12.0mm Cap. the 15.0mm and 17.4mm Caps.
Pushbuttons
CAP TYPES & COLORS
Programmable Illuminated PB
Caps for Bicolor and RGB D
1 12.0mm Square Used on A Plunger
F AT3083 Flat Cap S AT3078 Sculptured Cap T AT3086 Home Key Cap
Keylocks
(6.5) (6.5) (6.5)
.256 .256 .256
(2.6) Dia
.102
Rotaries
.472 .472
.472
Slides
F AT3084 Flat Cap S AT3079 Sculptured Cap
T AT3087 Home Key Cap
Tactiles
(7.0) (7.0) (7.0)
.276 .276 .276
(2.6) Dia
.102
Tilt
.591
(2.6) Dia
.102
(17.4) Sq (17.4) Sq
(17.4) Sq .685
.685 .685
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D41
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Caps for Alternating Legends
Toggles
F S T
Rockers
AT3093 Flat Cap AT3090 Sculptured Cap AT3096 Home Key Cap
O
O
O
.256 .256 .256
Pushbuttons
N
N
N
(2.6) Dia
.102
2
Programmable Illuminated PB
O
O
N
N
(2.6) Dia
.102
Keylocks
O
O
O
N
N
N
(2.6) Dia
.102
.685
Clear/White
White Diffuser
Materials & Finishes: Lens - Polycarbonate with glossy finish
Diffuser - Polycarbonate with textured finish
Touch
11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories
D42 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
12.0mm Square Cap
Rockers
(6.4) (3.6) (7.62) (7.62)
.252 .142 .300 .300
(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ
.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a
(4.5) (4.5)
(0.9) Dia Typ
1a
1
.177 (12.7) L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
Pushbuttons
COM
L2 L1 .035
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.7)
.256 .197 .453 .500 .500
(12.0) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.472 .906 .236 .591
D
KP0115ACAKG036CF-1SJB
Keylocks
1a
1
.177 (12.7) L2
COM
L1 .035 L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024
Rotaries
.276 .177 .453 .500 .500
(15.0) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.591 .906 .236 .591
KP0115ANBKG036CF-2SJB
Slides
(6.4) (3.6) (7.62)
.300 (7.62)
.252 .142 .300
(0.3) (0.37) Typ (0.6) Typ
.012 .015 .024 (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
1 1a
Tactiles
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a
.177 (12.7) L2
COM
L1 .035 L1 C L2 .177 (12.7)
.500 .500
(0.25) (0.6) Dia Typ
.010 .024
Tilt
.276 .177 .453 .500 .500
(17.4) Sq (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.685 .906 .236 .591
KP0115ANBKG036CF-3SJB
.010
KP0115ANBKG036DG-2SJDG
www.nkkswitches.com D43
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
RGB
LED SPECIFICATIONS
Rockers
B(-)
1a
1
Terminal Detail
R(-)
(0.5) Typ
G(-) .020
Rotaries
(7.62)
.300
(6.4) (3.6) (0.3) (0.6) Typ
.252 .142 .024 (7.62)
.012 (1.3) Dia Typ .300
.051
1 1a
B(-) (+)
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a
.035 .500
.500
(3.81) See Terminal (0.7) Dia Typ (3.81)
R(-) G(-)
.150 Detail .028 .150
(1.52) Typ
(1.1) (0.2) (1.52) Typ .060
.043 .008 .060 (12.7)
(6.5) (5.0) (11.5) (12.7) .500
Tactiles
R(-)
(0.5) Typ
G(-) .020
(15.0) Sq
.591
(7.62)
Indicators
.300
(6.4) (3.6) (0.3) (0.6) Typ
KP0115ANBKG03RGB-2SJB .252 .142 .012 .024 (7.62)
(1.3) Dia Typ .300
.051
1 1a
B(-) (+)
(4.5) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
1a
(1.52) Typ
(1.1) (0.2) (1.52) Typ .060
.043 .008 .060 (12.7)
(7.0) (4.5) (11.5) (12.7) .500
.276 .177 .453 .500
Supplement
D44 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
RECTANGULAR CAP ASSEMBLY
CAP ASSEMBLY DIMENSIONS
Rockers
(3.6)
.142
(4.5)
.177
Switch/Rectangular Cap Assembly
Pushbuttons
1
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
(0.3)
.012
(7.0) (12.7)
.276 .500
(17.4) (23.0) (6.0) (15.0) Sq
.685 .906 .236 .591
KP0115ACBKG03CJB for Tactile
See below for complete assembly of switch, LEDs and LED holders. KP0115ANBKG03CJB for Nontactile
LED SPECIFICATIONS
Keylocks
The electrical specifications shown are (+) (-)
Color Red Unit
determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
Center LED is an integral part of the switch. Maximum Forward Current I FM 30 mA
Rotaries
LEDs are not sold separately. Typical Forward Current IF 20 mA
LED circuits are isolated and require an Forward Voltage VF 2.0 V
external power source.
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 V
If the source voltage exceeds the rated
voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Dominant Wavelength 623 nm
Slides
λd
The resistor value can be calculated by us- Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.32 mA/°C
ing the formula in the Supplement Section.
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Contact factory for other LED colors.
Tactiles
ASSEMBLY & INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
(3.1) Dia (2.54) (0.9) Dia Typ (4.5)
Cathode .100 .035 .177
.122
Tilt
LED (1.3) Dia Typ
.051
(12.7) 1
.500 L+
Footprint (7.62) (12.7) (22.86)
.300 .500 .900
L–
(2.54) 1a
Touch
(5.9) .100
.232
LED Holder
(6.7)
.264 (0.8) Dia Typ (2.54)
(4.8) (10.4) .031 .100
.189 .409 (12.7)
Indicators
.500
LED LED Holder
www.nkkswitches.com D45
Series KP Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons
Toggles
ATTENTION
Cap Orientation
Rockers
ELECTROSTATIC Notch
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Tab
Step
As shown in the accompanying illustration, the cap and Plunger
plunger are designed with tabs and notches to assure proper Notches
Pushbuttons
Holding the switch tightly, pull the cap off the switch. Once the
cap assembly is released from the plunger, the lens and diffuser can
be separated.
Assembly
After aligning notches with tabs, join the lens and diffuser. Plunger
Hold the switch tightly without touching the terminals. Firmly Switch
press the cap onto the plunger by applying pressure from one
Slides
D46 www.nkkswitches.com
Miniature Audio/Video Pushbuttons Series KP
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Suggested Printable Areas for KP Lens
Lens
Pushbuttons
Recommended Methods:
Film
Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print, or Pad Print on lens. Insert
Programmable Illuminated PB
ST
OP
Laser Print on film insert. Printing on Diffuser Diffuser
Shaded areas are suggested printable areas for Lens. Rectangular Cap Lens
Keylocks
Flat Cap Lens Sculptured Cap Lens (28.75)
1.132
(30.28)
Rotaries
1.192
(9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (8.97) Dia (0.76) Typ (11.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) (0.76) Typ
Slides
.386 .504 .528 .353 .030 .452 .030 .542 .030 .542 .030
(12.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (17.4) Sq (10.5) Dia (13.0) Dia (15.3) Dia (15.3)
.472 .591 .685 .413 .512 .602 .602
Tactiles
Suggested Printable Areas for KP Film Insert
Shaded areas are suggested printable areas for Film Insert. Rectangular Film Insert
Tilt
(0.5) R
.020
(2.125) Typ
.084
Flat Cap Film Inserts Sculptured or Home Key Cap Film Inserts
Touch
(28.75)
1.132
(8.28) Sq (0.76) Typ (11.28) Sq (0.76) Typ (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (8.28)Dia (0.76) Typ (11.28) Dia (0.76) Typ (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (13.77) (0.91) Typ
.326 .030 .444 .030 .468 .030 .326 .030 .444 .030 .468 .030 .542 .036
(9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (9.8) Sq (12.8) Sq (13.4) Sq (15.6)
Accessories
Film Insert Material and Thickness: Clear Polyester; 4 mil (100µ) maximum thickness
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D47
Series LB Standard Size Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
D Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 4.41N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
Tactiles
Sealing: Not available for snap-in; see next section for panel seal.
Installation
Touch
D48 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Carefully designed light diffusion and filtering system produces bright,
full surface illumination with front panel relamping.
Pushbuttons
Spot illumination available in single and bicolor LEDs.
Programmable Illuminated PB
in addition to standard or bright red, amber, and
green LEDs. D
Stainless steel clips provide secure mounting with a
wide range of panel thicknesses.
Keylocks
Snap-action contact mechanism gives long electrical
life and sensitivity of actuation.
Rotaries
Combination solder lug and .110” quick connect
terminals are epoxy sealed to prevent entry of flux,
dust, and other contaminants.
Slides
(similar to NEMA 4 & 13).
Tactiles
Matching indicators available.
www.nkkswitches.com D49
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
LB 1 5 S K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Gold Contacts
G01 Rated 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Rotaries
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus and CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, and ordering instructions are noted on the General
Slides
Specifications page.
Tactiles
LB15SKW01-5C12-JC
Touch
Red, 12-volt, Bright LED with Resistor Clear Cap with Red Diffuser
Indicators
D50 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
5C 12 JC
Rockers
Lamps Cap Types & Colors
Pushbuttons
Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
05 5-volt BJ White/Clear
Programmable Illuminated PB
12 12-volt CJ Red/Clear
No EJ Yellow/Clear D
Nonilluminated
Code
FJ Green/Clear
GJ Blue/Clear
Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
01 110-volt Neon JB Clear/White
Keylocks
05 5-volt Incandescent JC Clear/Red
12 12-volt Incandescent JE Clear/Yellow
No *JF Clear/Green
Nonilluminated
Code
*JG Clear/Blue
Rotaries
*JF & JG not suitable with neon.
Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
Slides
5C Red No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green
Tactiles
5F Green 24 24-volt
Super Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
6B White JB Clear/White
Tilt
6F Green
6G Blue
Square and
1F Green Single Color C Red Round only.
CF Red/Green Bicolor F Green
Accessories
C Red H Gray
E Yellow
www.nkkswitches.com D51
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.
Pushbuttons
1 COM
LB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
1 COM 4 COM
LB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
L (+) (-) L
*LB26 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO
D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the built-in bezel.
(16.2)
.638
(11.5)
.453
(16.2) Sq (22.4)
Rotaries
Panel Thickness for Switches & Barriers: .039” ~ .157” (1.0 ~ 4.0mm)
Panel Thickness for Protective Guards & Splash Covers: .039” ~ .138” (1.0 ~ 3.5mm)
HOUSING
Tactiles
(2.0)
Logic Level AT711 & AT712 available; .079 (2.8)
G01 Gold Contacts 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max. illustrated in “Optional
.110
(1.2) Thk = (0.5)
Accessories” immediately following .047 .020
Endurance Avg. Hours 10,000 10,000 33K ohms for 110V AC;
100K ohms for 220V AC
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temp. Range –25°C ~ +50°C
D52 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.
Pushbuttons
AT635 Red Amber Green
No Code No Resistor
LEDs are colored Color Codes 5C 5D 5F
Red Amber Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
in OFF state.
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
D
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
Forward Voltage VF 1.9V 2.0V 2.1V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.42mA/°C
T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1 Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Keylocks
Bright LED with Resistor
Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — —
Typical Forward Current IF 52mA 26mA 13mA
Forward Voltage VF 5V 12V 24V
Slides
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 8V 16V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Tactiles
AT627 AT627 AT627
5-volt 12-volt 24-volt (+)
Tilt
Super Bright Single Element LED
Touch
AT625G Blue ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC 6B 6F 6G
AT631B White SENSITIVE DEVICES
AT632F Green Color White Green Blue
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Indicators
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.40mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Supplement
No Code No Lamp
www.nkkswitches.com D53
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles
.217
(5.0)
CJ GJ (6.5) .197
.256 (6.0)
.236
Transparent Clear Filter
Programmable Illuminated PB
D EJ
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT607
.236
JE
JF and JG not suitable
with neon lamp. Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy Lamp AT607 or 607N
Slides
JC (6.5)
.256 (5.0)
.197
Tilt
(5.5) (6.0)
.217
JD .236
Translucent Colored Diffuser
JF Bright LED
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
Touch
AT635
JC (5.0)
(6.5)
.256 .197
(5.5)
Translucent Colored Diffuser
JD .217 (6.0)
.236
Supplement
Bright LED
JF AT627
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
D54 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue H Gray J Clear
Rockers
Clear Lens AT4129 AT4128 AT4130 Transparent
JB White Diffuser Square Round Rectangular Clear Lens
(13.2) Sq (3.5) (19.0) Dia (4.5) (13.2) (19.4)
Material:
Pushbuttons
.520 .138 .748 .177 .520 .764
Polycarbonate (5.5) Translucent
.217
Finish: Glossy (5.0) White Diffuser
(6.5) .197
.256 (6.0)
.236
Programmable Illuminated PB
LEDs AT625
AT631 AT632
D
Spot Illuminated Cap with LED
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source. Single color LEDs are colored in OFF state; bicolor LEDs are translucent white in OFF state. Polarity marks are on the
switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the
formula in the Supplement section. Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.
LED Specifications
Keylocks
Single Color LED Bicolor LED Single Color Bicolor
with 1 Element with 2 Elements
1C 1D 1F CF
LED factory (+) (-) (+) (-)
Rotaries
assembled in Spot
Illuminated Caps Maximum Forward Current IFM 25mA 30mA 25mA 30/25mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA 20mA
Not Available Forward Voltage VF 2.25V 2.1V 2.2V 2.0/2.2V
Slides
Separately
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V —
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.33mA/°C 0.40mA/°C 0.33mA/°C 0.43/0.38mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +70°C
Tactiles
Cap Colors AT480 AT4016
Available: Square Round
(4.0)
.157 (2.0) (5.0)
A C (13.2) Sq
.520
.079
(5.0)
(3.5)
(19.0) Dia
.748
.197
(4.5)
.138 .177
.197 Cap with Window
Tilt
(5.5)
B F .217
(6.5)
Material: .256
(2.0)
Polycarbonate (6.0) .079 Factory Assembled LED;
Touch
.236
Finish: Glossy Not Available Separately
When ordering spot illuminated cap separately, LED color must be specified.
Examples: AT480CA (red LED, black cap); AT4016CFB (red/green bicolored LED, white cap)
Indicators
A E H (13.2) Sq
.520
(3.5)
.138
(19.0) Dia
.748 (4.5)
(13.2)
.520
(19.4)
.764
.177
B F (5.0)
(6.5)
.256
(5.5) .197 Cap
.217
Supplement
C G (6.0)
.236
No Lamp
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
www.nkkswitches.com D55
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles
(13.2) Sq NO
2 5
(15.8) Sq
.520 .622
Pushbuttons
COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100
(1.0)
.039 (2.8) Typ
.110
Programmable Illuminated PB
D Latchdown Position
NO .622
2 5
(21.7) Dia
COM 1 4
.854
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100
(1.0)
(19.0) Dia (2.8) Typ
Rotaries
.039
.748 .110
(23.7) Dia (3.2) (21.5) (7.5) (5.08) Typ
.933 .126 .846 .295 .200
Latchdown Position
(0.5) Typ NC 3
L (+)
6
(13.2) .020
.520 NO
2 5
(15.8)
(17.8) .622
.701
COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100
Tilt
LB26RGW01-12-CJ
Touch
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
PCB Adaptors
Indicators
AT711 Single Pole • Straight PC Terminals AT712 Double Pole • Straight PC Terminals
(0.3) Typ (5.08) (0.3) Typ (5.08) Typ
.012 NC NC .200 .012 NC NC .200
Accessories
L (+) L (+)
NO NO NO NO
(15.8) Sq (15.8) Sq
.622 (2.54) Typ .622 (2.54) Typ
L (-) L (-)
COM COM .100 COM COM .100
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
(0.5) (1.0) Dia Typ (0.5) (1.0) Dia Typ
(0.74) Typ (0.74) Typ .039
.020 .029 .039 .020
Supplement
.029
(15.0) (4.0) (5.08) (15.0) (4.0) (5.08)
.591 .157 .200 .591 .157 .200
D56 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Barriers
AT497 AT498
Rockers
(23.5) Cutouts for More Than 1 Switch
End Center .925
(19.2)
.756
(4.3) Typ
End Position .169 A
(5.2)
Pushbuttons
.205
(20.0) (16.2)
.787 (15.0) .638
.591
Programmable Illuminated PB
Center Position
D
Square
A = .752” (19.1mm) x Number of Switches + .051” (1.3mm)
Material: Polyamide (1.19)
.047
(1.19)
Rectangular
.047
(19.2)
.756 A = .996” (25.3mm) x Number of Switches + .051” (1.3mm)
Protective Guard
AT499
Keylocks
Square (10.0)
Protective Guard .394
(21.0)
Opens 90° .827
Closes manually
Rotaries
Cap Height
(17.0) When (14.0) Sq
.669 Assembled .551
(20.0) (8.0) (17.9) Sq
.787 .315 .705
Slides
Material: Polyamide Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).
Tactiles
AT4171
Square
Protective Guard
(10.5)
.413 (17.9)
Opens 180° .705
Tilt
.807 .280
Cap Height
(18.4) When (14.2)
.724 Assembled .559
(20.4) (7.5) (17.9)
Touch
.803 .295 .705
(16.2) Sq
.638
(39.0) Min*
Indicators
1.535
AT4171
Materials: 180°
(10.5)
.413
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories
(20.4)
.803
Supplement
(20.4)
.803 (N) Recommended Panel Thickness:
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180° .039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)
www.nkkswitches.com D57
Series LB Standard Size Snap-in Pushbuttons
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Protective Guard
AT4057
Rockers
Rectangular (10.0)
.394
Protective Guard (14.0)
.551
(21.0)
.827
Opens 90°
Pushbuttons
Closes manually
Cap Height
When
Assembled
(26.0) (8.0) (24.15)
1.024 .315 .951
Programmable Illuminated PB
D Material: Polyamide Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).
(20.5)
Keylocks
(7.1)
.807 .280
(22.4)
.882
Cap Height
(24.6) When (20.4)
.969 Assembled .803
(16.2) (26.6) (7.5) (24.1)
.638 1.047 .295 .949
Rotaries
(39.0) Min*
AT4172 1.535
Opens 180°
(10.5)
Closes automatically
.413 180°
Slides
Materials:
(20.5)
.807 Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
(26.6)
Tactiles
1.047
(26.6)
1.047 (N) Recommended Panel Thickness:
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180° .039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)
Dust Covers
Tilt
(16.5)
(21.0) Dia (15.0) Sq (16.5) .650
.827 .591 .650 (24.0)
Accessories
.945
Cap Height
When
Cap Height Assembled (2.5) (22.7)
When (2.5) (21.8) Dia .098 .894
Assembled .098 .858 (7.3) (24.0) Sq (30.2)
(30.0) Dia
Supplement
Materials: PVC with polyethylene gasket; PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F). Dust Covers reduce depth of switch behind panel by .020” (0.5mm).
D58 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB
General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC or 3A @ 250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC
Logic Level (gold): 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
(Applicable Range 0.1mA ~ 0.1A @ 20mV ~ 28V)
Pushbuttons
Note: Find additional explanation of operating range in Supplement section.
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum; D
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: 5.39N
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Keylocks
Materials & Finishes
Housing: Glass fiber reinforced polyamide (UL94V-0)
O-ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber
Inner Seal: Silicone rubber
Rotaries
Movable Contact: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Stationary Contacts: Silver alloy or copper with gold plating
Base: Liquid crystal polymer (UL94V-0)
Switch Terminals: Phosphor bronze with silver or gold plating
Lamp Terminals: Brass with silver plating
Slides
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Tactiles
Note: When used with a polyvinyl chloride splash cover, the lowest limit is 0°C (32°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Sealing: IP65 of IEC60529 standard (similar to NEMA 4 & 13)
Installation
Touch
Mounting Torque: 1.96Nm (17.35 lb•in) maximum
Cap Installation Force: 3.92N maximum downward force on cap
Quick Connect Force: 52.95N maximum downward force on connector
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All models recognized at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
All models certified at 3A @ 125V or 250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D59
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
LB 1 6 W K W01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Gold Contacts
G01 Rated 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Rotaries
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Slides
Specifications page.
Tactiles
Red, 12-volt, Bright LED with Resistor Clear Cap with Red Diffuser
Touch
Round Shape
SPDT ON-ON Circuit
Indicators
Black Housing
Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC;
Accessories
D60 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
5C 12 JC
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors
Incandescent Lamp Used with Solid Cap Solid Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
05 5-volt BJ White/Clear
D
12 12-volt CJ Red/Clear
No EJ Yellow/Clear
Nonilluminated
Code
FJ Green/Clear
GJ Blue/Clear
Keylocks
Incandescent or Neon Used with Insert Cap Insert Cap: Lens/Filter Colors
01 110-volt Neon JB Clear/White
05 5-volt Incandescent JC Clear/Red
Rotaries
12 12-volt Incandescent JE Clear/Yellow
No *JF Clear/Green
Nonilluminated
Code
*JG Clear/Blue
Slides
*JF & JG not suitable with neon.
Tactiles
Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
5C Red No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber
Tilt
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green
5F Green 24 24-volt
Touch
Super Bright LED Used with LED Cap LED Cap: Lens/Diffuser Colors
Indicators
6B White JB Clear/White
6F Green
6G Blue
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D61
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Pushbuttons
1 COM
LB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
1 COM 4 COM
Programmable Illuminated PB
LB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
*LB26 ON ON
D 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO
* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the built-in bezel.
(1.7)
.866” (22.0mm) Recommended Panel Thickness:
W Round
.067
.039” ~ .157” (1.0mm ~ 4.0mm)
Keylocks
(10.5)
.413
Recommended Panel Thickness with Splash Cover:
.039” ~ .138” (1.0mm ~ 3.5mm)
Overtightening the mounting nut AT074
may damage the switch housing. (22.0) Dia
Rotaries
.866
HOUSING
Slides
Power Level
W01 Silver Contacts 3A @ 125V AC & 250V AC Solder Lug/Quick Connect
Epoxy
Seal (7.5)
.295
Tilt
D62 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Additional lamp detail is shown in the Accessories & Hardware section.
Pushbuttons
Red Amber Green
AT635 No Code No Resistor
Color Codes
5C 5D 5F
LEDs are colored Red Amber Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
in OFF state.
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30mA 30mA 30mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20mA 20mA 20mA
D
Forward Voltage VF 1.9V 2.0V 2.1V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5V 5V 5V
(+) (-)
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.42mA/°C
T-1 ⁄2 Bi-pin
1
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Keylocks
Bright LED with Resistor
Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — —
Typical Forward Current IF 52mA 26mA 13mA
Forward Voltage VF 5V 12V 24V
Slides
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4V 8V 16V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C
Tactiles
AT627 AT627 AT627
5-volt 12-volt 24-volt (+)
Tilt
Super Bright Single Element LED
Touch
AT625G Blue ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC 6B 6F 6G
AT631B White SENSITIVE DEVICES
No Code No Lamp
www.nkkswitches.com D63
Series LB Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
BJ FJ AT4054
(5.1)
.201
CJ GJ
Programmable Illuminated PB
Lens/Filter
Colors Available: (19.0) Dia
.748
Lamp
Keylocks
AT607
JB JF AT4055
(5.1)
JC JG .201
Rotaries
Lens/Diffuser
Tactiles
JB
AT4179
JC (5.1)
.201
Tilt
Lens/Diffuser
(19.0) Dia
Colors Available: .748
JB
AT4165
Accessories
(5.1)
JC .201
D64 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS
Cap for Super Bright LEDs
Clear Lens
JB
Rockers
White Diffuser (19.0) Dia
.748
Material:
Polycarbonate
Pushbuttons
Finish: Glossy AT4131
(5.1)
.201
LEDs
AT625
Transparent Translucent AT631
Programmable Illuminated PB
Clear Lens Colored Diffuser AT632
D
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Keylocks
.020
L (+)
NC 3 6
NO
2 5
(15.8) Sq
.622
COM 1 4
(2.54) Typ L (-)
.100
Rotaries
(1.8)
.071 Keyway
(19.0) Dia (1.0) (12.0) (2.8) Typ
.748 .039 .472 .110
(25.0) Dia (3.2) (21.5) (7.5) (5.08) Typ
.984 .126 .846 .295 .200
Slides
Latchdown Position
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Tactiles
AT9410 Splash Cover for Panel Seal
Lid
Materials: Base
Lid: PVC (loses pliability below 0°C/32°F)
Tilt
O-ring Supplied with
Base: Polyethylene Panel Seal Switch
O-ring: NBR
O-ring Supplied with
Recommended Panel Thickness: AT9410 Splash Cover
.039” ~ .138” (1.0mm ~ 3.5mm)
Touch
Indicators
(21.0) Dia
.827
Accessories
(10.6)
.417
www.nkkswitches.com D65
Series LB Standard Size Pushbuttons
Toggles
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Lamp Installation & LED Orientation
when inserting lamp. To inserted into the lamp inserted into the cap holder when inserting the LED.
correctly join the lamp socket which is built into first. Align cut corners To correctly join the lamp holder and
holder and cap base, the switch. The cap can (C) when cap base, match the cut corners (A).
match the cut corners (A). then be placed on the inserting
switch. the LED.
Programmable Illuminated PB
ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
D
B SENSITIVE DEVICES
A
B A
5
LED
B
LED
C
D Flat
Cut Corner
Round & Rectangular
Match clip on cap assembly with receptacle inside
switch. Lamp terminals will then be aligned correctly
C with lamp socket.
Rotaries
Projection
.
.C
N
Rubber Seal
.
-1 5V A C
.C
K
5 C
LBA 12 0V A
N
S
3 25
A
3
N.O.
Slides
Projection
Notch
C
Panel Seal
Tactiles
Snap-in clip holds all switches firmly Insert switch from the O-ring Actuator must be in UP position.
in place. front of the panel with Pull off cap with cap extractor
Indicators
AT109 AT112
Cap Extractor Socket Wrench
D66 www.nkkswitches.com
Standard Size Pushbuttons Series LB
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for Lens
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print, or Pad Print on lens.
Pushbuttons
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
(0.76) Typ
.030
Programmable Illuminated PB
(11.68) (13.2)
ST
.460 .520
D
AR
T
(11.68) Sq (0.76) Typ (17.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (17.88) (0.76) Typ
.460 .030 .688 .030 .704 .030
(13.2) Sq (19.0) Dia (19.4)
.520 .748 .764
Keylocks
Suggested Printable Area for Film Insert
Recommended Print Method: Laser Print or Screen Print with Epoxy based ink
Rotaries
Lens
Film Insert: Clear Polyester, 4 mil max. thickness
R = (0.6)
Slides
.024 (0.76) Typ
.030
Tactiles
(10.08) Sq (0.76) Typ (15.88) Dia (0.76) Typ (16.28) (0.76) Typ
.397 .030 .625 .030 .641 .030
Filter or (11.6) Sq (17.8)
Diffuser (17.4) Dia
.457 .685 .701
Tilt
Shaded areas are printable areas.
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D67
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –10°C through +50°C (+14°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
Tactiles
Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.8Nm (7.08 lb • in)
Touch
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: Hand clean locally with alcohol based solution
Indicators
All single & double pole models recognized at 3A @ 125V/250V AC or 3A @ 30V DC.
Supplement
D68 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Environmentally friendly components and packaging materials meet RoHS Directive
restricting use of hazardous materials. Suited for lead-free soldering because of
Pushbuttons
heat resistant resin materials.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Smooth, slightly concave surface of cap designed to
fit fingertip. Unique design and construction of cap D
prevents its removal and limits tampering.
Keylocks
Short body of .551” (14.0mm) conserves
behind-panel space.
Rotaries
Combination solder lug and .110” quick
connect terminals.
Slides
Crisp actuation and clear circuit status provided
by snap-action contact mechanism. Arc barrier
between movable contacts protects against crossover.
www.nkkswitches.com D69
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
LP01 1 5 C C K W01 5C B
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Solder Lug/
D Quick Connect Terminals
SPDT
Bushing Mount
ON-(ON) Circuit
Black Housing
Tilt
Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125/250V AC;
Solder Lug/Quick Connect Terminals
Touch
Normal Down Normal Down Note: Terminal markings “COM, NO, NC, L,
Pole Model + and – ” are actually on the switch;
terminal numbers are not on the switch.
Accessories
1 (COM)
SP LP0115 ON (ON) 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
3 2
Supplement
1 (COM) 4
DP LP0125 ON (ON) 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
3 2 6 5
D70 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01
Toggles
MOUNTING TYPES
C Bushing
M Snap-in
Rockers
.630” (16.0mm) Diameter .669” (17.0mm) Diameter
Pushbuttons
a steel hexagon nut with nickel plating.
(18.1) +– 0.0
0.2
(1.7) +– 0.0
0.1 .713
(16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia .067
.630
Recommended Recommended
Programmable Illuminated PB
(7.5) –+ 0.0
0.1
Allow .984” (25.0mm) distance from center-to-center Allow .827” (21.0mm) distance from center-to-center
between switches when mounted side-by-side. between switches when mounted side-by-side.
HOUSING
Keylocks
K Black Housing available in black only. The one-piece body and bezel have a matte finish.
Rotaries
W01 Silver Power Level Solder Lug/
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.287
(2.0)
.110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Slides
.079 (0.6) R
3A @ 125V AC/250V AC; 3A @ 30V DC (2.8) .024
.110
(1.2)
Note: If used at 1A @ 125V AC/250V AC or 1A @ 30V DC, .047
Thk = (0.5)
electrical life will be 100,000 operations minimum. .020
Tactiles
LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source. Polarity marks are on the switch.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Tilt
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
No Code No Lamp
www.nkkswitches.com D71
Series LP01 Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
CAP COLORS
Illuminated Cap Nonilluminated Caps
Cap Color Available: Cap Colors Available:
Rockers
NO
NO
(9.7) 2 L
.382 –+
(2.8) Typ 1
COM
.110
NO
NO
2 L 5
(9.7)
–+ .382
(2.8) Typ 1 4
Slides
COM
.110
3
NO
NO
(9.7) 2 L
.382 –+
1
(2.8) Typ COM
.110
Touch
NO
NO
2 L 5
(9.7)
–+ .382
(2.8) Typ 1 4
COM
.110
(7.3) (6.0)
.535 .098 .287 .236
(20.0) Dia (5.5) (21.3) (11.1)
.787 .217 .838 .437
LP0125CMKW015DB
D72 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series LP01
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors
Rockers
(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673
Pushbuttons
NO L NO
.191 .191
Terminals – +
Terminals – +
COM COM
(5.0) (3.0) (5.0) (3.0) Typ
.197 .118 .197 .118
(3.7) (3.7)
.146 .146
Programmable Illuminated PB
(5.55) (5.55) Typ
.219 .219
D
AT718 (17.1) AT719 (17.1)
NC NC
Single Pole .673 (4.85) Typ
NO L NO
Double Pole .673 (4.85) Typ NO L NO
.191 .191
Straight PC Straight PC
– + – +
Terminals (17.0) Terminals (17.0)
.669 COM .669 COM
Keylocks
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146
.219 .219
(4.0) (4.0)
.157 (3.7) Typ .157 (3.7) Typ
.146 .146
Rotaries
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
.191 .191
(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ
Slides
.219 .219
CL CL
Tactiles
Switch Dimensions Shown with Adaptor AT716
Tilt
Panel thickness for LP01 Bushing Mount: .079” ~ .256” (2.0mm ~ 6.5mm)
(27.3) A
1.075
Touch
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Indicators
Recommended Methods:
PW
R
.535
www.nkkswitches.com D73
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Tactiles
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 5.0N maximum downward force on actuator
Touch
PCB Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering: 270°C maximum @ 6 seconds maximum
Manual Soldering: 390°C maximum @ 4 seconds maximum
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
These switches are designed for use in a low-voltage, low-current, logic-level circuit.
When used as intended in a logic-level circuit, the results do not produce hazardous energy.
Supplement
D74 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Soft touch actuation achieved by mechanical silicon rubber structure.
Pushbuttons
Distinct, long stroke of 1.5mm (.059”).
Programmable Illuminated PB
Entire cap is fully illuminated with single or bicolor LED.
D
Compact design with dimension of 12.5mm (.492”) from
PC board to top of cap.
Keylocks
Available in both high (2.5N) or standard (1.5N)
operating force.
Rotaries
Gold plated contacts provide high reliability.
Slides
Crimped terminals ensure secure PC mounting
and prevent dislodging during soldering.
Tactiles
Molded-in terminals prevent entry of flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D75
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles
NP01 15 H G03 L F JF
Rockers
Pushbuttons
D Amber
F Green JC Clear/Red
options.
B White
C Red
H Gray
Tilt
D76 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01
Toggles
POLE & CIRCUIT
Illuminated Models
Rockers
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematic
( ) = Momentary
Pushbuttons
Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with LC1, 1, L3, L4, L1,
L2, 2, LC2.
Pole Model
Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.
Programmable Illuminated PB
NP0115AG03L
D
Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-2 SPST 1 2 (+) (-)
NP0115HG03L Open
Nonilluminated Models
Keylocks
Plunger Position
Connected Terminals Throw & Switch Schematic
( ) = Momentary
Normal Down
Rotaries
Note: Switch is marked with LC1, 1, L3, L4, L1,
Pole Model
L2, 2, LC2.
Slides
NP0115AG03N Normally
SP OFF (ON) 1-2 SPST
NP0115HG03N Open 1 2
Tactiles
OPERATING FORCE
A H
Tilt
Standard Nominal Operating Force High Nominal Operating Force
1.5 ±0.5N 2.5 ±0.8N
Switch base is Black Switch base is Gray
Touch
G03 Gold Contacts Straight PC Terminals 0.4VA maximum @ 28V AC/DC maximum
Accessories
ILLUMINATION
L Illuminated
N Nonilluminated
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D77
Series NP01 Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons
Toggles
L4 (-) L4 (-)
L4 (-) LC2 Green LC2 Blue
LC2 (+) (+)
Rotaries
L3 (-) L3 (-)
(+)
L3 (-) Red or LC1
L2 (-) Red/Green Red Amber/Blue Amber
Amber LED
LC1
L2 (-) Green LEDs (+)
L1 (-) Bicolor LED L2 (-) Bicolor LED L2 (-)
(+) LC1 Red LC1 Amber
L1 (-) (+) L1 (-) (+) L1 (-)
Green Blue
Slides
(12.0) Sq
Alternating Legend Cap for Bicolor LED
.472
AT3023
12mm Square Cap (10.2)
.402 JCF Red/Green
Touch
11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories
D78 www.nkkswitches.com
Subminiature Smooth Actuation Pushbuttons Series NP01
Toggles
CAP TYPES & COLORS (CONTINUED)
Solid Color Cap for Nonilluminated
(12.0) Sq
.472
Rockers
AT3024
12mm Square Cap (10.2) A Black
C Red
.402
Material:
B H Gray
Pushbuttons
Polycarbonate Resin White
Programmable Illuminated PB
Illuminated • Straight PC
(2.1) (2.0) Typ
D
.083 .079
L4 L3 1 LC1
LC1 1 L3 L4
(7.0) (7.0)
.276 LC2 2 L2 L1
.276
L1 L2 2 LC2
Keylocks
PACKAGING
No
Rotaries
Code Partitioned Tray
Any quantity. No code is required. Switches may be packaged with or without caps installed.
S Stick-Tube Packaging
Slides
50 pieces per stick
Switches must be ordered in 50-piece (15.3)
.602
increments when stick-tube packaging
is selected. This packaging is for the
Tactiles
switch body only. Caps will be packaged (11.85) (470.0)
.467 18.504
separately.
LEGEND ORIENTATION
Tilt
Top View Bottom View
LC1 1 L3 L4
Orient cap with legend as shown here, and “LC2” at lower right of switch body.
OPEN
Touch
L1 L2 2 LC2
Orders for switches with legends will be assembled as illustrated.
LC2
1. NP01 Pushbuttons are electrostatically sensitive. To prevent damage to LED, devices must ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
be properly isolated from static electricity. SENSITIVE DEVICES
2. Once the cap is installed onto the switch body, it cannot be removed.
Accessories
3. When assembling cap, align projection on switch body to slot on inside of cap. (Refer to
illustration at right.) Slot
4. * Legends may be printed on the lens with laser etch, screen print or pad print methods.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Supplement
5. Do not use excessive force during installation on PC board or for cap installation. Projection
* NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
www.nkkswitches.com D79
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
General Specifications
Toggles
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–20°C through +70°C (–4°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 7.55N (1.70 lbf) maximum downward force on cap
Touch
Soldering Time & Temp: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
Indicators
D80 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Distinctive Characteristics
Toggles
Rockers
Red/green and amber/blue bicolors with alternating standard or custom legends.
Super bright LED provides brilliant uniform illumination.
Pushbuttons
Bright or super bright LEDs (an integral part of the switch) of red,
amber, green, blue, or white, in full face or spot illumination
plus square or rectangular models.
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
Combination of PCB mountability and short body
allows use in compact applications.
Keylocks
Snap-acting contact mechanism provides
sensitive actuation with audible feedback;
Rotaries
quick-make, quick-break characteristic
limits arcing and prolongs electrical life.
Slides
Latchdown mechanism, independent of switching
mechanism, gives visible and tactile indication of
circuit status.
Tactiles
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, solvents, and
other contaminants.
Tilt
Momentary and alternate action circuits available in the same
space-saving body size.
Touch
www.nkkswitches.com D81
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
UB 1 5 SK G 03
Rockers
Poles
Pushbuttons
1 SPDT Terminals
Circuits
2 DPDT Solder Lug
5 ON (ON) Mounting Types Contacts & Ratings 01 (for Snap-in
Mounting)
Programmable Illuminated PB
* Standard with
Solder Lug terminals
Rotaries
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus &
Slides
UB15SKG035C-CC
Indicators
D82 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
5C CC
Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors
Pushbuttons
Bright LED
for Bright LED
5C Red
Lens/Diffuser Colors
5D Amber
CB Red/White FF Green/Green
5F Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
CC Red/Red *FJ Green/Clear
*CJ Red/Clear JB Clear/White
D
DB Amber/White JC Clear/Red
DD Amber/Amber JD Clear/Amber
*DJ Amber/Clear JF Clear/Green
FB Green/White *JJ Clear/Clear
Square & Rectangular Spot Illumi-
AB
Keylocks
nated Black Cap with White Window
* Not available with Rectangular cap
Rotaries
for Super Bright LED
6B White
JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser
6F Green
Spot Illuminated Black Cap
6G Blue AB
with White Window
Slides
Super Bright Bicolor LED Alternating Legend Cap/Diffuser Alternating Legends
6CF Red/Green JCF Red/Green 11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
6DG Amber/Blue JDG Amber/Blue 12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
Tactiles
13 START STOP
Nonilluminated Nonilluminated Cap Colors
14 OPEN CLOSE
N Nonilluminated A Black E Yellow
B White F Green
Tilt
C Red G Blue
Touch
Refer to Ordering Table for Alternating Legend that corresponds with last 2 digits of part number.
www.nkkswitches.com D83
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+ & L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source.
Pushbuttons
1 COM
UB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*UB16 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
1 COM 4 COM
UB25 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
(+) (-)
*UB26 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO
D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .039” (1.0mm) above the housing.
L+ L+ L+ L+
2 (10.16) 5 2 (10.16) 2 (10.16) 5 2 (10.16)
L- .400 L- .400 L- .400 L- .400
1 4 1 1 4 1
(1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ (1.2) Dia Typ
CL .047 CL .047 CL .047 CL .047
Rotaries
(16.2)
.638
(16.2) Sq
Tactiles
.638
(22.4)
.882
Snap-in Mounting with Solder Lug terminals is the standard combination. Panel Thickness: .039 ~ .126” (1.0 ~ 3.2mm)
Tilt
W
Touch
TERMINALS
Accessories
(0.2)
.008 (0.2)
01 Solder Lug
(5.0) 03 Straight PC
.008
(1.6) .197 (4.0)
.063 (2.0) .157
(1.0)
Supplement
.079
(0.8) .039
.032 Thk = (0.5)
Thk = (0.5) .020
.020
D84 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Toggles
BRIGHT & SUPER BRIGHT LED COLORS & SPECIFICATIONS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires external power
source. Polarity marks are on bottom of switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required. Resistor
value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section. LED is an integral part of switch and not available separately.
Rockers
Super Bright LEDs are ATTENTION Bright Super Bright
ELECTROSTATIC
Electrostatic Sensitive SENSITIVE DEVICES
5C 5D 5F 6B 6F 6G
Pushbuttons
(+) (-)
Color Red Amber Green White Green Blue Unit
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 25 30 30 30 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 20 20 mA
Programmable Illuminated PB
Forward Voltage VF 1.85 2.0 2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 5 5 5 5 5 5 V D
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.42 0.46 0.40 0.40 .040 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50°C –25° ~ +50°C
N No Lamp
Keylocks
Full Face Illuminated Cap for Bright LED
Lens/Diffuser Lens/Diffuser
Colors Available for Square Cap: Colors Available for Rectangular Cap:
Rotaries
CB DD FJ JF AT4074 (3.0) CB FB JD AT4117 (3.0)
.118
Lens .118 Lens
(12.0) Sq (12.0) (17.0)
CC DJ JB JJ .472 CC FF JF .472 .669
CJ FB JC DB JB
Slides
(0.5)
AT4075 (0.5)
AT4118 .020
Diffuser .020 Diffuser (15.35)
DD JC
(10.35)
DB FF JD
(10.35) Sq .604
.407 .407
Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Textured
Tactiles
Spot Illuminated Caps for Bright & Super Bright LEDs
Cap/Window Colors Available: (1.9)
(1.9) .075
.075 (3.1)
Black Cap with AT4119 Square (3.1)
AT4120 Rectangular .122
AB Translucent White Window for Bright and
(5.0)
.197
.122
for Bright and
(5.0)
.197 (3.0)
Tilt
(3.0)
for LED Display Super Bright LED .118 Super Bright LED .118
.020
AT4188 Square Diffuser (10.35) Sq
AT4189 Rectangular Diffuser (15.35)
(10.35) .604
.407 .407
Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Lens Finish: Glossy Diffuser Finish: Textured
Accessories
(12.0) Sq .669
Finish: Glossy .472 .472
Color Codes: A Black B White C Red D Amber E Yellow F Green G Blue J Clear
www.nkkswitches.com D85
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section. LED is an integral part of switch and not available separately.
LEDs are
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
6CF Red/Green 6DG Amber/Blue
Electrostatic Sensitive Color Red Green Amber Blue Unit
Programmable Illuminated PB
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.33 0.33 0.33 0.33 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25° ~ +50° –25° ~ +50° °C
Keylocks
* Value applies to single color illumination for either Red or Green or Amber or Blue. When both colors are illuminated simultaneously,
the sum of the currents should not exceed the smallest value of the maximum forward current.
LC (+) LC (+)
L2 (-) L2 (-)
with 2 elements Green with 2 elements Blue
Lens & Diffuser Material: Polycarbonate Legend Insert Material: Polyethylene Terephthalate (PET)
Touch
11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Accessories
D86 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Single & Double Pole Square • PCB Mount
(0.5)
.020
Rockers
3 L+ 6
N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
(12.0) Sq .200
2 5
.472 N.O. N.O.
COM COM
1 L- 4
Pushbuttons
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ
.020 .100
(2.5) (1.0) Typ
.098 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (5.08) Typ
.600 .039 .394 .157 .200
Latchdown Position
Programmable Illuminated PB
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB15SKG035C-CB
3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200
2 5
(15.24) N.O.
COM.
N.O.
COM
.600 (2.54) Typ
1 4
L -
.100
(0.5) Typ
(17.0) (2.5) .020
.669 .098
Keylocks
(20.32) (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (7.62) Typ (1.0) Typ
.800 .039 .394 .157 .300 .039
Latchdown Position
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB26RKG035D-DD
Rotaries
(1.4) (0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.055 .032 x .063
3 L+ 6
N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
(12.0) Sq .200 (15.8)
2 5
.472 N.O. N.O.
.622
COM COM
(2.54) Typ
Slides
1 4
L-
.100
(0.5) Typ
.020
(2.5) (2.0) Typ
.098 .079
(17.8) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (5.08) Typ
.701 .039 .394 .197 .200
Tactiles
Latchdown Position
Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6. UB25KKW015C-CB
Tilt
3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200 (15.8)
2 5
(17.8) N.O. N.O.
.622
.701 COM. COM
(2.54) Typ
1 4
L -
.100
(0.5) Typ
Touch
.020
(17.0) (2.5) (7.62) Typ (2.0) Typ
.669 .098 .300 .079
(24.0) (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (22.0)
.945 .039 .394 .197 .866
Latchdown Position
Indicators
Single & Double Pole Rectangular • Snap-in Mount • Built-in Side Barriers
(0.8) x (1.6) Typ
.032 x .063
Accessories
3 L + 6
(12.0) N.C. N.C. (5.08) Typ
.472 .200 (15.8)
2 5
(17.8) N.O.
COM.
N.O.
COM
.622
.701 4 (2.54) Typ
1 L -
.100
(0.5) Typ
.020
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D87
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
LC
LC
(5.08) Typ N.C.
3 LC 6
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. (15.8)
(12.0) Sq .200 (5.08) .622 (16.2) Sq
2 5
.472 N.O.
L2
N.O.
.200 .638
COM COM
(2.54) Typ 1 L1
4
(0.5) Typ .100
.020 (1.0) Typ
(2.5) (4.0) (2.0) Typ (1.27) Typ .039
.098 .157 .079 .50
(17.8) Sq (1.0) (10.0) (5.0) (5.08) Typ
Keylocks
6 3
3 LC 6
(5.08) Typ LC
(12.0) N.C. N.C.
(17.0) .020
.669 (2.5) (1.0) Typ (1.27) Typ .100 CL .047
(20.32) .098 .039 .050
.800 (1.0) (10.0) (4.0) (7.62) Typ
.039 .394 .157 .300
Latchdown Position
UB25RKG036DG-JDG11 Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.
Tactiles
3 LC 6
(12.0) (5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. (15.8)
.200
Tilt
.472 2 5
(5.08) .622 (16.2)
(17.8) N.O. N.O.
.200 .638
L1 L2
.701 COM. COM
1 4
(0.5) Typ (2.54) Typ
.020 .100
(17.0) (2.5) (4.0) (2.0) (1.27) Typ (1.0) Typ (22.4)
.669 .098 .157 .079 .050 .039 .882
Touch
3 LC 6
(12.0) (5.08) Typ (15.8)
Accessories
N.C. N.C.
D88 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Mounting of Square PCB Model
Rockers
AT4173
Square Protective Guard/
(10.5)
Snap-in Frame .413
(15.64)
.616
Pushbuttons
Opens 180° (20.5)
.807
Closes automatically
Materials: (18.4)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate .724
Programmable Illuminated PB
(20.4) (6.0) (9.0) (15.64)
Base: Black Polyamide .803 .236 .354 .616
Keylocks
.413
.354” ~ .433”
(9.0mm ~ 11.0mm) (20.5) Installation
.807
1 Install switch onto 3
Switch
PC board.
Rotaries
(20.4)
.803 2 Snap protective 1 PC Board
guard into panel.
(9.0) ~ (11.0) (20.4)
.354 ~ .433 .803 (N) 3 Join the two
(N) = Number of switches assemblies.
* Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°
Slides
Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Square Snap-in Model
Tactiles
AT4171
Square
Protective Guard (10.5)
.413 (17.9)
.705
Opens 180°
Closes automatically (20.5) (7.1)
Tilt
.807 .280
Cap Height
(18.4) When (14.2)
.724 Assembled .559
(20.4) (7.5) (17.9)
Touch
(16.2) Sq .803 .295 .705
.638
(39.0) Min*
1.535
AT4171
Indicators
180°
(10.5)
.413
Materials:
(20.5) Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
.807
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com D89
Series UB Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Spring Loaded Protective Guard for Snap-in Mounting of Rectangular PCB Model
Rockers
AT4174
Rectangular
Protective Guard/ (10.5)
.413
Snap-in Frame
(15.64)
Pushbuttons
.616
(20.5)
Opens 180° .807
Closes automatically
(24.6)
Materials:
Programmable Illuminated PB
.969
(26.6) (6.0) (9.0) (20.54)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate 1.047 .236 .354
D
.809
Base: Black Polyamide (23.4)
.921 180°
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
Recommended
(18.2)
Panel Thickness: .717
.039” ~ .126”
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm) (39.0) Min* Protective
1.535
AT4174 Guard
Recommended
Keylocks
2
Panel-to-PCB Range: Panel
(10.5)
.413
.354” ~ .433” Installation
(9.0mm ~ 11.0mm) (20.5)
.807 1 Install switch onto
PC board. 3
Switch
Rotaries
2 Snap protective
(26.6) guard into panel.
1.047 1 PC Board
(9.0) ~ (11.0) 3 Join the two
.354 ~ .433 (26.6)
1.047 (N) assemblies.
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°
Slides
AT4172
Rectangular
Protective Guard (10.5)
.413 (17.9)
.705
Opens 180° (20.5) (7.1)
.807 .280
Closes automatically
Tilt
Cap Height
(24.6) When (20.4)
.969 Assembled .803
(22.4) (26.6) (7.5) (24.1)
.882 1.047 .295 .949
Touch
(16.2)
.638
180°
Indicators
(39.0) Min*
AT4172 1.535
(10.5)
Materials:
.413 Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Accessories
(20.5)
.807 Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
(26.6)
Recommended Panel Thickness:
1.047
(26.6)
.039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm)
Supplement
1.047 (N)
(N) = Number of switches * Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°
D90 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Dust Covers
AT4001
Square
Rockers
(16.5)
(15.0) Sq (16.5) .650
Pushbuttons
.591 .650 (24.0)
.945
Programmable Illuminated PB
.098 .894
(7.3) (24.0) Sq (30.2)
AT4011
.287 .945 1.189
D
Rectangular
Materials:
PVC with polyethylene gasket
(PVC loses pliability below 0°C (32°F).)
Keylocks
Only for use with NK mounting type
LEGENDS
Rotaries
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Slides
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on lens;
Tactiles
Square Cap Shaded areas are printable areas.
Lens
Tilt
U
(10.48) (12.0)
P
Touch
(12.0) Sq (17.0)
.472 .669
Rectangular Cap
Indicators
Lens
(0.5) R (0.5) R
.020 .020
(8.78) (10.3)
Film Insert .346 .406
Film
Accessories
RU
Insert
(8.78) Sq (0.76) Typ
N
www.nkkswitches.com D91
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
D Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary;
200,000 operations minimum for alternate action
Electrical Life: 10,000 operations minimum for silver;
200,000 operations minimum for gold
Nominal Operating Force: Single Pole: 1.90N
Keylocks
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Installation
Cap Installation Force: 15.0N maximum downward force on cap
Touch
Processing
Soldering: Wave Soldering (PC version): See Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
Cleaning: These devices are not process sealed. Hand clean locally using alcohol based solution.
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
UL recognized only when ordered switch body with cap assembled.
All single & double pole models recognized at 5A @ 125/250V AC or 0.014A @ 28V DC.
Supplement
D92 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Wide selection of illumination effects is achieved with single and bicolor,
1- or 6-element LEDs in flat, beveled, or sculptured caps.
Pushbuttons
Alternating legends in choice of sculptured or flat caps, combined
with super bright bicolor LED.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Combination of PCB mountability and short body
allows use in compact applications.
D
Keylocks
actuation with audible feedback; quick-make,
quick-break characteristic limits arcing and
prolongs electrical life.
Rotaries
Latchdown mechanism, independent of switching
mechanism, gives outstanding stability and
reliability plus visible and tactile indication of
circuit status.
Slides
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, solvents,
and other contaminants.
Tactiles
Momentary and alternate action circuits available in the same
space-saving body size.
Tilt
Touch
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D93
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
UB2 1 5 SK G 03
Rockers
Poles
01 (for Snap-in
1 SPDT SK Square
Mounting)
2 DPDT Circuits * Snap-in Mounting
03 Straight PC
5 ON (ON) KK Square
Programmable Illuminated PB
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless
specified. UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with
marking on switch. Specific models, ratings, & ordering
Tilt
D94 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
5C 1JC
Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors
Pushbuttons
Bright LED Sculptured Cap Lens/Diffuser Colors
5C Red 1JB Clear/White
5D Amber 1JC Clear/Red
1JD Clear/Amber
Programmable Illuminated PB
5F Green
1JF Clear/Green
Beveled Cap & Colors
D
2B White
2C Red
2D Amber
2F Green
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Colors
3JB Clear/White
Keylocks
3JC Clear/Red
3JD Clear/Amber
3JF Clear/Green
Rotaries
Super Bright LED Sculptured Cap Lens/Diffuser Color
6B White 1JB Clear/White
6F Green Beveled Cap & Color
6G Blue 2B White
Slides
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Color
3JB Clear/White
Tactiles
6CF Red/Green 1JB Clear/White
6DG Amber/Blue Beveled Cap & Color
2B White
Flat Cap Lens/Diffuser Color
Tilt
3JB Clear/White
Sculptured Cap with Alternating Legend Alternating Legends
4JCF Clear; Red/Green 11 ON (pos) OFF (pos)
Touch
4JDG Clear; Amber/Blue
12 ON (neg) OFF (neg)
Flat Cap with Alternating Legend
13 START STOP
5JCF Clear; Red/Green
14 OPEN CLOSE
Indicators
5B White 5F Green
5C Red
www.nkkswitches.com D95
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+ & L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an external
power source.
Pushbuttons
1 COM
UB215 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT (+) (-)
*UB216 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
1 COM 4 COM
UB225 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT
Programmable Illuminated PB
(+) (-)
*UB226 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO
D * When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap positions above the housing are:
.059” (1.5mm) for snap-in models & .276” (7.0mm) for PCB models.
(5.08) (2.54) Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ (5.08) (2.54) Typ (5.08) Typ (2.54) Typ
.200 .100 .200 .100 .200 .100 .200 .100
3 6 3 3 6 3
L (+) L (+) LC+ LC+
1 4 1 1 4 1
Square
KK with Built-in Bezel
(17.4) Sq Panel Thickness:
.685 .039 ~ .126”
(1.0 ~ 3.2mm)
Tactiles
G
Touch
01 Solder Lug For Switch & For Super Bright 03 Straight PC For Switch & For Super Bright
Accessories
Bright LED & Bicolor LED Bright LED & Bicolor LED
(0.2) (0.2) (0.2) (0.2)
.008 .008 .008 .008
(5.0) (4.0) (4.0) (4.0)
.197 .157 .157 .157
(1.6)
.063 (1.0) (1.0) (1.0)
(2.0)
Supplement
D96 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Toggles
BRIGHT LED & CAPS
Rockers
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Pushbuttons
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED
5C 5D 5F
Programmable Illuminated PB
Color Red Amber Green Unit
D
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 25 mA
Keylocks
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.42 0.46 mA/°C
Rotaries
Bright Single Color LED with 1 element (+) (-)
Slides
AT3074 AT3075 AT3076
1 Sculptured
2 Beveled
3 Flat
Tactiles
.240 .220 .220
Tilt
Clear Lens Clear Lens
Translucent Translucent Translucent
Colored Diffuser Colored Cap Colored Diffuser
Touch
JB Clear/White
B White
JB
Clear/White
JC Clear/Red
C Red
JC Clear/Red
Accessories
JD Clear/Amber
D Amber
JD Clear/Amber
JF Clear/Green
F Green
JF Clear/Green
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D97
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
1JB (6.1)
.240
2B (5.6)
.220
3JB (5.6)
.220
Sculptured (15.0) Sq
.591
Beveled (15.0) Sq
.591
Flat (15.0) Sq
.591
Clear Lens/ White Cap Clear Lens/
White Diffuser White Diffuser
Clear Lens Clear Lens
Translucent
Slides
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires
an external power source. Polarity marks are on the bottom of the switch. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage,
a ballast resistor is required. The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
The LED is an integral part of the switch and not available separately.
Tilt
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆I F 0.40 0.33 0.33 0.33 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –20° ~ +50° –20° ~ +50° °C
Super Bright Bicolor (–) L1 * Amber color is achieved by lighting red and green
Supplement
Red or Amber
LED with 2 elements (+) COM
simultaneously, but is not suitable for Alternating Legends.
(–) L2
Green or Blue
D98 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED
Toggles
AT3074JB Sculptured AT3075B Beveled AT3076JB Flat
1JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser
2B White Cap
3JB Clear Lens/White Diffuser
Rockers
(6.1) (5.6) (5.6)
.240 .220 .220
Pushbuttons
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq
Clear Lens .591 .591 Clear Lens .591
Programmable Illuminated PB
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
D
Alternating Legend Caps for Super Bright Bicolor LED
OCLP
.240 .220
OESN
NF
E
4JCF 5JCF
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq
Keylocks
.591 .591
Red/Green Red/Green
Clear Lens Clear Lens
4JDG Amber/Blue Alternating Legend Filter
5JDG Amber/Blue Alternating Legend Filter
Material: Polycarbonate Finish: Glossy
Rotaries
Standard Alternating Legend Pairs
11 12 13 14
ON OFF ON OFF
Slides
START STOP OPEN CLOSE
Tactiles
Contact factory for other Alternating Legends.
Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual characters on the filters.
No Code No Lamp
Tilt
CAP TYPES & COLOR COMBINATIONS FOR NONILLUMINATED
4 AT3073 Sculptured
5 AT3077 Beveled Touch
(6.1) (5.6)
.240 .220
Lens/Insert Cap
Colors Available: Colors Available:
Indicators
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Sq
.591 .591
JA Clear/Black
A Black
JC Opaque C Opaque
Clear/Red Colored Insert Red Colored Cap
JD Clear/Amber
D Amber
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D99
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ (5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.
(15.0) Sq .200 .200 2 (5.08) 2 5 (5.08)
.591 .200 .200
N.O. N.O. N.O.
COM COM COM
1 1 4
L– L–
(2.54) Typ (2.54) Typ
.100 .100
Pushbuttons
(0.5) (0.5) Typ (0.5) Typ (1.0) Typ (1.0) (1.0) Typ
.020 .020 .020 .039 .039 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.5) (7.0) (10.0) (4.0) (4.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ
.600 .059 .276 .394 .157 .157 .200 .200
Latchdown Position
UB215SKG035C-1JC Bright Single Color LED Super Bright Single Color LED Single Pole Double Pole
Programmable Illuminated PB
(2.54) Typ
.100
(0.5) (0.5) Typ (1.0) (2.54) (2.54) (1.0) Typ
.020 .020 .039 .100 .100 .039
(15.24) Sq (1.5) (7.0) (10.0) (4.0) (5.08) (5.08) Typ
.600 .059 .276 .394 .157 .200 .200
Keylocks
Latchdown Position
3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.
(2.54) Typ
.100
Slides
UB216KKW015F-1JF Single Color LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole
Tactiles
3 3 6
L+ L+
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C.
.591 N.O.
.200 N.O. N.O.
.200
COM COM COM
1 1 4
L– L–
(2.54) Typ
.100
(1.4) (4.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0) (1.0) (2.0) Typ (1.0) Typ
.055 .157 .020 .079 .039 .079 .039
Touch
UB226KKW016F-1JF Single Color LED Side View Single Pole Double Pole
Indicators
3 3 6
LC LC
(5.08) Typ N.C. N.C. N.C. N.C.
(2.54) Typ
.100
(1.4) (4.0) (0.5) Typ (2.0) (2.54) (2.0) Typ (2.54)
.055 .157 .020 .079 .100 .079 .100
(5.08)
Supplement
D100 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Rockers
Opens 90°
Closes manually
Pushbuttons
(11.1)
.437 (19.1)
.752
Materials:
(21.7) (8.05)
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate .854 .317
Programmable Illuminated PB
Base: Black GFR Polyamide
Cap Height
(19.5)
.768
(21.5)
When
Assembled
(6.5)
(16.1)
.634
(19.1)
D
Recommended Panel Thickness: .846 .256 .752
AT4170
Keylocks
Opens 180°
Closes automatically
(11.1)
Rotaries
.437 (18.1)
.713
(21.7) (15.64)
.854 .616
Materials:
Cover: Clear Polycarbonate
Slides
(19.5) (15.64)
.768 .616
Base: Black Polyamide (21.5) (6.5) (13.5) (18.0)
.846 .256 .531 .709
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
Tactiles
180°
Recommended Panel Thickness: Recommended Panel-to-PCB Range:
.039” ~ .126” .531” (13.5mm)
(1.0mm ~ 3.2mm)
Tilt
(13.5)
.531
(18.8) Sq
.740
Touch
(40.0) Min*
1.575
Protective
Indicators
AT4170 Guard
Panel
(21.7)
.854
Accessories
Installation
www.nkkswitches.com D101
Series UB2 Low Profile Pushbuttons
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
AT4142
Opens 180°
Closes automatically
Pushbuttons
Materials:
Programmable Illuminated PB
Cap Height
(19.5) When (16.1)
Recommended Panel Thickness: .768 Assembled .634
(21.5) (6.5) (19.1)
.039” ~ .106” (1.0mm ~ 2.7mm) .846 .256 .752
Keylocks
Dust Cover
(17.1)
.673
Materials:
Lid: Clear PVC
Operating temperature range:
Slides
(17.1)
0°C ~ +70°C (32°F ~ 158°C). (17.0) Sq .673
.669 (17.7)
Gasket: Polyethylene .697
Tactiles
Cap Height
When (2.5) (17.7)
Recommended Panel Thickness Assembled .098 .697
(6.4) (25.2) Sq
.039” ~ .098” (1.0mm ~ 2.5mm) .252 .992
Tilt
AT4143 AT4144
Touch
.189
(21.0)
.827 (13.3) (17.4) Min
.524 .685
Accessories
D102 www.nkkswitches.com
Low Profile Pushbuttons Series UB2
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Suggested Printable Area for UB2 Lens, Film Insert or Diffuser
Pushbuttons
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on lens;
Laser Print on film insert.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Shaded areas are printable areas.
D
Beveled Cap Flat Cap Sculptured Cap
Lens
O
Lens Lens
N
Lens
Keylocks
(12.96) Dia (0.76) Typ
(13.5) Sq (0.76) Typ .510 .030
.531 .030 (14.48) Dia
(15.0) Sq .570
.591
Film
Insert
OF
Rotaries
F
Diffuser
(0.5) R
(0.5) R .020
.020
Slides
.393 .030
(11.5) Sq
.453 (11.88) Dia (0.76) Typ
(11.88) Sq (0.76) Typ .468 .030
.468 .030 (13.4) Sq
(13.4) Sq .528
.528
Tactiles
Film Insert: Clear Polyester 4 mil maximum thickness
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D103
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Insulation Resistance: 200 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
D Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 1,000,000 operations minimum for momentary circuit
200,000 operations minimum for maintained circuit
Electrical Life: 100,000 operations minimum
Nominal Operating Force: Single pole: 1.47N for nonsealed; 1.67N for sealed
Double pole: 2.75N for nonsealed; 2.94N for sealed
Contact Timing: Nonshorting (break-before-make)
Keylocks
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Environmental Data
Tactiles
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Tilt
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Sealing: IP65 of IEC60529 standard for panel seal models
Touch
Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum
Quick Connect Force: 24.5N maximum downward force on connector
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
Add “/U” or “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order UL recognized switch.
All solder lug models recognized at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
CSA: File No. 023535_0_000 - Certified only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/C” before first dash in part number to order CSA certified switch.
Supplement
All solder lug models certified at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
D104 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
Full face or spot illumination with incandescent lamps or multi-element LEDs,
with or without resistors.
Pushbuttons
Choice of super bright LEDs in white, green, and blue as well as bright LEDs
in red, amber, and green.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Combination bezel-barrier is an integral part of the switch and
prevents accidental actuation. D
Unique thermoplastic elastomer seal inside caps plus
rolled sleeve of nitrile butadiene rubber at joining of
housing and inner case, all for added protection to
interior mechanism.
Keylocks
Dust and oil tight as well as splashproof panel seal
models qualify to IP65 of IEC60529 Standards (similar
to NEMA 4 and 13). Panel seal models provided
with exterior o-ring.
Rotaries
Distinctive design of snap-action contacts for shock
resistance, long life, and sensitive actuation.
Slides
High density design to give behind panel depth of less than
one inch.
Tactiles
Terminals are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, dust, solvents, and other
contaminants.
Tilt
Latchdown for indication of circuit status, plus audible, tactile feedback
with smooth, responsive operation.
www.nkkswitches.com D105
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
YB 1 5 C K W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
2 DPDT
With Panel Seal 03 Straight PC
D W
(Bushing Mount only)
M Round
N Rectangular
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL & cULus marking unless specified.
UL & cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Tactiles
D106 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
6 F JB
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Lamps Cap Types & Colors
Programmable Illuminated PB
Incandescent Lamp Solid Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
05 5-volt BB White/White D
12 12-volt CB Red/White
No EB Yellow/White
Nonilluminated
Code
FB Green/White
GB Blue/White
Keylocks
LED for Spot Illuminated Cap Spot Illuminated Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Forward Voltage JA Clear/Black
1C Red 2-volt JB Clear/White
02
(no resistor)
1D Amber JC Clear/Red
Rotaries
05 5-volt
JE Clear/Yellow
1F Green
12 12-volt
JF Clear/Green
1CF Red/Green 24 24-volt
Slides
Bright LED LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
No Code No Resistor JC Clear/Red
Tactiles
5C Red
05 5-volt JD Clear/Amber
5D Amber
12 12-volt JF Clear/Green
5F Green 24 24-volt
Tilt
Super Bright LED LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
6B White JB Clear/White
Touch
6F Green
6G Blue
Indicators
Bicolor LED for Full Face Illuminated LED Cap: Lens/Insert Colors
LED Colors Forward Voltage JB Clear/White
2-volt
02
(no resistor)
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com D107
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires
external power source.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
YB15 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
*YB16 ON ON 3 2
1 (COM) 4
YB25 ON (ON)
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
* When in latchdown position for the alternate circuit, cap position is .020” (0.5mm) above the built-in bezel.
PANEL SEAL
Supplied with
Supplied with mounting nut
mounting nut. and o-ring AT089.
S C R K M N
Tactiles
HOUSING
Indicators
K Black
Housing available in black only. The 1-piece body and bezel-barrier have a matte finish.
G
Supplement
D108 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
TERMINALS
Solder Lug/
01 .110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.288
Rockers
(2.0)
.079 (2.8)
(1.2) .110
.047
Thk = (0.5)
.020
Pushbuttons
(3.7) Typ (3.7) Typ
03 Straight PC (4.4)
3 .146 6 3 .146
Epoxy Seal
.173 2 5 2
(0.6) R (4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
Programmable Illuminated PB
.024 (2.8)
.110
Single Pole 1 .191 Double Pole 4 1 .191
D
(1.2)
.047 (3.0) (1.6) Dia Typ (3.0) Typ (1.6) Dia Typ
.118 .063 .118 .063
Thk = (0.5) (5.55) (5.55) Typ
.020
CL .219 CL .219
Electrical specifications are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. Lamp circuit is independent of switch operation.
For dimension drawing of lamp see the Accessories & Hardware section.
Keylocks
AT611 05 12
Voltage V 5V AC 12V AC
Rotaries
Current I 115mA 60mA
MSCP .150 .150
T-1 Bi-pin Endurance Hours 7,000 average
Slides
Ambient Temperature Range –25°C ~ +50°C
No Code No Lamp
Tactiles
Solid Cap for Incandescent Lamp & Nonilluminated
Tilt
Colors Available: Round
Translucent Colored Lens
(12.2)
.480
(4.0)
BB White/White
.157
Touch
CB AT3001 AT3003
Red/White Square Rectangular Translucent White Insert
Indicators
EB Yellow/White
(15.0) Sq
.591 (21.0)
(15.0) .827
.591
FB
(12.2)
.480
Green/White (4.0)
(12.2)
Accessories
.480
.157
(4.0) Translucent White Seal/Filter
GB Blue/White
.157
Materials:
Supplement
Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Filter: Thermoplastic Elastomer Incandescent Lamp AT611
www.nkkswitches.com D109
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
(2.0) (2.0)
.079 (12.2) .079 .079 (12.2)
(12.2)
.480 (5.0) .480 .480
(5.0) (4.0) (5.0)
.197 .197 (4.0) (4.0)
.157 .197
.157 .157
(8.8) (8.8)
.346 (8.8) .346
Programmable Illuminated PB
.346
D
(+) (+) (+)
(-) (-) (-)
Colors Available:
02 05 12 24
1C 1D 1F 1CF
Without With With With
Red Amber Green Red/Green Resistor Resistor Resistor Resistor Unit
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.27 –––– –––– –––– mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and requires
external power source. Single color LEDs are colored in OFF state. Bicolor LED is translucent white in OFF state.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Tilt
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Lens/Insert
Touch
for a
JB Clear/White Square Spot Illuminated Cap
with Green 2-volt LED
JC Clear/Red
Seal without resistor
Accessories
JE Clear/Yellow
Materials:
Built-in LED
(integral part Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate
Supplement
D110 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
BRIGHT LED & LED CAPS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C.
LED circuit is isolated and requires external power source.
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Rockers
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Pushbuttons
Bright Colors
AT628 Available:
5C Red
5D Amber
5F Green
No Code No Resistor Unit
LED Colors Red Amber Green
Programmable Illuminated PB
Maximum Forward Current IFM 40 40 40 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 26 26 26 mA
D
Forward Voltage VF 1.9 2.0 2.0 V
(+) (-) Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 4 V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50 mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Keylocks
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED with Resistor
Bright Colors
AT634 Available:
5C Red
5D Amber
5F Green
05 12 24 Unit
Rotaries
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA
Typical Forward Current IF 25 20 10 mA
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 8 16 V
Slides
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF –––– –––– –––– mA/°C
T-11⁄4 Bi-pin
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Tactiles
AT634 AT634 AT634
5-volt, 12-volt, 24-volt, (+)
(+) (-) (+) (-)
2-element 4-element 4-element (-)
with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor
Tilt
Lens/Insert AT3004 (15.0) Sq AT3005
.591 (15.0) Dia
Colors Available: Square Round .591 Transparent Clear Lens
Touch
(12.2)
.480 (12.2)
JB Clear/White
(4.0)
.157 (4.0)
.480
.157
Translucent Colored Insert
Indicators
JC Clear/Red
(21.0)
(15.0) .827
JD Clear/Amber
.591
Translucent White Seal/Diffuser
AT3006
Accessories
(12.2)
Rectangular .480
JF Clear/Green
(4.0)
.157
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D111
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Pushbuttons
Super Bright
AT625G Blue ATTENTION 6B 6F 6G
Programmable Illuminated PB
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.40 0.40 mA/°C
T-1 Bi-pin Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
(15.0) Sq (21.0)
.591 (15.0) Dia (15.0) .827
.591 .591
(12.2) (12.2)
.480 (12.2)
.480 .480
(4.0) (4.0)
Tactiles
.157 (4.0)
.157 .157
Tilt
Lens/Insert
Colors Available: Translucent White Insert
Indicators
JB Clear/White
Translucent White Seal/Diffuser
Accessories
D112 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
BICOLOR LED & LED CAPS
Rockers
If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
The resistor value can be calculated by using the formula in the Supplement section.
Pushbuttons
Electrical Specifications for Bicolor LED
Programmable Illuminated PB
2CF Maximum Forward Current IFM 60 60 20 12 mA
Red/Green D
Typical Forward Current IF 45 45 15 10 mA
Forward Voltage (Red/Green) VF 1.9 / 2.1 5 12 24 V
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.80 –––– –––– –––– mA/°C
Keylocks
AT621 AT621 AT621
Bicolor LED (+) (-)
Bicolor LED (+) (-) Bicolor LED (+) (-)
Rotaries
without Resistor with Resistor with Resistor Reverse polarity for Green
LED Caps
Slides
AT3004 AT3005 AT3006
Square Round Rectangular
(21.0)
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Dia .827
.591 (15.0)
.591
Tactiles
.591
Tilt
Transparent Clear Lens
Touch
Lens/Insert
Colors Available:
Transparent White Insert
Indicators
JB Clear/White
Materials:
Supplement
Lens & Insert: Polycarbonate Seal/Diffuser: Thermoplastic Elastomer Bicolor LED AT621
www.nkkswitches.com D113
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
NO
NO
Pushbuttons
2 L 5
(9.7)
-+
.382
1 4
(2.8) Typ COM
.110
D
YB15SKW01-12-CB Single pole models do not have terminals 4, 5, & 6.
.020
NC
3 6
NO
NO
2 L 5
(9.7)
-+
.382
1 4
(2.8) Typ COM
.110
Rotaries
.591 2 L 5
(9.7)
(18.0) -+
.382
Tilt
(1.2) R
.047
(16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia (16.0) +– 0.0
0.2
Dia
.630 .630
D114 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Dust Covers and Protective Guards reduce depth of switch behind panel by .047” (1.2mm).
Panel Thickness Range with Dust Cover or Protective Guards:
Rockers
Bushing Mounting Snap-in Mounting Panel Seal
.020” ~ .150” (0.5mm ~ 3.8mm) .020” ~ .091” (0.5mm ~ 2.3mm) .020” ~ .118” (0.5mm ~ 3.0mm)
Pushbuttons
Dust/Splash Cover (16.2)
.638
AT4115 Dust Cover
for Snap-in or Dust Cover Splash Cover (5.9)
.232
Bushing Mount
Programmable Illuminated PB
AT4115 AT089 AT4115
D
AT541
(5.2)
.205
AT4115 Splash Cover
and AT541 O-ring
for Bushing Mount (23.2)
(29.2)
1.150
.913
AT4115
(16.0) Dia
.630
Materials: Snap-in Mount Panel Seal
Lid: Polyvinyl Chloride
Keylocks
Base: Polyamide Note: AT089 o-ring supplied (20.0) Dia
.787
O-ring: Nitrile butadiene rubber with panel seal model. (0.5)
.020
AT541
Rotaries
.047
Opens 90°
Closes manually (12.0)
.472
(22.9)
.902
Slides
Materials:
Lid: Polycarbonate (1.2) (6.6)
Base: Glass Fiber .047 .260
(11.2) (16.0) Dia
Tactiles
(23.9)
Reinforced Polycarbonate .941 .441 .630
Tilt
Opens 180°
Closes automatically
(12.5)
.492
(23.4)
.921
Touch
(16.0) Dia
.630
.047
(23.9) (11.4) (16.0) Dia
AT4175 .941 .449 .630
(12.5) 180°
.492
Accessories
(23.4)
.921
Materials:
Lid: Polycarbonate
(23.9)
Base: Glass Fiber Reinforced Polyamide
Supplement
.941
(24.0) Min
.945
Coil Spring: Stainless Steel
* Minimum dimension allows opening of cover to 180°
www.nkkswitches.com D115
Series YB Short Body Pushbuttons
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors
Rockers
(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673
Single Pole Double Pole
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Quick Connect .669 Quick Connect .669
Pushbuttons
Terminals Terminals
(5.0) (5.0)
.197 .197
Programmable Illuminated PB
NC NC
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
D NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +
COM COM
(17.1)
Keylocks
(17.1) .673
.673
AT718 AT719
Single Pole Double Pole
(17.0)
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Straight PC .669
Terminals Terminals
Rotaries
(4.0)
(4.0) .157
.157
NC NC
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
Slides
NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +
(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ
.219 .219
Tilt
CL CL
Dimension A:
Solder Lug .197” (5.0mm); Straight PC .157” (4.0mm)
Accessories
D116 www.nkkswitches.com
Short Body Pushbuttons Series YB
Toggles
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS
Cap Assembly LED Polarity & Orientation in Lamp Socket
Rockers
Spot ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Plunger
Pushbuttons
Projections
Positive
Lamp Socket Flat
Negative Flat Flat
Switch Lamp Socket (+) (+) (+)
(-) (-) (+)
Body Part Number (-) (-)
Programmable Illuminated PB
Top View of Switch
LED LEDs LED
Spot Illuminated Cap AT628 AT625G AT621 D
with Built-in LED AT634 AT631B AT632F
The following installation tools are available: AT106 Socket Wrench for bushing mounting (Overtightening the mounting nut AT092
may damage the switch housing.); AT109 Cap Extractor; AT111 Lamping Tool.
Further details and dimensions are shown in the Accessories and Hardware section.
LEGENDS
Keylocks
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rotaries
Suggested Printable Area for YB Lens
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear lens, Screen Print or Pad Print on Lens.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Slides
ON
(13.48) (15.0)
.531 .591
Tactiles
(13.48) Sq (0.76) Typ (13.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (19.48) (0.76) Typ
.531 .030 .531 .030 .030 .767 .030
(15.0) Sq (15.0) Dia (21.0)
.591 .591 .827
Tilt
Shaded areas are printable areas.
Touch
Lens
Filter
(9.88) (11.4) (10.68) (12.2)
.389 .449 .420 .480
Accessories
Seal
(10.68) Sq (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (10.68) (0.76) Typ (0.76) Typ (16.68) (0.76) Typ
.420 .030 .030 .420 .030 .030 .657 .030
(12.2) Sq (18.2)
Cap .480 (12.2) .717
Base .480
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D117
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 50 milliohms maximum for silver; 100 milliohms maximum for gold
Programmable Illuminated PB
Travel: Pretravel .059” (1.5mm); Overtravel .059” (1.5mm); Total Travel .118” (3.0mm)
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +50°C (–13°F through +122°F) for Illuminated
–25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F) for Nonilluminated
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
Tilt
Installation
Mounting Torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Indicators
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/CUL” before first dash in part number to order cULus marking on switch.
All solder lug models recognized at 3A @ 125/250V AC or 0.4VA @ 28V AC/DC maximum.
Supplement
D118 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
24mm square and 25mm diameter pushbuttons with the shortest above-panel
dimension (1.8mm) in the industry for splashproof design.
Pushbuttons
Meets IP65 of IEC60529 standards (similar to NEMA 4 and 13), providing
dust tight and splashproof panel seal protection.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Tamper resistant 18mm square and 19mm diameter actuators.
D
Short body of .965” (24.5mm) conserves behind-panel space.
Keylocks
Choice of cap colors includes clear, brushed chrome, red,
green, or yellow, for enhanced panel appearance. Metallic
silver cap option has bright ring illumination (round only).
Unbrushed chrome has the look of stainless steel when non-
Rotaries
illuminated, and LED color or legends when illuminated.
Slides
Bezel color options in black or brushed chrome.
Tactiles
metal switches due to metal plating on resin.
Tilt
Crisp actuation and clear circuit status provided by snap-action
contact mechanism. Arc barrier protects against crossover.
Touch
Combination solder lug and .110” quick connect terminals. Terminals Actual Size (Round)
are epoxy sealed to lock out flux, dust, solvents, and other contaminants,
as well as to secure terminals and improve contact stability.
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com D119
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH
YB2 1 5 C W C K W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
C
Normally Closed (2.8mm) Quick Connect
2 DPDT S Square
D
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without cULus marking unless specified.
cULus recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Tactiles
YB215CWCKW01-6B-JB
Indicators
D120 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
ORDERING EXAMPLE
6 B JB
Rockers
LEDS Cap Types & Colors
Pushbuttons
Bright LED Lens/Diffuser Colors
LED Colors Resistor JB Clear/White
Programmable Illuminated PB
No Resistor Metallic Silver Cap/Clear Ring
5C Red No
Code
(not for
JS
(Round only) D
Green)
CB Red/White
5D Amber 05 5-volt
EB Yellow/White
12 12-volt
5F Green FB Green/White
24 24-volt
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White Round or Square Cap with Legend
LED and cap need to be the same color. 001
Yellow cap pairs with amber LED to achieve
Keylocks
002 START
amber illumination. Codes JB and JS (Round
only) may be combined with all LED colors. 003 STANDBY
004 STOP
Super Bright LED Lens/Diffuser Cap Colors 005
Rotaries
6B White JB Clear/White Contact factory for custom options.
6F Green Metallic Silver Cap/Clear Ring
JS
(Round only)
6G Blue
Slides
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White Round or Square Cap with Legend
001
Nonilluminated Cap Color 002 START
N No Lamp JB Clear/White 003 STANDBY
Tactiles
CB Red/White 004 STOP
EB Yellow/White 005
FB Green/White Contact factory for custom options.
Tilt
HB Unbrushed Chrome/White
P Brushed Chrome
Touch
Round Cap for Bright LED Round Cap for Super Bright LED
or Super Bright LED
AT3017HB-001 AT3018HB-001 AT3025HB-001
AT3017HB-002 AT3018HB-002 AT3025HB-002
Accessories
Refer to Ordering Table for legend that corresponds with last 3 digits of part number.
www.nkkswitches.com D121
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
Normal Down Normal Down Notes: Switch is marked with NC, NO, COM, L+, L–.
Pole Model Lamp circuit is isolated and requires an
external power source.
Pushbuttons
1 (COM)
YB215 ON (ON)
SP 1-3 1-2 SPDT L (+) (-) L
YB216 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 (COM) 4
YB225 ON (ON)
DP 1-3 4-6 1-2 4-5 DPDT L (+) (-) L
D YB226 ON ON 3 NC 2 NO 6 NC 5 NO
Panel Seal
C Normally Open and Normally Closed
W (Round and Square)
Keylocks
Contact points are both Normally Open and Two o-rings provide
Normally Closed. panel seal protection
meeting IP65 of
IEC60529 standards.
Rotaries
SHAPE BEZEL
Slides
C Round
S Square
K Black
P Brushed Chrome
Tactiles
W Silver Contacts
G Gold Contacts
Power Level: 3A @ 125/250V AC Logic Level: 0.4VA max. @ 28V AC/DC max.
Indicators
TERMINALS
Accessories
Solder Lug/
01 .110” (2.8mm) Quick Connect
Epoxy Seal (7.3)
.288
(2.0)
(2.8)
Supplement
.079
(1.2) .110
.047
Thk = (0.5)
.020
D122 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
BRIGHT & SUPER BRIGHT LEDS
The electrical specifications shown are determined at a basic temperature of 25°C. LED circuit is isolated and
requires an external power source. If the source voltage exceeds the rated voltage, a ballast resistor is required.
Base of AT634 and AT636 is Black for 5V, Light Blue for 12V and Gray for 24V.
Rockers
Electrical Specifications for Bright LED without Resistor
Bright Colors
AT628 Available: 5C Red 5D Amber No Code No Resistor Unit
Pushbuttons
LED Colors Red Amber
Maximum Forward Current IFM 40 40 mA
Typical Forward Current IF 26 26 mA
Programmable Illuminated PB
T-1 Bi-pin Forward Voltage VF 1.9 2.0 V
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 4 V D
(+) (-) Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.50 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
Electrical Specifications for Bright Red & Amber LED with Resistor
Bright Colors
AT634 Available: 5C Red 5D Amber 05 12 24 Unit
Keylocks
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA
Typical Forward Current IF 25 20 10 mA
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V
Rotaries
Maximum Reverse Voltage VRM 4 8 16 V
T-11⁄4 Bi-pin
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF — — — mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
AT634 AT634 AT634
Slides
5-volt, (+) (-)
12-volt, 24-volt, (+)
(+) (-)
2-element 4-element 4-element (-)
with Resistor with Resistor with Resistor
Electrical Specifications for Bright Green LED with Resistor
Tactiles
Bright Colors ATTENTION
AT636 Available: ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
5F Green 05 12 24 Unit
Maximum Forward Current IFM — — — mA
Tilt
Forward Voltage VF 5 12 24 V
(+) (-)
AT625G Blue
ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC (+) (-)
6B 6F 6G
SENSITIVE DEVICES
AT631B White Colors: White Green Blue Unit
AT632F Green
Maximum Forward Current IFM 30 30 30 mA
Accessories
T-1 Bi-pin Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆IF 0.40 0.40 0.40 mA/°C
Ambient Temperature Range –25 ~ +50 °C
www.nkkswitches.com D123
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
series with the lamp. This circuit diagram and formula E VF Where: R = Resistor Value (Ohms)
will assist in calculating the value of the required ballast E = Source Voltage (V)
Cathode VF = Forward Voltage (V)
resistor. IF = Forward Current (A)
–
Pushbuttons
AT3017 Cap for Bright LED AT3018 Cap for AT3019 Cap for AT3020 Cap with
or Nonilluminataed Super Bright LED Nonilluminated Illumination Ring for
Programmable Illuminated PB
Unbrushed Chrome/
HB
Rotaries
(13.1) (13.1)
White (13.1)
.516 .516 .516
(4.9) (4.9) (4.9)
.193 .193 .193
(19.0) Dia
.748
Slides
(13.1) Material for Lens & Diffuser: Material for Lens: Materials
.516 Polycarbonate ABS Resin & Brushed Lens: Polycarbonate
(4.9)
.193 HB Lens: ABS Resin & Chrome Plating Insert: Polyester
Unbrushed Chrome Plating
Tactiles
or Nonilluminated Nonilluminated
Clear/White
JB For Bright & Super Bright LEDs
P Brushed Chrome
(18.0) Sq (18.0) Sq
.709 .709
Red/White
CB
Indicators
Green/White
FB For Bright LED only
Unbrushed Chrome/White Material for Lens & Diffuser: Material for Lens:
HB For Bright & Super Bright LEDs Polycarbonate ABS Resin & Brushed Chrome Plating
Supplement
D124 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
Standard Legends for Unbrushed Chrome Caps
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap
Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED
Programmable Illuminated PB
D
004 005
Keylocks
Round or Square Cap Round or Square Cap
Bright or Super Bright LED Bright or Super Bright LED
Rotaries
Images appear the color of the LED when lit.
Contact factory for other legends options.
Legend illustrations are approximate representations of the actual images on the caps.
Slides
Unbrushed Chrome/White Cap with Lens/Diffuser
Tactiles
Tilt
Without Illumination With Illumination
Touch
Depending on the design and the color of ink used, the legend may be visible when it is not illuminated.
It is recommended that the legend be clear and without ink in order to achieve the maximum visibility when the cap is illuminated.
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D125
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
NO
NO
NO
NO
(9.7) 2
L
2
L
5
(9.7)
.382 - + -+ .382
1 1 4
COM COM
(2.8) Typ
.110
Programmable Illuminated PB
YB215CWCKW01-6B-JB
(0.5) Typ
.020
NC NC
(9.7) (9.7)
Rotaries
.382 .382
COM COM
(2.8) Typ
.110
YB216CWSPW01-N-P
Tactiles
1.00 .866
Recommended
Panel Thickness (25.4) Min Side-by-side Mounting
Touch
1.00
.020” ~ .197”
(0.5mm ~ 5.0mm) + 0.1
(10.5) – 0.0 Typ
.413
(1.7) +– 0.0
0.1 Typ
Indicators
.067
(24.5) Min
.965
Accessories
Recommended
Panel Thickness (24.5) Min Side-by-side Mounting
.965
.020” ~ .197”
(0.5mm ~ 5.0mm)
Supplement
(21.0) +– 0.0
0.3
Sq Typ
.827
D126 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Adaptors
Rockers
(17.1) (17.1)
AT716 .673 AT717 .673
Single Pole Double Pole
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Solder Lug/ (17.0)
Quick Connect .669 Quick Connect .669
Pushbuttons
Terminals Terminals
NC (5.0) NC (5.0)
(4.85) Typ .197 (4.85) Typ .197
NO L NO NO L NO
.191 .191
Programmable Illuminated PB
– + – +
(3.0)
COM
(3.0) Typ
COM
D
.118 (3.7) .118 (3.7)
(5.55) .146 (5.55) Typ .146
.219 .219
(17.1) (17.1)
.673 .673
AT718 AT719
Single Pole Double Pole
Keylocks
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Straight PC (17.0)
.669
Terminals Terminals
NC (4.0) NC (4.0)
Rotaries
(4.85) Typ .157 (4.85) Typ NO L NO .157
NO L NO
.191 .191
– + – +
COM COM
Slides
.219 .219
(4.85) Typ (4.85) Typ
.191 .191
(1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ (1.85) Typ (1.0) Dia Typ
.073 .039 .073 .039
(3.0) Typ (3.0) Typ
Tactiles
.118 (5.55) .118 (5.55) Typ
.219 .219
CL CL
Tilt
Round & Square Switch Dimensions Shown with Adaptor AT716
Touch
Indicators
(37.8) (37.8) A
A 1.488
1.488
Accessories
Dimension A:
Solder Lug .197” (5.0mm); Straight PC .157” (4.0mm)
Panel thickness for YB2 Round: Panel thickness for YB2 Square:
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com D127
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
Red O-ring
in step 2 at the inside
bottom of the bezel.
Bezel
Pushbuttons
Knurled
Mounting Nut
6. Align tab inside of the bezel with keyway on housing and
bring bezel back into its original position.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Part Number
This Side Bezel
3. Install LED. Cathode
Keylocks
Socket (–)
Anode Back of
Socket (+) 7. Before installing into Bezel Bezel
panel, make sure that
Rotaries
(+)
(–)
insert LED into base. all the way into the
panel.
Panel Tab
LED AT628
Align D-flat on LED with Part Number
on switch for appropriate polarity and
Tactiles
D-Flat
insert LED into base. 8. Attach mounting nut behind panel and tighten. Make
(+)
sure that bezel and actuator fit properly and that there is
(–)
ATTENTION no space between bezel and panel. Do not overtighten.
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Mounting torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum.
LEDs AT625G,
Tilt
The larger metal part within the LED Optional socket wrench AT106 available.
AT631B,
represents the cathode (–). Align LED
AT632F
for appropriate polarity and insert LED
into base.
Touch
Actuator Bezel
(–) Cathode (–) Anode (+)
(+)
Indicators
Panel
Actuator
4. Align tabs (B) on both
Accessories
Housing
D128 www.nkkswitches.com
Panel Seal Pushbuttons Series YB2
Toggles
ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS FOR SQUARE
Rockers
Blue O-ring
in step 2 at the inside
bottom of the bezel. Bezel
Pushbuttons
Spacer 6. Align tab inside of the bezel with keyway on housing and
bring bezel back into its original position.
Programmable Illuminated PB
Knurled
Mounting Nut
D
Housing
Keylocks
Bezel
Part Number
This Side
3. Install LED. Cathode
Socket (–)
7. Before installing into
Back of Bezel
panel, make sure that Bezel
Rotaries
Anode the square gasket is
Socket (+)
present at the back of
LEDs the bezel. Align keyway
ATTENTION on bezel with tab in
AT634 & AT636 ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES panel and push switch
Slides
all the way into the
D-Flat Align D-flat on LED with Part Number panel. Panel
(+)
on switch for appropriate polarity and
(–)
insert LED into base.
Tactiles
8. Attach mounting nut behind panel and tighten. Make
LED AT628 sure that bezel and actuator fit properly and that there is
Align D-flat on LED with Part Number
on switch for appropriate polarity and no space between bezel and panel. Do not overtighten.
D-Flat
insert LED into base.
Mounting torque: 0.785Nm (6.95 lb•in) maximum.
(+) Optional socket wrench AT106 available.
Tilt
(–)
ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
LEDs AT625G,
AT631B, The larger metal part within the LED
AT632F represents the cathode (–). Align LED
for appropriate polarity and insert LED Actuator Touch
Bezel
into base.
Panel
Indicators
(–)
(+) Cathode (–) Anode (+)
Spacer
Accessories
Actuator
4. Align tabs (B) on both
sides of actuator with Knurled
B Mounting Nut
the projections (A) inside
of the housing and push A
www.nkkswitches.com D129
Series YB2 Panel Seal Pushbuttons
Toggles
LEGENDS
NKK Switches can provide custom legends for caps. Contact factory for more information.
Rockers
Recommended Methods: Laser Etch on clear cap, Screen Print or Pad Print on cap.
Epoxy based ink is recommended.
Programmable Illuminated PB
D For Caps
AT3017, AT3018, and AT3019
For Cap
AT3020 (with clear ring for illumination)
For Caps
AT3025 and AT3027
Keylocks
(17.48) Dia (0.76) Typ (15.88) Dia (1.56) Typ (16.48) Sq (0.76) Typ
.688 .030 .625 .062 .649 .030
(19.0) Dia (19.0) Dia (18.0) Sq
.748 .748 .709
Rotaries
+0.1
(1.2) –0.1 Typ (0.6) R Typ (0.5) R
.047 .024 .020
Recommended Method:
Tactiles
ATTENTION LEDs are electrostatic sensitive devices. When installing and handling LEDs, use an electrostatic
ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES protected work station to prevent LED damage.
Supplement
D130 www.nkkswitches.com
Contents SmartSwitch
Toggles
Accessories.................................................E48
Enhance Your Applications
Indicators
Accessories
E2 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbuttons, Display & Rocker SmartSwitch
Toggles
OLED SWITCHES & DISPLAY
Rockers
96 x 64 Programmable Color Display
Video Capability; 180° Viewing Angle
Pushbuttons
High Definition, Excellent Contrast
Page E4
Programmable Illuminated PB
OLED Pushbutton ISC15ANP4
Keylocks
Rotaries
OLED Display ISC01P
Slides
High Definition, Excellent Contrast
Page E8
Tactiles
OLED Rocker IS18WWC1W
Tilt
96 x 64 Programmable Display
White Monochrome OLED Display
Exceptional Contrast; 180° Viewing Angle; IP64 Rating
Page E15 Touch
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com E3
SmartSwitch Frameless OLED Pushbutton
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
• High definition, contrast and resolution of 96RGB x 64 pixels in compact screen and minimal frame
Rockers
• Maximum use of display lens with ultra-thin frame provides full screen capacity
• Multiple units easily combine to form one screen, offering flexibility in size and layout
• Smooth, silent operation with short stroke of 0.07” lends to tactile feedback unparalleled to touch panels
Programmable Illuminated PB
• Same outer dimensions of switch and footprint, enabling ease of replacement with current switches
• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)
Actual Size
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
E4 www.nkkswitches.com
Frameless OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch
ATTENTION
Toggles
SWITCH PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Rockers
96RGB x 64 Pixels
ISF15ACP4 Gold Contacts Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
Straight PC Terminals 65,536 Colors
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Pushbuttons
Circuit SPST normally open
Leave actuator: 1 – 2 OFF
Contact Position
Push actuator: 1 – 2 ON
Programmable Illuminated PB
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC (resistive circuit)
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance
Operating Force
1,000,000 operations minimum
2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
E
Total Travel 1.8mm (0.07”)
Keylocks
OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Color OLED display module
Display Mode Passive matrix
Rotaries
Viewing Area 21.28mm x 18.74mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 96RGB x 64 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.222mm x 0.293mm (horizontal x vertical)
Interface Serial (SPI) interface
Slides
65,536 Colors (16bit: R 5bit/G 6bit/B 5bit)
Number of Colors
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Storage Temperature Range –30°C ~ +80°C (–22°F ~ +176°F)
Tactiles
Operating Life (Display) 50,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON; Ta = 77°F)
Tilt
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VCC –0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 14.0V 15.0V 16.0V
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VDD –– ––
Touch
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VDD
Current Consumption
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 15.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)
Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks
Indicators
* All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale Coordinate (y) 0.10 0.17 0.23 ––
** All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––
www.nkkswitches.com E5
SmartSwitch Frameless OLED Pushbutton
Toggles
SEG/COM
VCC 9 Driving Block
Gray Scale
Decoder
RES 5 Oscillator
Programmable Illuminated PB
SDI 8
D/C 6
MCU Interface Command Decoder
E ISF15ACP4
GND 10
SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks
4 SS Slave Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
5 RES Reset
executed.
Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
6 D/C Data/Command be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
Slides
interpreted as Data.
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
8 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
9 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
Tactiles
.130 .709
This Side Standoff 1 Standoff 2
3
.811 .630 1
(0.4)
.016
.838 .012
(23.13) (23.0) (3.4) (8.0) (7.05) (2.0)
.911 .906 .134 .315 .278 .079
(.044)
.0017 4x (1.3) Dia
(.222) Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) (2.0) (7.05) (8.0) .051
.0087 .106 .091 .079 .278 .315 Landless
E6 www.nkkswitches.com
Frameless OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch
Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS
AC Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C), VDD = 2.4V ~ 3.5V)
Rockers
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 150ns –– –– D/C
Pushbuttons
tC S S tC S H
D/C Hold Time t AH 40ns –– –– SS
Programmable Illuminated PB
SS Hold Time t CSH 60ns –– –– SCK
tF tC L K L
Write Data Setup Time t DS W 40ns –– ––
tD S W t DHW
Write Data Hold Time t DHW 40ns –– ––
SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Keylocks
SCK Fall Time tF –– –– 15ns
STATE TRANSITION
Rotaries
5 : Initialization
1 : Power ON,
State 0 5 : Initialization State 1 3 : Display ON State 2
Power OFF Display OFF Display ON
Slides
(VCC, VDD OFF) 2 : Power OFF (Sleep Mode) 4 : Display OFF
Tactiles
State Changing the Power ON/OFF Sequence
State Display Sleep VC C VD D
Number Display
Tilt
1 Display OFF OFF ON ON ON Enable State 1
State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
State 2
2 Display ON ON OFF ON ON Enable Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs
Touch
VDD 0V
State Transition Transition Index
Reset low pulse width Trw
(minimum 3µs)
1 Power ON
RES “L” or “Hi-z” “L” or “Hi-z”
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com E7
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton & Display
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
• Organic LED technology
• Life 30,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels on) or
Rockers
Actual Sizes
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
Switch Display
E8 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbutton SmartSwitch
ATTENTION
Toggles
SWITCH PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Rockers
64RGB x 48 Pixels
ISC15ANP4 Gold Contacts Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
Straight PC Terminals 65,536 Colors
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Pushbuttons
Circuit SPST normally open
Leave actuator: 1 – 2 OFF
Contact Position
Push actuator: 1 – 2 ON
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 3,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 3,000,000 operations minimum
Operating Force 2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
E
Total Travel 4.5mm (.177”)
OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Keylocks
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Color OLED display module
Display Mode Passive matrix
Rotaries
Viewing Area 15.5mm x 11.6mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 64RGB x 48 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.21mm x 0.20mm (horizontal x vertical)
Interface Serial (SPI) interface
Slides
65,536 Colors (16bit: R 5bit/G 6bit/B 5bit)
Number of Colors
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Storage Temperature Range –30°C ~ +80°C (–22°F ~ +176°F)
Tactiles
30,000 hours @ 100cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)
Operating Life (Display)
60,000 hours @ 50cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)
Tilt
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VCC –0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 15.0V 16.0V 17.0V
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VDD –– ––
Touch
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VDD
Current Consumption
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 16.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)
Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks
Indicators
* All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale Coordinate (y) 0.14 0.20 0.26 ––
** All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––
www.nkkswitches.com E9
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton
Toggles
SG64,SB64 COM1....COM48
VDD 3
SEG/COM
VCC 9 Driving Block
Gray Scale
Programmable Illuminated PB
Decoder
RES 5 Oscillator
SDI 8
D/C 6
E
MCU Interface Command Decoder
ISC15ANP4
GND 10
SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks
4 SS Slave Select Slave select for SPI. This line is active low.
Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
5 RES Reset
executed.
Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
6 D/C Data/Command be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
Slides
interpreted as Data.
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
8 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
9 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
Tactiles
Standoff 1 Standoff 2
(0.6) Typ
.024 (1.0) Typ
.039
2 10
(11.6) (9.57)
9
.457 (7.62) (7.0)
(20.59) .377 .300 .276
(16.0)
Touch
.811 4
(0.4) Typ .630 1 3
(0.74) .016
.029
See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(15.5) Detail (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.610 .012 .008
Indicators
E10 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Display SmartSwitch
ATTENTION
Toggles
DISPLAY PART NUMBER & DESCRIPTION ELECTROSTATIC
SENSITIVE DEVICES
Color OLED
Rockers
52RGB x 36 Pixels
ISC01P Straight PC Terminals Display Module
Horizontal x Vertical
65,536 Colors
Pushbuttons
OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Programmable Illuminated PB
Display Mode Passive matrix
Keylocks
or 256 Colors (8bit: R 2bit/G 3bit/B 3bit)
Operating Temperature Range –20°C ~ +70°C (–4°F ~ +158°F)
Rotaries
Operating Life (Display)
60,000 hours @ 50cd/m2 (based on 40% pixels ON)
Slides
Supply Voltage for Supply Voltage for
VDD –0.3V to +4.0V VDD 2.4V 2.8V 3.5V
Logic/Interface Logic/Interface
Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 0.0V to +19.0V Supply Voltage for Drive VCC 15.0V 16.0V 17.0V
Tactiles
Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.8 x VD D –– ––
Input Voltage VI –0.3V to VD D +0.3V
Input Low Level Voltage VI L –– –– 0.2 x VD D
Current Consumption
Tilt
(Temperature at 25°C, VDD = 2.8V, VCC = 16.0V) Optical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C, Initial Value: 87 x 0F)
Items Symbols Min Typical Max Items Min Typical Max Unit Remarks
White
Touch
All-Pixels-On Mode Luminosity 75 100 125 cd/m2
I CC1 –– 2.4mA 2.9mA (All pixels on)
*Drive System Power Current
White Color (x) 0.25 0.29 0.33 ––
All-Pixels-On Mode Coordinate (y) 0.31 0.36 0.41 ––
I DD1 –– 0.15mA 0.18mA
Indicators
Green Color
Coordinate (y) 0.60 0.64 0.68 ––
Sleep Mode
I DD2 –– –– 10μA
**Logic/IF System Power Current
Blue Color (x) 0.10 0.14 0.18 ––
Coordinate (y) 0.14 0.20 0.26 ––
*All pixels shall be turned on with the maximum level gray scale
Supplement
**All pixels shall be turned off (while chip is operating) Contrast Ratio 100 –– –– ––
www.nkkswitches.com E11
SmartSwitch OLED Display
Toggles
SR1,SG1,SB1......SR52,
SG52,SB52 COM1....COM36
OLED Driver
with Controller
VDD 1
SEG/COM
VCC 7 Driving Block
Programmable Illuminated PB
Gray Scale
Decoder
RES 3 Oscillator
SDI 6
E ISC01P D/C 4
MCU Interface Command Decoder
GND 8
Keylocks
3 RES Reset Reset signal input. When pin is low, initialization of chip is
executed.
4 D/C Data/Command Data/Command Control. When pin is pulled low, data will
be interpreted as Command; when pulled high, data will be
interpreted as Data.
Slides
5 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes command and data
6 SDI Serial Data In Data input line for SPI
7 VCC Power Power source for drive circuit
8 GND Ground Connect to Ground
Tactiles
(9.9)
.390 (7.89) (16.8) (14.7)
(17.2) .311 .661 .579 (5.25)
.677 .207
(0.75)
Touch
.030
(2.0)
.079
(0.2) (2.0) (1.0) Typ (0.4) Typ
.008 .079 .039 .016
(10.89) (0.7) (7.0)
.429 .028 .276
(17.8) (9.9) (3.0) (15.0)
Indicators
E12 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Pushbutton & Display SmartSwitch
Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCH & DISPLAY
AC Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C), VDD = 2.4V ~ 3.5V)
Rockers
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 150ns –– ––
D/C
Pushbuttons
D/C Hold Time t AH 40ns –– –– t CS S t CS H
SS
Programmable Illuminated PB
tR tc y c l e
SS Hold Time t CSH 60ns –– –– SCK
SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
SCK Low Time t C LK L 75ns –– ––
E
SCK High Time t C LK H 75ns –– ––
Keylocks
SCK Fall Time tF –– –– 15ns
STATE TRANSITION
Rotaries
7 : Initialization
Slides
(VCC, VDD OFF) 2 : Power OFF (Sleep Mode) 4 : Display OFF
Tactiles
Power ON/OFF Sequence
State Changing the
State Display Sleep VC C VD D
Number Display
Initialization Setting
0 Power OFF OFF –– OFF OFF Disable
State 1
Tilt
State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
State 2
1 Display OFF OFF ON ON ON Enable
Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs
2 Display ON ON OFF ON ON Enable
VDD 0V
State Transition Transition Index Reset low pulse width Trw Touch
(minimum 3µs)
www.nkkswitches.com E13
SmartSwitch OLED Pushbutton & Display
Toggles
1. The IS Series OLED devices are electrostatic sensitive. To avoid damage to IC,
do not touch terminals unless properly isolated from static electricity.
Pushbuttons
2. Signal input under conditions not recommended may cause damage to the OLED unit or deterioration of the
display. Follow directions regarding supply sequences of power and signal voltages.
3. If the OLED panel is broken, avoid touching the contents. Wash off any contact to the skin or clothing.
Programmable Illuminated PB
4. Limit operating force to switch keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the OLED.
5. For OLED display, it is necessary for bracket legs to be Grounded.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits for OLED switch or display:
8. Pixels acquire diminished brightness over time and use, and those most frequently habituated have greater
reduction of brightness than those less used. To minimize this difference, operate OLED unit so that all pixels
are used as consistently as possible.
Rotaries
9. For switch, clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using
neutral cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent. For display, avoid contact with any
flux or detergent. If any liquids spill on display surface, immediately wipe with soft absorbent cloth.
Slides
10. Proper serial resistors and buffers for signals should be used to prevent noise problems.
Storage
Tactiles
E14 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
Rockers
• Multifunction programmable device: select with rocker, push for activation
• Replaces multiple switches and displays with one device in a small package
Pushbuttons
• Broad display aids in navigation, both forward and reverse and up and down, in structured menus
• Wide viewing angle of 180° and large 0.92” display with exceptional contrast
• Conforms to IP64 of IEC60529 Standards on panel surface; dust tight construction of switch prevents
Programmable Illuminated PB
entry of dust and improves contact reliability
• Commands and data supplied via serial communications protocol (SPI)
• Long life OLED with 52,000 hours at 30% illumination
• High reliability and long mechanical and electrical life of one million actuations minimum E
• Stylish black housing design with matte finish complements any application
Keylocks
Monochrome OLED featuring sharp contrast and
Rotaries
high resolution with 96 x 64 pixels
Slides
Short 14.6mm (.575”) behind-panel height
for compact spaces
Tactiles
Actual Size
Tilt
Touch
www.nkkswitches.com E15
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit Single Pole Three Throw (Momentary)
Top Center Bottom
Contact Position Normal Down Normal Down Normal Down
Rockers
E OLED SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Display Device Single color OLED display
Keylocks
Operating Life Time (Display) 52,000 hours (30% brightness); 15,600 hours (100% brightness)
Input Voltage Vin –0.3V to VDDA +0.3V Input High Level Voltage VI H 0.75 x VDDA –– VDDA
Input Low Level Voltage VI L 0.0 –– 0.25V x VDDA
Current Consumption
Touch
I H1 –– 11.0mA 13.2mA
*Drive System Power Current
All-Pixels-On Mode Brightness 75 cd/m2 100 cd/m2 125 cd/m2
I DD1 –– 0.58mA 0.72mA
*Logic/IF System Power Current (x) *1 0.310 *1
Sleep Mode Chromaticity
I H2 –– –– 10μA (y) *1 0.320 *1
Accessories
E16 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch
0.39
Toggles
Chromaticity Diagram 0.38
Point Chromaticity X Chromaticity Y 0.37 A
0.36
A 0.3441 0.3663 0.35
B 0.2983 0.3384 0.34 B
Chromaticity Y
Rockers
C 0.2799 0.2881 0.33
0.32
D 0.3257 0.3160 0.31 D
0.30
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS 0.29
Pushbuttons
C
0.28
AC Characteristics 0.27
(Temperature at –20°C ~ +70°C), VDDA = 2.8V, VAH = 16V 0.26
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum 0.25
0.25 0.27 0.29 0.31 0.33 0.35 0.37
Programmable Illuminated PB
Clock Cycle Time t c yc le 100ns –– –– Chromaticity X
Keylocks
SCL Low Time t SCLL 45ns –– –– tW D T S tW D T H
Rotaries
* Requires more than 100ns after resetting software Black & White OLED Panel
96 x 64
SEG1 . . . SEG96 COM1 . . . COM64
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS
Segment Driver Common Driver
Slides
VDDA 1 OLED Driver
VAH 8 with Controller
Light Decoder
Tactiles
SCL 5 Graphic Display
XCS 3 Data RAM
SI 6 128 x 64 x 1 Bit
A0 4
I/F Circuit Block Register
VSS 7
Tilt
9 SW1
SW_COM 12 10 SW2
IS18WWC1W
11 SW3
Set low at time of command input and high level at the time
of parameter input.
5 SCL Serial Clock Read command/parameter at time of SCL signal standing up
6 SI Serial Data Input Terminal to input command/parameter by SPI
Accessories
7 VSS Ground
8 VAH Drive Type Power Source
9 SW1 Switch Terminal 1 N/O
10 SW2 Switch Terminal 2 N/O
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com E17
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles
(38.8) (13.22)
1.528 .520 (35.1) (46.7)
(50.7) (15.3) 1.382 1.839
1.996 .602
Programmable Illuminated PB
E NKK P/N
This Side
(30.6) (2.0)
(0.8)
.031
1.205 .079
(37.9) (5.6) (14.6) (34.9)
1.492 .220 .575 1.374
Keylocks
12
11
10
(0.16) Typ (0.04) Typ
Rotaries
(35.4)
1.394
STATE TRANSITION
Tilt
State 1 ( State 3)
7 : Power OFF 2 : Power OFF State 0 Power ON Power OFF State 0
1 : Power ON, Initialization State 2
8 : Initialization
Touch
2.5V 2.5V
State 3 6 : VAH ON State 1 3 : Display ON State 2 VDDA 0V Waiting time for oscillation
stability (about 1.1ms)
Power Saver Display OFF Display ON Reset low pulse width
Mode (Sleep Mode) Trw (minimum 1µs) Reset low pulse width
5 : VAH OFF 4 : Display OFF
(VDDA x 0.75)V Trw (minimum 1µs)
Indicators
SCL/SI “Hi-z”
“H” or “L”
3 Power Saver OFF ON OFF ON Enable
E18 www.nkkswitches.com
OLED Rocker SmartSwitch
Toggles
STATE TRANSITION (CONTINUED)
State
Transition Reference or Setting Procedure
Transition
Rockers
Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" Display ON/OFF Sequence
1 Power ON
Refer to "Initialization Setting"
State 2 Display State 1 VAH OFF State 3 VAH ON State 1 Display State 2
2 Power OFF Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" OFF ON
Pushbuttons
3 Display ON 2.8V
Refer to VDDA
"Display ON/OFF Sequence"
4 Display OFF ON
Display OFF
5 VAH OFF
Programmable Illuminated PB
Minimum 10ms Minimum 0µs
Wait until VAH becomes stable ON
6 VAH ON Standby
OFF Waiting time to stabilize VAH
voltage: 1ms (Reference)
7 Power OFF Refer to "Power ON/OFF Sequence" Minimum 0µs Minimum 0µs
15V
8 Initialization Refer to "Initialization Setting" VAH
0V
Image
96 x 64 Image Data Sending
E
Display Rewriting
9
Change Display Dimmer/Screen Saver/Indication
Keylocks
Settings 180° Reversal
INITIALIZITION SETTING
Rotaries
Command Parameter Command Parameter
Command Name Remarks Command Name Remarks
Address (1 or 2Byte) Address (1 or 2Byte)
Slides
Read/Write Operation Wetting 07 00 Note 1 Reserved 9 48 03 Note 2
Display Direction Set Command 09 00 Note 1 Screen Saver Event Timer Setting
C3 00 Note 1
Reserved 1 10 03 Note 2 Command
Tactiles
Reserved 2 12 63 Note 2 Screen Saver Event Timer Setting
C4 00 Note 1
Command
Reserved 3 13 00 Note 2
One Time, Repeat or Direction
Dot Matrix Display Standby ON/OFF 14 00 CC 00 Note 1
Setting for Screen Saver
Reserved 4 16 00 Note 2
Tilt
Start/Stop Setting for Screen Saver CD 00 Note 1
Reserved 5 17 00 Notes 1 & 2
System Clock Division Ratio Setting D0 80 Note 2
Reserved 6 18 09 Note 2
Setting the STBY Pin D2 00 Notes 1 & 2
Reserved 7 1A 04 Notes 1 & 2
DACA Setting D4 00 Note 2 Touch
Reserved 8 1C 00 Notes 1 & 2
DACB Setting D5 00 Note 2
Graphic Memory Writing Direction 1D 00 Note 1
DACC Setting D6 00 Note 2
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com E19
SmartSwitch OLED Rocker
Toggles
ACCESSORIES
(500.0) +50.0
– 0.0
19.685
Programmable Illuminated PB
E Handling ATTENTION
ELECTROSTATIC
1. OLED devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES
2. Signal input under conditions not recommended may cause damage to the OLED unit or deterioration of the display.
Keylocks
5. Under certain actuation conditions, one side of the rocker and the center switch can both send actuation signals.
6. Pixels acquire diminished brightness over time and use, and those most frequently habituated have greater reduction of
brightness than those less used. To minimize this difference, operate OLED unit so that all pixels are used as consistently
as possible.
Slides
7. Clean actuator surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral cleanser and
dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.
Storage
Tactiles
Incorrect Correct
Panel Mounting
• Before snapping a switch into the panel, align the
Touch
• After mounting, be sure there are no gaps between switch and panel. Lightly push into panel.
• After installing into panel, do not apply excessive force.
• After panel installation and wiring is completed, do not apply force horizontally or
Accessories
panel sealability.
E20 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch
Toggles
HIGH RESOLUTION LCDS
Rockers
Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels
Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD
Pushbuttons
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Page E22
Programmable Illuminated PB
Pushbutton • Long Travel IS15EBFP4RGB
Keylocks
Page E22
Rotaries
Display IS01EBFRGB
Slides
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Page E26
Tactiles
Compact Pushbutton IS15ESBFP4RGB
Tilt
Programmable Display; High Resolution: 64 x 32 Pixels
Backlight RGB: 64 colors; Black & White LCD
Up to 4 Lines with 10 Characters Each
Touch
Page E28
Indicators
Page E33
www.nkkswitches.com E21
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons & Display
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
• General brightness of backlight is dynamically controlled in eight steps from dark to bright
• Operated by commands and data supplied via serial communications (SPI)
• Incorporates bitmap display function
Programmable Illuminated PB
Viewing areas:
Switches - 17.0mm x 13.0mm (horizontal x vertical)
Display - 14.4mm x 11.8mm
Rotaries
E22 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch
Toggles
IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN IS15EBFP4RGB
RGB LED Backlight RGB LED Backlight
Rockers
Black and White LCD Black and White LCD
Short Travel Long Travel
Pushbuttons
SWITCH PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTION
Programmable Illuminated PB
Part Numbers Switch Description LCD Mode LED Color
SPST
IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN Momentary ON Black & White
Red/Green/Blue
IS15EBFP4RGB Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
E
Short Travel Long Travel
Keylocks
Circuit SPST normally open SPST normally open
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load) 100mA @ 12V DC 100mA @ 12V DC
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Rotaries
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum 3,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum 3,000,000 operations minimum
Slides
Operating Force 1.7 ± 0.5 Newtons 2.0 ± 0.5 Newtons
Total Travel 1.8mm (.071”) 4.5mm (.177”)
Tactiles
Terminal numbers are not on the switch.
(17.0) (19.0)
See .669 .748
Pixel Detail (16.56) (10.5) (10.0) (16.0)
.652 .413 .394 Standoff 1 .630 Standoff 2
Tilt
(0.6) Typ
.024 (2.5) (1.0) Typ
.098 .039
2
(14.8) (11.66) 9
.583 .459 (7.62) 8
7 (6.0)
(20.59) (13.0) .300 6
5 .236
.811 .512 (15.0) 4
3 (18.0)
1
(0.4) Typ .591 .709
.016
Touch
See Standoff Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(18.5) Detail (0.3) Typ (0.2) Typ
.728 .012 .008
(23.13) (23.0) (3.2) (6.35) (6.15) (2.0)
.911 .906 .126 .250 .242 .079
Indicators
(16.0)
(0.239) A .630 2x (0.9)
.0094 (0.2) .035
(0.345)
Pixel Detail
(0.02) Typ
Standoff Detail .008 Footprint (1.0) Typ (2.5)
.0136 .0008 (1.25) .039 .098 2
9
.049 8
Accessories
(6.0) 7 6 (7.62)
.236 5
4 .300 (15.0)
3 1
.591
(2.0) Dia 7x (0.75)
.079 .030
Dimension A 4x (1.3) Dia
(2.0) (6.15) (6.35) .051
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) .079 .242 .250 Landless
Supplement
.106 .091
The Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton may utilize the same footprint as the Short Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton.
www.nkkswitches.com E23
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons
Toggles
.154 .709
.652 Standoff 1 Standoff 2
(0.6) Typ (1.0) Typ
.024 .039
2
(14.8) (11.66) 9
8
.583 .459 (7.62) 6
7 (6.0)
Pushbuttons
A (18.0) 2x (0.9)
(0.239) (0.2) .709 .035
.0094 .008
(1.0) Typ
Pixel Detail (0.345) (0.02) Typ Standoff Detail (1.25) Footprint .039
.0136 .0008 .049 9
2
8
(6.0) (7.62)
E (2.0) Dia
.236
7x (0.75)
3
4
1
.300
(16.0)
.630
.079
Dimension A .030
The following pages for Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons apply to the both Short Travel and Long Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons.
LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Rotaries
Characteristics of Display
Display Operation Mode FSTN positive; background colors, black & white
E24 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch
Toggles
Recommended Operating Conditions (Temperature at 25°C)
Rockers
High Level Input Voltage VI H 0.8 VDD — —
Pushbuttons
Current Consumption I DD ** 10mA — *** 60mA
Programmable Illuminated PB
SWITCH BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS
E
Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit
64 x 32 Dot Matrix
LCD Panel
Keylocks
seg1.......seg64
Segment Driver
Rotaries
Backlight LED
64bit Red
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green
Slides
NC 9 256Byte 256Byte
SS 8
SCK 7
SPI LED Driver
SDI 6
Tactiles
SDO 5
VDD 4
GND 3
Tilt
SW 1 2 SW
3 GND Ground
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes commands and data
9 NC None No connection
www.nkkswitches.com E25
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Display
Toggles
LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Pushbuttons
Characteristics of Display
Display Operation Mode FSTN positive; background colors, black & white
Programmable Illuminated PB
* In a low temperature environment (below 0°C), speed and contrast decrease when image changes. The non-indicator dot may become dense in
a high temperature environment (about +50°C). Highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.
Rotaries
Angle
(Cr ≥ 1.1) Right & Left f –– 90° ––
E26 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Display SmartSwitch
Toggles
DISPLAY BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS
Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit 64 x 32 Dot Matrix
Rockers
LCD Panel
seg1.......seg64
Pushbuttons
Segment Driver
Backlight LED
64bit Red
Programmable Illuminated PB
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green
SCK 1
IS01EBFRGB
SS 2 RGB LED Backlight
SDO 3
SPI LED Driver
Black and White LCD E
SDI 4
GND 5
Keylocks
VDD 6
Rotaries
1 SCK
2 SS Slave Select Chip select for SPI; line is active low
Slides
5 GND Ground
Tactiles
TYPICAL DISPLAY DIMENSIONS
Terminal numbers are not on the device.
(10.0)
.394
See (14.06)
Pixel Detail (1.3) (0.4) Typ (3.1) (0.65) Typ
Tilt
.554 .051 .016 .122 .026
Key
(0.5) Sq Typ
(12.2) (9.74) .020
.480 .383
(17.2) (11.8) (16.8) 2 1 (14.7)
.677 .465 (4.0) .661 .579
.157 6 5
CL
(3.1)
.122
(0.200)
Pixel Detail .0079 Footprint (2.0)
(0.285) (0.02) Typ
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com E27
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
circuit transfer
Actual Size
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15ESBFP4RGB Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Supplement
Straight PC Terminals
E28 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton SmartSwitch
Toggles
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit SPST normally open
Electrical Capacity
100mA @ 12V DC
(Resistive Load)
Rockers
Contact Resistance 200 milliohms maximum @ 20mV 10mA
Insulation Resistance 100 megohms minimum @ 100V DC
Dielectric Strength 125V AC for 1 minute minimum
Pushbuttons
Mechanical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Electrical Endurance 1,000,000 operations minimum
Operating Force 1.7 ± 0.5 Newtons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Total Travel 1.8mm (.071”)
Keylocks
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Contrast Ratio Cr –– 3.0 ––
Rotaries
(Cr ≥ 1.1) Right & Left f –– 90° ––
LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Characteristics of Display
Slides
FSTN positive; background colors,
Display Operation Mode
black & white
Display Condition Transflective with built-in LED backlight
Tactiles
Viewing Angle Direction 6 o’clock
Viewing Area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Format 64 x 32 pixels (horizontal x vertical)
Pixel Size 0.200mm x 0.285mm (horizontal x vertical)
Tilt
* Operating Temp Range –15°C ~ +50°C (+5°F ~ +122°F)
Storage Temp Range –20°C ~ +60°C (–4°F ~ +140°F)
Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue
Touch
* In a low temperature environment (below 0°C), speed and contrast decrease when image changes. The non-indicator dot may become dense in a
high temperature environment (about +50°C). Highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.
*** 60mA: Backlighting LEDs (Red, Green, Blue) are maximum brightness
www.nkkswitches.com E29
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton
Toggles
Com1......Com32
Common Driver
Shift Register
32bit
64 x 32 Dot Matrix
LCD Panel
Rockers
seg1.......seg64
Segment Driver
Pushbuttons
Backlight LED
64bit Red
Display Controller
Shift Register
Green
256Byte 256Byte
SS 8
SCK 7
SPI LED Driver
SDI 6
IS15ESBFP4RGB
SDO 5
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
E
VDD 4
GND 3
SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks
3 GND Ground
4 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit and LCD
5 SDO Data Out Data output line for SPI
6 SDI Data In Data input line for SPI
7 SCK Serial Clock Clock line for SPI that synchronizes commands and data
Slides
.039
2
(12.8)
.504 (9.74) (7.62) 8
.383 (15.0) .300 (5.0)
(18.0) (11.8) .197
.709 .465 .591 1
4
3
Standoff 2 Standoff 1
See Standoff
(15.5) Detail (6.35) (2.0)
.610 .250 .079
(19.0) (23.0) (3.2) (6.15)
.748 .906 .126 .242
Indicators
(0.200) (16.0)
.0079 A
(0.3) 6x (0.75) Dia .630 2x (0.9) Dia
(0.285) (0.02) Typ .012 .030 .035
.0112 .0008 (1.5)
(1.25) .059 2
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail .049 Footprint 8
7
(5.0) 6 (7.62)
Accessories
.197
5
4 .300 (15.0)
3 1 .591
(2.0) Dia
.079 (1.0) Typ
.039
(2.0) (6.35) 4x (1.3) Dia
Dimension A .079 .250 .051
(6.15) Landless
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 2 = (2.3) .242
Supplement
.106 .091
The Compact LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton may utilize the same footprint as the Short Travel LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton.
E30 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch
Toggles
TIMING SPECIFICATIONS FOR SWITCHES & DISPLAY
SPI Characteristics (See Timing Diagram) Circuit Example
CLK_1
(Temperature at –15°C ~ +50°C and VDD = 5.0V ± 2%)
Rockers
SCK SCK SCK
Items Symbols Minimum Maximum SDI
SS
SDI
SS
SDI
SS
Pushbuttons
CLK_2
SPI_SS Hold Time th S S 10ns
SCK SCK SCK
SPI_CLK Cycle tcyc C K 8MHz SDI SDI SDI
SS SS SS
Programmable Illuminated PB
SPI_CLK Width thw C K 10ns
CLK_3
SPI_DI Set Up Time ts DI 10ns
SCK SCK SCK
SDI SDI SDI
SPI_DI Hold Time th D I 10ns SS SS SS
Keylocks
ts SS th SS communication.
SS
SPI Timing Chart (SS Low Level Fixed)
tc y c CK thw CK SS
Low
Rotaries
SCK
tc y c CK thw CK
ts DI th DI SCK
SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
ts DI th DI
td DO SDI D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Slides
SDO D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
td DO
SDO D7 D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1 D0
Tactiles
BITMAP
Segment
Common 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 • • • 16 ••••• 49 • • • 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64
Byte8 Byte7 ••• Byte2 Byte1
Tilt
COM1 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 • • • D7 ••• D0 • • • D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
Byte16 Byte9
COM2 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D0 D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7
• • • Touch
• • •
• • •
Indicators
Notes: Display RAM has two screen areas. The first area is for the display on current LCD; the second area is for the data to be displayed next.
The screens are changed when the second area is fully stored.
www.nkkswitches.com E31
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact
Toggles
• Commands can be accepted only when all bits coincide; otherwise, they are not acknowledged
• Additional commands will not be received until the communication of commands (1 Byte) and data (256 or 1 Byte) is completed
Pushbuttons
• Initial status at power activation: LCD display off, LED off (brightness 1/20, color off)
0 x 55 01010101 256 Bytes (64 x 32 = 2,048 bits) See above for details of bitmap data
Command
Data Remarks
Rotaries
Hex Binary
01 = 1/4 11 = full
Command
Data Remarks
Tactiles
Hex Binary
0 x 41 01000001
3 bits 010 = 1/7 110 = 2/3
011 = 1/5 111 = full (bright)
Command
Data Remarks
Hex Binary
Indicators
E32 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Pushbuttons, Display & Compact SmartSwitch
Toggles
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF LCD 64 x 32 DEVICES
Handling
ATTENTION
Rockers
ELECTROSTATIC
1. The IS Series devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES
2. Limit operating force to keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the LCD device.
Pushbuttons
3. The IS series devices are not process sealed.
4. If the LCD is accidentally broken, avoid contact with the liquid and wash off any liquid spills to the skin or
clothing.
Programmable Illuminated PB
5. Clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral
cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits:
Do not exceed 60°C at the LCD level.
Wave Soldering: see Profile B in Supplement section. E
Manual Soldering for Switch: see Profile A in Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Display: see Profile B in Supplement section.
Keylocks
7. Excessive images may result after the same image is emitted continuously for an extended period of time.
8. The highest backlight brightness level should not be used for temperatures above +35°C.
Rotaries
Storage
Slides
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.
Tactiles
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com E33
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Toggles
Pushbutton IS15BBFP4RGB
Rockers
Page E35
Pushbutton IS15BAFP4CF
Programmable Illuminated PB
E Page E35
Display IS01BBFRGB
Keylocks
Page E39
Slides
Handling & Storage Page E47 Contact factory for additional options.
E34 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons & Display SmartSwitch
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
Rockers
• Consistent backlighting
• Low energy consumption
Pushbuttons
Programmable LCD
Programmable Illuminated PB
Variety of LED Backlighting Colors
Rubber Dome
Keylocks
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters
and animated sequences.
Integrated liquid crystal display provides wide viewing angle
Rotaries
with high contrast and clarity.
Viewing area for switches 17.0mm x 13.0mm
(horizontal x vertical) at 36 x 24 pixels;
Actual Sizes
Display viewing area 14.4mm x 11.8mm.
Slides
Dome gives crisp tactile feedback to positively indicate circuit
transfer.
Tactiles
High reliability and long life of one million actuations minimum.
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other
contaminants.
Optional accessories available to enhance panel design and
Tilt
Switch Display
simplify production process.
Touch
PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTIONS
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BBFP4RGB * Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals
Accessories
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BAFP4CF * Red/Green
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Straight PC Terminals
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com E35
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles
CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY
Viewing Area 17.0mm x 13.0mm (horizontal x vertical)
14
13
(14.8) 1
(12.34) (0.6) Typ
.583 .486 .024 (7.62) (13.75)
(20.59) (13.0) (17.78) .300 .541
.811 .512 .700 2
4
3
E
(1.25) Typ
.049
(18.5) (3.2)
.728 .126
(23.13) (23.0) (2.8) (12.7) (2.5)
.911 .906 .110 .500 .098
Keylocks
(0.495) 11
2
.0195 10
(13.75) 9
(7.62)
(1.8) Dia .541
8
7 .300
.071 6
5
1 (17.78)
4
3
.700
(1.25) Typ
.049 2x (0.9) Dia
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail (2.5) (12.7) .035
Slides
Footprint: RGB
(14.8)
Tilt
(12.34)
.583 .486 (0.6) Typ (7.62) (12.5)
.024 .300 .492
(20.59) (13.0)
.811 .512 (17.78)
.700
4
(1.25) Typ
.049
Touch
(18.5) (3.2)
.728 .126
(23.13) (23.0) (12.7) (2.5)
.911 (2.8) .500 .098
.906 .110
Bottom View: Bicolor Red & Green
Indicators
.0195 (12.5) 9
.492 8 (7.62)
(1.8) Dia 7 .300
.071 6
5 1 (17.78)
4
3 .700
(1.25) Typ
.049 2x (0.9) Dia
Pixel Detail Standoff Detail (2.5) (12.7) .035
Supplement
E36 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch
Toggles
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR RGB
Rockers
CK Shift Register
D 24bit
Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix
Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD
Pushbuttons
Com24
11
seg1 seg36
6
FLM
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB
8
IS15BBFP4RGB
RGB LED Backlight
7
LP 40bit Latch Black and White LCD
CK
CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q 5 Dout E
10
GND
Keylocks
SW
1 2 SW
Red
3 BL-LED (–)
Rotaries
BL-LED (+) Blue
13 4 BL-LED (–)
Green
14 BL-LED (–)
Slides
Pin No. Symbol Name Function
Tactiles
1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for red
4 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for blue
5 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,
Tilt
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7
Touch
LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
8 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
Indicators
9 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com E37
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles
CK Shift Register
D 24bit
Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix
Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
11
VDD
Com24
Pushbuttons
10
seg1 seg36
5
FLM
7
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB
6
LP 40bit Latch
CK
IS15BAFP4CF
Red/Green LED Backlight
Black and White LCD CK 40bit
8
Din D Shift Register Q 4 Dout
E
9
GND
SW 1 2 SW
Keylocks
Green
3 BL-LED (–)
12
BL-LED (+)
Rotaries
Red
13 BL-LED (–)
Slides
FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
6 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
Touch
7 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
8 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
Indicators
E38 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Display SmartSwitch
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
Rockers
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters
and animated sequences.
Pushbuttons
Standard SMARTDISPLAY TM can be used alone or in
conjunction with electromechanical switches.
Programmable Illuminated PB
angle with high contrast and clarity.
Keylocks
Part Number Terminals LCD Mode LED Color
Rotaries
* Simultaneous illumination of LED achieves infinite colors.
CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY
Slides
Viewing Area 14.4mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)
Tactiles
TYPICAL DISPLAY DIMENSIONS FOR RGB LED
Terminal numbers are not on the device.
Tilt
(3.7) (0.4) Typ (10.0)
.146 .016 .394
See (0.65) Typ
Pixel Detail (14.4) (0.8) Dia .026
.567 .031
Key
2 1
(12.2) (14.7)
Touch
(11.14)
.480 .439 (2.0) Typ (16.8) .579
(17.2) (11.8) (10.0)
.079 .661 .394
.677 .465
(0.5) Sq Typ 12 11
.020
(2.0) Typ
Indicators
CL
Accessories
1 2
(0.371)
.0146 (10.0) (14.7)
.394 .579
(0.445) (0.02) Typ (16.8)
.0175 .0008 (2.0) Typ .661
Pixel Detail Footprint .079 11 12
(2.0)
Supplement
.079
(10.0) 19x (0.9) Dia
.394 .035
(15.0)
.591
www.nkkswitches.com E39
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Display
Toggles
CK Shift Register
D 24bit
Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix
Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
1
VDD
Com24
Pushbuttons
4
seg1 seg36
9
FLM
6
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB
7
LP 40bit Latch
CK
IS01BBFRGB
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD CK 40bit
Din
Dout
E D Shift Register Q
5 11
3
GND
Keylocks
Red
8 BL-LED (–)
Rotaries
Blue
12 BL-LED (–)
Slides
3 GND Ground
5 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
Touch
6 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
Indicators
9 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
Accessories
11 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTDISPLAY. As a result,
many SMARTDISPLAYS can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
12 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for blue
Supplement
E40 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch
Toggles
DISTINCTIVE CHARACTERISTICS
Compact Size
• Perfect for rack mount router and other applications with space limitations.
Rockers
Compact body size: 19.0mm (.748”) x 18.0mm (.709”) compared to
Standard body size: 23.13mm (.911”) x 20.59mm (.811”)
Pushbuttons
• Vibrant Illumination
• Low Energy Consumption
Programmable Illuminated PB
Programmable LCD
Variety of LED Backlighting Colors
Rubber Dome
Epoxy Sealed Straight PC Terminals E
Snap-in standoff for easy, secure mounting and alignment
Keylocks
Programmable to display graphics, alphanumeric characters and
animated sequences.
Integrated liquid crystal display provides wide viewing angle with Actual Size
Rotaries
high contrast and clarity.
Viewing area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical) at 36 x 24 pixels.
Dome gives crisp tactile feedback to positively indicate circuit transfer.
Slides
High reliability and long life of one million actuations minimum.
Epoxy sealed terminals prevent entry of solder flux and other contaminants.
Optional accessories available to simplify production process.
Tactiles
PART NUMBERS & DESCRIPTIONS
Tilt
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BSBFP4RGB * Red/Green/Blue
Gold Contacts FSTN Positive
Touch
Straight PC Terminals
SPST
Momentary ON Black & White
IS15BSAFP4CF * Red/Green
Indicators
CHARACTERISTICS OF DISPLAY
Viewing Area 14.5mm x 11.8mm (horizontal x vertical)
www.nkkswitches.com E41
SmartSwitch Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons
Toggles
CK Shift Register
D 24bit
Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix
Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD
Com24
Pushbuttons
11
seg1 seg36
6
FLM
8
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB
IS15BSBFP4RGB
7
LP 40bit Latch
CK
RGB LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q Dout
E
5
10
GND
Keylocks
SW
1 2 SW
Red
3 BL-LED (–)
Rotaries
Green
14 BL-LED (–)
Slides
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
Touch
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
11 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Accessories
E42 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View Compact LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons SmartSwitch
Toggles
BLOCK DIAGRAM & PIN CONFIGURATIONS FOR BICOLOR
Rockers
CK Shift Register
D 24bit
Com1
36 x 24 Dot Matrix
Common Driver
VLC LCD Panel
12
VDD
Com24
Pushbuttons
11
seg1 seg36
6
FLM
8
SCP Timing Control Segment Driver
Programmable Illuminated PB
7
LP 40bit Latch IS15BSAFP4CF
CK
Red/Green LED Backlight
Black and White LCD
CK 40bit
Din
9 D Shift Register Q Dout
E
5
10
GND
SW
Keylocks
1 2 SW
Green
3 BL-LED (–)
13
BL-LED (+)
Rotaries
Red
14 BL-LED (–)
4 NC
Slides
Pin No. Symbol Name Function
1 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
Tactiles
2 SW Terminal of Switch Normally open
3 BL-LED (–) Terminal of Backlight LED Cathode for green
4 NC None No connection
5 Dout Data Output Display serial output. Can be used to connect to Din of the next SMARTSWITCH. As a result,
Tilt
many SMARTSWITCHES can be controlled with one clock and data signal.
6 FLM First Line Marker The marking signal for the first line data of LCD display. The first line of LCD will be selected
by the falling edge of LP signal during the high level (FLM).
7 LP Latch Pulse Line data latch pulse will latch content of internal 40-bit shift register at falling edge for one
Touch
line of display. LP will also increment the display line by one.
8 SCP Serial Clock Pulse Clock used by 40-bit internal shift register of the switch, shifting the display data bit presented
at Din at falling edge.
9 Din Data Input Display serial data bit. Note: to map the display data, because of the difference between the
Indicators
number of internal shift register data (40) and the single line of LCD pixels (36), the first four
bits of data shifted will be dummy bits.
10 GND Ground
11 VDD Power Power source for logic circuit
Accessories
www.nkkswitches.com E43
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Toggles
(14.5) (16.0)
See .571 .630
Rockers
14
13
(11.8)
2
(11.14) (0.6) Typ
.439 .465 .024 (7.62) (11.0)
Pushbuttons
4
(0.4) Typ
3
.016 (1.0) Typ
.039
Standoff 2 Standoff 1
(15.5) (6.35) (2.0)
.610 .250 .079
(23.0) (3.2)
Programmable Illuminated PB
(19.0) (6.15)
.748 .906 .126 .242
A (16.0)
(0.3) 12x (0.75) Dia .630 2x (0.9) Dia
.012 .030 .035
(0.371)
.0146 (1.25) 13 14
2
.049 11 12
(0.02) Typ 9 10
.0008 (11.0) (7.62)
E
8
7
.433 .300 (15.0)
(0.445) 5 6
4
1 .591
.0175 (2.0) Dia 3
.079
(1.0) Typ
.039
Dimension A (2.0) (6.35) 4x (1.3) Dia
.079 .250 .051
Standoff 1 = (2.7) Standoff 1 = (2.3)
Keylocks
(6.15) Landless
.106 .091 .242
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
Circuit SPST normally open
Slides
Electrical Endurance
Tilt
E44 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts SmartSwitch
Toggles
Absolute Maximum Ratings (Temperature at 25°C)
Items Symbols Ratings
Rockers
Supply Voltage for LCD VLC –0.3V to +12.0V
Pushbuttons
Output Voltage VO –0.3V to VD D +0.3V
LCD SPECIFICATIONS
Programmable Illuminated PB
Characteristics of Display
Display Operation Mode FSTN positive
Keylocks
Backlight LED RGB: red/green/blue Bicolor: red/green
Rotaries
Items Symbols Minimum Typical Maximum
Slides
Input Voltage VI 0V –– VDD
Tactiles
Clock Operation Frequency f SCP –– –– 6.0MHz
DC Characteristics of LCD Drive (Temperature at –20°C to +60°C and VDD = 5.0V ±10%)
Tilt
Items Symbols Test Conditions Minimum Typical Maximum Unit
www.nkkswitches.com E45
SmartSwitch Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts
Timing Characteristics of LCD Drive IC
Toggles
SCP
tDSD tDHD
Rotaries
LP *3
tr tLWH tf
FLM
Tactiles
tDSF tDHF
LED CHARACTERISTICS
Typical Electrical Characteristics (Temperature at 25°C)
Forward Current IF 20 20 20 20 mA
Current Reduction Rate Above 25°C ∆ I F (DC) –0.33 –0.33 –0.33 –0.26 mA/°C
*Power Dissipation
PD 40 60 60 130 maximum mW
(LED Overall 115mW)
Supplement
*For uniform light emission, Power Dissipation should not exceed the Absolute Maximum Rating, and the Forward Current should not exceed the
derated Absolute Forward Current.
E46 www.nkkswitches.com
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Pushbuttons, Display & Compacts SmartSwitch
Toggles
PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING & STORAGE OF LCD 36 x 24 DEVICES
Handling
ATTENTION
Rockers
ELECTROSTATIC
1. The IS Series devices are electrostatic sensitive. SENSITIVE DEVICES
2. Limit operating force to keytop to 100.0N maximum, as excessive pressure may damage the LCD device.
Pushbuttons
3. The IS series devices are not process sealed.
4. If the LCD is accidentally broken, avoid contact with the liquid and wash off any liquid spills to the skin or
clothing.
Programmable Illuminated PB
5. Clean cap surface with dry cloth. If further cleaning is needed, wipe with dampened cloth using neutral
cleanser and dry with clean cloth. Do not use organic solvent.
6. Recommended soldering time and temperature limits:
Do not exceed 70°C at the LCD level.
Wave Soldering: see Profile B in the Supplement section. E
Manual Soldering for Switch: see Profile A in the Supplement section.
Manual Soldering for Display: see Profile B in the Supplement section.
Keylocks
7. Recommendation for backlight color uniformity: Use constant current driver. For current limiting resistor
method, the power source should be at least twice the backlight LED forward voltage.
8. The VLC voltage should not be applied before logic voltage. If VLC voltage is present before logic voltage,
it may cause the driver logic to freeze and damage the LCD, and the driver logic may become damaged.
Rotaries
9. Backlight Forward Current should not exceed the derated Absolute Maximum Forward Current based on
the temperature.
10. Excessive images may result after the same image is emitted continuously for an extended period of time.
Slides
Storage
Tactiles
2. Keep away from static electricity.
3. Avoid extreme temperatures, high humidity, gaseous substances, and all forms of chemical contamination.
Tilt
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com E47
SmartSwitch Optional Accessories
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
Material: Polyamide
IS15BAFP4CF
IS15BBFP4RGB
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
(23.7)
.933
(12.6)
.496
(27.6) (2.0) (17.7) (23.2) (23.7)
1.087 .079 .697 .913 .933
Rotaries
The Panel Mount Housing is available for the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton only. Panel Thickness Range:
(1.5 ~ 4.0mm) .059 ~ .157”
Panel mount housing allows the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton to be snapped into a panel cutout for quick, secure mounting. It gives
Slides
flexibility in locating the devices anywhere on the panel. It also allows using the LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton on an existing panel.
Tactiles
(4.2)
.165
(1.0)
Touch
.039
E48 www.nkkswitches.com
Optional Accessories SmartSwitch
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
AT9704-02YC Socket for Single and Bicolor LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-02YC
Materials: Wide View LCD 36 x 24
Rockers
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15BAFP4CF
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper
Pushbuttons
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
13
12
11 2
Programmable Illuminated PB
(12.5) 10
9
(20.5) (7.62) (12.5) .492 8 (7.62)
.807 .300 .492 7
6 .300
5 1
4
3
(0.51) Dia Typ (1.25) Typ (1.25) Typ 13x (0.8) ~ (1.0) Dia
.020 .049 .049 .031 .039
(3.9)
.154
(23.0) (6.7) (12.7) (2.5)
E
(2.5) (12.7)
.906 .264 .500 .098 .098 .500
AT9704-065E Socket for RGB LCD 36 x 24 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-065E
Keylocks
Materials: Wide View RGB LCD 36 x 24
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15BBFP4RGB
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper
• The socket permits the RGB SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.
Rotaries
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
14
13
12 2
11
10
Slides
(20.5) (7.62) (13.75) (13.75) 8
9 (7.62)
.807 .300 .541 .541 7 .300
6 1
5
4
3
Tactiles
(23.0) (6.7) (12.7) (2.5) (2.5) (12.7)
.906 .264 .500 .098 .098 .500
AT9704-065F Socket for Compact Pushbutton (All Models) Compatible Part Numbers for AT9704-065F
Materials: Wide View/Short Travel LCD 64 x 32
Tilt
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT IS15EBFP4RGB-09YN
Terminals - Brass/Beryllium Copper Wide View LCD 64 x 32 Compact
IS15ESBFP4RGB
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Touch
• The socket permits the Compact SmartSwitch to be plugged in IS15BAFP4CF
after automated processing.
Wide View LCD 36 x 24 Compact
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
Indicators
IS15BSBFP4RGB
14
13 2
12
11
10
(17.9) (7.62) (11.0) (11.0) 9 8 (7.62)
Accessories
Note: AT9704-065F Socket may be used with the LCD 64 x 32 SmartSwitch by removing pins 3, 4, 11, 12, 13 and 14.
www.nkkswitches.com E49
SmartSwitch Optional Accessories
Toggles
OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES
AT9704-085K Socket for LCD 64 x 32 Pushbutton Compatible Part Number for AT9704-085K
Materials: Wide View LCD 64 x 32
Rockers
2
9
8
(20.3) (7.62) (6.0) (6.0) (7.62)
.799 .300 .236 .236 .300
4 1
3
(0.5) Dia Typ (1.0) Typ 9x (0.75) Dia
.020 (1.0) Typ
.039 .039 .030
(4.6)
E (22.9)
.902
.181
(7.4)
.291
(8.0)
.315
(7.05)
.278
(2.0)
.079
(2.0)
.079
(7.05)
.278
(8.0)
.315
AT9704-085L Socket for OLED Pushbutton Compatible Part Numbers for AT9704-085L
Keylocks
• The socket permits the OLED SmartSwitch to be plugged in after automated processing.
• Use of the socket enables easy field replacement of the device.
Slides
10 2
9
(20.3) (7.62) (7.0) (7.0) (7.62)
.799 .300 .276 .276 4 .300
3 1
Tactiles
AT9704-085M Socket for OLED Display Compatible Part Number for AT9704-085M
Materials: OLED Display
Base - Glass Fiber Reinforced PBT ISC01P
Touch
• The socket permits the OLED SmartDisplay to be plugged in after automated processing.
Indicators
8
7
(17.6) (10.0) (7.0) (7.0) (10.0)
.693 .394 .276 .276 2 .394
1
E50 www.nkkswitches.com
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles
CK Series ...........................................F3
Rockers
Bushing Mount
Programmable Illuminated PB
SK Series ............................................F9
12mm Low & Medium Security
3A & 1A Power Level
Solder Lug
Bushing Mount
Keylocks
SK Series ..........................................F15
Rotaries
PCB Mount
Tactiles
SK Series ..........................................F19
Process Sealed
Tilt
SK Series ..........................................F25
Antistatic Snap-in
Accessories
F2 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level: 3A @ 250V AC
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 20 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 cycles minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 cycles minimum
Static Capability: Withstands 15 kilovolts minimum ESD minimum (for CKM models only)
Nominal Operating Torque: 16mm Bushing (CKM models):
.04 mNm (5.67 oz•in) for Flat Key
.08 mNm (11.33 oz•in) for Tubular Key
19mm Bushing (CKL models):
Keylocks
.05 mNm (7.08 oz•in) for Flat Key
.07 mNm (9.91 oz•in) for Tubular Key F
Contact Timing: Break-before-make
Angle of Throw: 90° for 2-position & 45° for 3-position
Rotaries
Materials & Finishes
Keys for CKM: Brass with nickel plating with ABS handle
Keys for CKL: Brass with nickel plating for tubular key;
brass with chrome plating for flat key
Slides
Housing/Bushing: Glass fiber reinforced PBT for CKM models;
zinc alloy with chrome plating for CKL
Base: LCP (Liquid Crystal Polymer)
Contact Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Tactiles
Common Terminals: Copper with silver plating
Movable Contactor: Copper
Movable Contacts: Silver
Tilt
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 240 hours @ 40°C (104°F) for CKM;
90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F) for CKL
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm for CKM or 0.7mm for CKL traversing the Touch
frequency range & returning in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration for CKM; 30G (294m/s2) acceleration for CKL; (CKM & CKL tested
in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Indicators
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5 Nm (13.28 lb•in) maximum
Accessories
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com F3
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
F
CKL and CKM on-off-on models with tubular keys have
push-and-lock mechanism which allows contactor to drop
Rotaries
contaminants.
F4 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
Rockers
CK M 1 2A F W 01
Pushbuttons
Programmable Illuminated PB
Bushings Keys
M 16mm Diameter Poles F Flat Terminals
L 19mm Diameter 1 SPDT T Tubular 01 Solder Lug
Keylocks
F
Circuits & Key-Removable Positions Contact Material
Code Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Key Removes Silver
W
Rated 3A @ 250V AC
Rotaries
2A ON NONE ON Positions 1 and 3
2B ON NONE ON Position 1
3E ON OFF ON Position 2
Slides
Tactiles
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
CKM12AFW01
Tilt
Touch
One key supplied
with each switch
Indicators
Silver Contacts
Solder Lug Terminals Rated 3A @ 250V AC
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com F5
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles
POS 1
CKM12B ____
SPDT ON NONE ON COM-1 COM-2 1 2
CKL12B 3
COM
2
CKM13E
Programmable Illuminated PB
OPEN
1 2
KEYS
Tubular Key
F Flat Key
T (must be pressed inward to actuate)
F Brass with Nickel Plating key base & ABS key handle
AT4153 for CKL 19mm
Brass with Nickel Plating key base & ABS key handle
AT4152 for CKL 19mm
Brass with Chrome Plating (crosshatch texture on handle) Brass with Nickel Plating (smooth)
One key provided with each switch (no master key available) One key provided with each switch (no master key available)
Rotaries
For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key
number that is engraved on the face of your switch. number that is engraved on the face of your switch.
Randomly assigned key number (001 through 010 for CKM Randomly assigned key number (001 through 025 for CKM
models & 001 through 025 for CKL models). models & 001 through 050 for CKL models).
Slides
Typical Key Ordering Example: AT4153-001 Typical Key Ordering Example: AT4146-001
Tactiles
(20.0)
AT4147 .787 AT4146 (26.0)
1.024
.878 .984
(40.8) (19.0)
1.606 (7.0) Dia (33.5)
.276 1.319 .748
(10.5) Dia
.413 (1.5)
(20.0) .059
.787
Touch
(22.5)
(49.3) .886
1.941 (35.5)
(9.6) Dia 1.398
(1.8) .378
.071
Indicators
.047 .055
Thk = (0.8) Thk = (0.8)
.031 .031
F6 www.nkkswitches.com
High Security Keylocks Series CK
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
POS 1
16mm Bushing • Flat Key
(1.2) x (2.4)
M16 P1 .047 x.094
Rockers
90°
90°
006 (20.0)
Angular
006
.787
1
POS 3
Throw
COM
(0.9)
Pushbuttons
.035
Programmable Illuminated PB
POS 1
45° (1.2) x (2.4)
M16 P1 .047 x .094
POS 2
45° 45°
Angular
0
0
POS 3
1
2
Throw
COM
002
(0.9)
.035
Keylocks
(19.0) Dia (24.0) (35.2) (14.2)
F
.748 .945 1.386 .559
CKM12AFW01
Rotaries
POS 1
M16 P1 (1.2) x (2.4)
.047 x .094
90° 90°
(11.0)
004
Angular .433
Throw
1
POS 3 COM
Slides
004 (15.0)
.591
Tactiles
.984 .157 .630 .197
(19.0) Dia (29.0) (35.2) (14.2)
.748 1.142 1.386 .559
POS 1
45° M16 P1 (1.2) x (2.4)
POS 2 .047 x .094
45°
Tilt
45° 017
Angular POS 3
2
COM
Throw
017
.630
16mm Hex Mounting Nut M16 P1
Maximum Effective for CKM
Panel Thickness:
(2.5)
.469” (11.9mm) 1 included with each switch .098
(19.0)
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com F7
Series CK High Security Keylocks
Toggles
90°
Angular 005
(22.3)
Throw POS 3 .878
005
1
2
C
OM
(0.7)
.028
Pushbuttons
POS 1
(1.4) x (2.8)
45° M19 P1 .055 x .110
45° POS 2
Angular 45°
0
Throw
15
015
1
2
POS 3
C
OM
(0.7)
.028
CKL12AFW01
POS 1
(1.4) x (2.8)
M19 P1
90° 90°
.055 x .110
Angular
Throw (19.0)
1
2
POS 3
.748 C
Slides
OM
008 008
POS 1
M19 P1 (1.4) x (2.8)
45°
45° POS 2 .055 x .110
Angular
Tilt
45°
Throw
1
2
POS 3 C
OM
042
Touch
(22.0)
Steel with nickel plating .866
(17.2)
.677
F8 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK
Toggles
General Specifications
Rockers
Electrical Capacity (Resistive Load)
Power Level (silver): 3A @ 125V AC for low & medium security; 1A @ 250V AC for low security
Pushbuttons
Other Ratings
Contact Resistance: 10 milliohms maximum
Insulation Resistance: 1,000 megohms minimum @ 500V DC
Programmable Illuminated PB
Dielectric Strength: 1,000V AC minimum between contacts for 1 minute minimum;
1,500V AC minimum between contacts & case for 1 minute minimum
Mechanical Life: 30,000 cycles minimum
Electrical Life: 10,000 cycles minimum
Nominal Operating Torque: .026Nm (.234 lb•in) for low & medium security
Contact Timing: Break-before-make
Angle of Throw: 90° for 2-position & 45° for 3-position
Keylocks
Key: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;
brass with nickel plating (shiny) for medium security models
F
Tumbler Barrel: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;
zinc alloy with chrome plating (shiny) for medium security models
Housing/Bushing: Zinc alloy with chrome plating (matte) for low security models;
Rotaries
zinc alloy with chrome plating (shiny) for medium security models
Base: Phenolic resin (thermoset)
Movable Contactor: Silver
Stationary Contacts: Silver capped copper with silver plating
Slides
Terminals: Copper or brass with silver plating
Environmental Data
Operating Temperature Range: –25°C through +70°C (–13°F through +158°F)
Tactiles
Humidity: 90 ~ 95% humidity for 96 hours @ 40°C (104°F)
Vibration: 10 ~ 55Hz with peak-to-peak amplitude of 1.5mm traversing the frequency range & returning
in 1 minute; 3 right angled directions for 2 hours
Shock: 50G (490m/s2) acceleration (tested in 6 right angled directions, with 5 shocks in each direction)
Tilt
Installation
Mounting Torque: 1.5Nm (13.28 lb • in) maximum
Soldering Time & Temperature: Manual Soldering: See Profile A in Supplement section.
Touch
Standards & Certifications
UL: File No. E44145 - Recognized only when ordered with marking on switch.
Add “/U” or “/CUL” to end of part number to order UL recognized switch.
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com F9
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles
Distinctive Characteristics
Rockers
contaminants.
and case.
F
switch setting.
Actual Size
Touch
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
F10 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK
Toggles
TYPICAL SWITCH ORDERING EXAMPLE
SK 1 2B A W 01
Rockers
Pushbuttons
Poles Lock Mechanisms Terminals
Programmable Illuminated PB
1 SPDT A Low Security 01 Solder Lug
Medium Security
D (not combinable
with code 3D circuit)
Keylocks
Code Pos. 1 Pos. 2 Pos. 3 Key Removes Silver F
W
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
2A ON NONE ON Positions 1 and 3
2B ON NONE ON Position 1
Rotaries
3D ON OFF ON Positions 1, 2, 3
3E ON OFF ON Position 2
Slides
IMPORTANT:
Switches are supplied without UL, cULus & CSA marking unless specified.
Tactiles
UL, cULus & CSA recognized only when ordered with marking on the switch.
Specific models, ratings, & ordering instructions are noted on the General
Specifications page.
Tilt
DESCRIPTION FOR TYPICAL ORDERING EXAMPLE
SK12BAW01
Touch
Silver Contacts
Rated 3A @ 125V AC
Indicators
www.nkkswitches.com F11
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles
POS 1
SPDT SK12B ON NONE ON COM-1 ____ COM-2 1 2
3
2
POS 1 3
SPDT *SK13D ON OFF ON COM-1 OPEN COM-2 COM
Programmable Illuminated PB
OPEN
2
POS 1 3
SPDT SK13E ON OFF ON COM-1 OPEN COM-2 1 2
KEY REMOVABLE
Keylocks
F A Positions 1 & 3
90° Angular Throw
B Position 1
90° Angular Throw
D Positions 1, 2 & 3
45° Angular Throw
E Position 2
45° Angular Throw
Rotaries
Zinc Alloy with Chrome Plating (matte finish) Brass with Nickel Plating (shiny finish)
Two keys provided with each switch One key provided with each switch
(no master key available) (no master key available)
Tactiles
For ordering additional keys: For ordering additional keys, indicate the same key
AT4081 for SK12A and SK12B, marked “1201” number that is engraved on the face of your switch.
AT4082 for SK13D and SK13E, marked “1301”
Key numbers (001 through 010) randomly assigned.
Tilt
AT4081 (17.0)
Typical Key Ordering Example:
.669 AT4124-001
Touch
(14.2)
.559
Indicators
(1.8) (9.4)
.071 .370
AT4082
Accessories
(17.0) (20.0)
.669 .787
(16.2)
(14.2) .638
.559
(13.7)
Supplement
(1.8)
(1.8) (9.4) .071 .539
.071 .370
F12 www.nkkswitches.com
Low & Medium Security Keylocks Series SK
Toggles
CONTACT MATERIALS, RATINGS, & TERMINALS
Rockers
(4.5)
Epoxy Seal .177
(2.0) (2.0)
.079 .079
01
(1.1)
Pushbuttons
.043
Solder Lug Terminals Thk = (0.8)
.031
Programmable Illuminated PB
TYPICAL SWITCH DIMENSIONS
Low Security • 90° Angular Throw
CO
POS 3 .669
Keylocks
M 1
(0.5)
.020 (2.0) Typ
.079 F
(3.0) (13.0) (4.5)
.118 .512 .177
(14.0) Dia (13.2) (30.0) (10.8)
.425
Rotaries
.551 .520 1.181
SK12BAW01
Slides
Low Security • 45° Angular Throw
Tactiles
POS 2 (1.1) x (2.0) Typ
45° 45° M12 P1 .043 x .079
(2.0) Typ
POS 1 POS 3 .079
(17.0) C
.669
O
2
M
(0.5)
1
.020
Tilt
(0.8) Typ
.031
Touch
SK13EAW01
Indicators
Accessories
Supplement
www.nkkswitches.com F13
Series SK Low & Medium Security Keylocks
Toggles
(20.0)
005
2
CO
POS 3 .787 M 1